Iqtaraba li'n-nasi اقْتَرَبَ لِلنَّاسِ
Part 17 of 30 • 192 Verses
الأنبياء
Al-Anbya
The Prophets • makkah • 112 Verses
بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ
1:1.
1:1.
a
1:1.
a
1:1.
2342
Commentary:
See 1:1.
a
1:1.
ٱقْتَرَبَ لِلنَّاسِ حِسَابُهُمْ وَهُمْ فِى غَفْلَةٍ مُّعْرِضُونَ
54:2, 3.
54:2, 3.
54:2-3.
Commentary:
As stated above (see Introduction to this Surah) according to western writers the Surah was revealed towards the 9th or 10th year of the Call. If this assumption be accepted as correct the verse under comment would mean that the time of migration of Muslims from Mecca has arrived as a result of which circumstances will come into being which will bring about the destruction of material might of the Meccans and their glory will depart. The verse may also be considered as pointing to the spread of Islam in Medina where the foundations had been laid for the future greatness and glory of Islam. It seems strange that the so-called learned western writers should have blundered into assigning to the revelation of this Surah a date which was very close to the time of the Hijrah and the spread of Islam in Medina and thus should have unwittingly provided evidence that the Quran is a Divine Book which contains prophecies according to which a small and weak community within the space of a few years came to occupy a predominant position in a vast country like Arabia, and Mecca which from time immemorial had refused to submit to any conqueror fell to Muslim arms.
The word اقترب signifies that the early signs of the impending Divine punishment have already begun to appear and yet disbelievers give no heed to this grim fact. It shows that they are completely heedless of the dreadful event that is about to overtake them.
b
54:2, 3.
b
54:2-3.
2343
Commentary:
As stated above (see Introduction to this Surah) according to western writers the Surah was revealed towards the 9th or 10th year of the Call. If this assumption be accepted as correct the verse under comment would mean that the time of migration of Muslims from Mecca has arrived as a result of which circumstances will come into being which will bring about the destruction of material might of the Meccans and their glory will depart. The verse may also be considered as pointing to the spread of Islam in Medina where the foundations had been laid for the future greatness and glory of Islam. It seems strange that the so-called learned western writers should have blundered into assigning to the revelation of this Surah a date which was very close to the time of the Hijrah and the spread of Islam in Medina and thus should have unwittingly provided evidence that the Quran is a Divine Book which contains prophecies according to which a small and weak community within the space of a few years came to occupy a predominant position in a vast country like Arabia, and Mecca which from time immemorial had refused to submit to any conqueror fell to Muslim arms.
The word اقترب signifies that the early signs of the impending Divine punishment have already begun to appear and yet disbelievers give no heed to this grim fact. It shows that they are completely heedless of the dreadful event that is about to overtake them.
b
54:2, 3.
مَا يَأْتِيهِم مِّن ذِكْرٍ مِّن رَّبِّهِم مُّحْدَثٍ إِلَّا ٱسْتَمَعُوهُ وَهُمْ يَلْعَبُونَ
21:43; 26:6.
21:43; 26:6.
In form every Message which a Prophet brings is a new one, but in substance and essence it is the same old Message. 'I am not a new Messenger,' the Qur’an depicts the Holy Prophet as saying with regard to himself (46:10).
21:43; 26:6.
Commentary:
In form every message which a Prophet brings is a new one but in substance and essence it is the same old message. "I am no new Messenger," the Quran depicts the Holy Prophet as saying with regard to himself (46:10). The verse under comment means to say that every new Divine Message in its own time was treated with mockery and derision by disbelievers.
c
21:43; 26:6.
c
21:43; 26:6.
2344
Commentary:
In form every message which a Prophet brings is a new one but in substance and essence it is the same old message. "I am no new Messenger," the Quran depicts the Holy Prophet as saying with regard to himself (46:10). The verse under comment means to say that every new Divine Message in its own time was treated with mockery and derision by disbelievers.
c
21:43; 26:6.
1869
In form every Message which a Prophet brings is a new one, but in substance and essence it is the same old Message. 'I am not a new Messenger,' the Qur’an depicts the Holy Prophet as saying with regard to himself (46:10).
لَاهِيَةً قُلُوبُهُمْ ۗ وَأَسَرُّوا۟ ٱلنَّجْوَى ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ هَلْ هَٰذَآ إِلَّا بَشَرٌ مِّثْلُكُمْ ۖ أَفَتَأْتُونَ ٱلسِّحْرَ وَأَنتُمْ تُبْصِرُونَ
قرآن مجید میں ’’واؤ‘‘ کا لفظ ہے مگر اردو میں اس جگہ ’’اور‘‘استعمال کرنے سے معنے خراب ہو جاتے ہیں اس لئے ہم نے ’’اور‘‘کا لفظ ترک کر دیا ہے۔
The main objection of disbelievers against every Prophet has always been that he is an ordinary mortal like themselves (14:11; 23:25, 34; 26:155; 36:16 & 64:7). This objection has been answered in 12:110; 14:12; 16:44, 45 & 17:96. Here it is answered in v. 8. The answer is this that while on the one hand the disbelievers say that there is nothing in the Holy Prophet different from an ordinary man, on the other they concede that he is a sorcerer, i.e. he possesses superior intellect. Divine Prophets are called sorcerers because their teachings produce a magical effect on the listeners. The verse implies an admission on the part of disbelievers that the Qur’an does possess a fascinating power and that it is really difficult for an unprejudiced and fair- minded person to reject its teaching.
Important Words:
لاھیة (forgetful) is derived from لھا. They say لھا عنه i.e. he became diverted from it so as to forget it (Lane). See also 6:33.
أفتأتون (Will you then accede to) is derived from أتی. They say أتیته i.e. I came to him or it. أتی الشیء means, he did the thing; أتی البینة means, he advanced the proof. أتی بالذنب means, he committed the offence. آتیته علی الامر means, I agreed with him or in regard to the affair. أفتأتون السحر means, do you approach or come to, or accede to or yield to magic (Lane & Mufradat).
Commentary:
The main objection of disbelievers against every Prophet has always been that he is an ordinary man like themselves. This objection has also been mentioned in 14:11; 23:25, 34; 26:155; 36:16 & 64:7. It has been answered in 12:110; 14:12; 16:44-45 & 17:96. Here this objection is answered in v. 8 below.
It is strange that while on the one hand the disbelievers say that there is nothing in the Holy Prophet above an ordinary man, on the other they concede that he is a magician i.e. he possesses superior intellect. Divine Prophets are called magicians because their teachings produce a magical effect on the listeners. The verse implies an admission on the part of disbelievers that the Quran does possess a fascinating power and it is difficult for an unprejudiced and fair-minded person to reject its teaching.
1
قرآن مجید میں ’’واؤ‘‘ کا لفظ ہے مگر اردو میں اس جگہ ’’اور‘‘استعمال کرنے سے معنے خراب ہو جاتے ہیں اس لئے ہم نے ’’اور‘‘کا لفظ ترک کر دیا ہے۔
2345
Important Words:
لاھیة (forgetful) is derived from لھا. They say لھا عنه i.e. he became diverted from it so as to forget it (Lane). See also 6:33.
أفتأتون (Will you then accede to) is derived from أتی. They say أتیته i.e. I came to him or it. أتی الشیء means, he did the thing; أتی البینة means, he advanced the proof. أتی بالذنب means, he committed the offence. آتیته علی الامر means, I agreed with him or in regard to the affair. أفتأتون السحر means, do you approach or come to, or accede to or yield to magic (Lane & Mufradat).
Commentary:
The main objection of disbelievers against every Prophet has always been that he is an ordinary man like themselves. This objection has also been mentioned in 14:11; 23:25, 34; 26:155; 36:16 & 64:7. It has been answered in 12:110; 14:12; 16:44-45 & 17:96. Here this objection is answered in v. 8 below.
It is strange that while on the one hand the disbelievers say that there is nothing in the Holy Prophet above an ordinary man, on the other they concede that he is a magician i.e. he possesses superior intellect. Divine Prophets are called magicians because their teachings produce a magical effect on the listeners. The verse implies an admission on the part of disbelievers that the Quran does possess a fascinating power and it is difficult for an unprejudiced and fair-minded person to reject its teaching.
1870
The main objection of disbelievers against every Prophet has always been that he is an ordinary mortal like themselves (14:11; 23:25, 34; 26:155; 36:16 & 64:7). This objection has been answered in 12:110; 14:12; 16:44, 45 & 17:96. Here it is answered in v. 8. The answer is this that while on the one hand the disbelievers say that there is nothing in the Holy Prophet different from an ordinary man, on the other they concede that he is a sorcerer, i.e. he possesses superior intellect. Divine Prophets are called sorcerers because their teachings produce a magical effect on the listeners. The verse implies an admission on the part of disbelievers that the Qur’an does possess a fascinating power and that it is really difficult for an unprejudiced and fair- minded person to reject its teaching.
قَالَ رَبِّى يَعْلَمُ ٱلْقَوْلَ فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ وَهُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ
God knows all the secret and open plots and machinations of disbelievers against Islam and He hears the prayers of the Holy Prophet and His chosen servants and will frustrate all the evil designs of disbelievers.
Commentary:
The subject of the verb قال may both be God and the Holy Prophet.
The particle فی means, in; about; regarding. The word السماء may signify heavenly sciences or things connected with the spiritual realm, and the word الارض may stand for material or worldly sciences.
The verse means to say that the disbelievers reject the Message of the Quran on the plea that they see nothing in the Holy Prophet beyond an ordinary human being but they ignore the patent fact that the All-Hearing and All-Knowing God is at his back. God knows full well all their secret and open plots and machinations against Islam and He hears the prayers of the Holy Prophet and His chosen servants and will frustrate all the evil designs of disbelievers.
2346
Commentary:
The subject of the verb قال may both be God and the Holy Prophet.
The particle فی means, in; about; regarding. The word السماء may signify heavenly sciences or things connected with the spiritual realm, and the word الارض may stand for material or worldly sciences.
The verse means to say that the disbelievers reject the Message of the Quran on the plea that they see nothing in the Holy Prophet beyond an ordinary human being but they ignore the patent fact that the All-Hearing and All-Knowing God is at his back. God knows full well all their secret and open plots and machinations against Islam and He hears the prayers of the Holy Prophet and His chosen servants and will frustrate all the evil designs of disbelievers.
1871
God knows all the secret and open plots and machinations of disbelievers against Islam and He hears the prayers of the Holy Prophet and His chosen servants and will frustrate all the evil designs of disbelievers.
بَلْ قَالُوٓا۟ أَضْغَٰثُ أَحْلَٰمٍۭ بَلِ ٱفْتَرَىٰهُ بَلْ هُوَ شَاعِرٌ فَلْيَأْتِنَا بِـَٔايَةٍ كَمَآ أُرْسِلَ ٱلْأَوَّلُونَ
52:31.
کفار ِمکہ رسولوں کی بعثت کے قائل ہی نہ تھے۔ یہ اعتراض ان کا طنز کے طور پر ہے‘ مراد یہ ہے کہ تُو خود کہتا ہے کہ پہلے رسول قسم قسم کے نشان لائے تھے‘ پھر تُو کیوں نشان نہیں لاتا۔
52:31.
In this verse three different objections of disbelievers with regard to the Qur’an have been mentioned. The first is that the Qur’an is a mixture of confused dreams. But realizing the untenability of their position, since there exists a beautiful arrangement and order in it and since it forms a connected whole and contains excellent teachings, the disbelievers shift their ground and say that the Holy Prophet has forged it himself. But again realizing that throughout his life he was, by common consent, known and looked upon as 'the Trusty' and 'the Truthful,' they give up this objection also and proceed to accuse him of being a poet and a sorcerer. These objections have been mentioned in an ascending order and the continuous shifting of the ground by disbelievers implies an admission on their part that the objections cannot stand examination or scrutiny and are foolish and self-contradictory. The Qur’an, therefore, has refused to entertain them here.
52:31.
Important Words:
آیة may here mean a Sign of punishment; or a Sign of the disbelievers’ own choice. See also 19:11.
اضغاث احلام (confused dreams). See 12:45.
Commentary:
In this verse three different objections of disbelievers with regard to the Quran have been mentioned. The first is that the Quran is a mixture of confused dreams. But realizing the untenability of their position, as there exists a beautiful arrangement and order in it and that it forms a connected whole and contains excellent teachings, the disbelievers shift their ground and say that the Holy Prophet has forged it himself. But again realizing that throughout his life the Prophet was by common consent known and looked upon as "the trusty" and "the truthful," they give up this objection also and proceed to accuse him of being a poet and a magician. These objections have been mentioned in an ascending order and the continuous shifting of the ground by disbelievers implies an admission on their part that their objections can stand no examination or scrutiny. The Quran has therefore refused to entertain them here because they carry their own refutation and are self-contradictory and foolish. Further on, however, it has answered these objections in another context.
The demand, let him then bring us a Sign just as the former Prophets were sent with Signs, is clearly foolish and insolent. There has never appeared a Prophet in the world who was not confronted with a similar demand. Jesus was so infuriated with the Scribes and the Pharisees when they said: "Master, we should see a sign from thee" (Matt. 12:38), that he exclaimed in extreme anger: "An evil and adulterous generation seeketh after a sign; and there shall no sign be given to it, but the sign of the Prophet Jonas" (Matt. 12:39). The refusal on the part of the Quran to entertain the disbelievers’ demand in the manner they expected it, does not imply that no sign had been or was to be shown to them. It only means to demonstrate that the demand is foolish and insolent and that heavenly Signs differ from age to age and therefore the signs that would be shown by the Holy Prophet would be different from those that were shown by Moses or Jesus and for that matter by any other Prophet.
The word شاعر (poet) while meaning one who composes verses also signifies a person who plays with the sentiments and susceptibilities of men. Here the word has been used preferably in the latter sense.
d
52:31.
1
کفار ِمکہ رسولوں کی بعثت کے قائل ہی نہ تھے۔ یہ اعتراض ان کا طنز کے طور پر ہے‘ مراد یہ ہے کہ تُو خود کہتا ہے کہ پہلے رسول قسم قسم کے نشان لائے تھے‘ پھر تُو کیوں نشان نہیں لاتا۔
a
52:31.
2347
Important Words:
آیة may here mean a Sign of punishment; or a Sign of the disbelievers’ own choice. See also 19:11.
اضغاث احلام (confused dreams). See 12:45.
Commentary:
In this verse three different objections of disbelievers with regard to the Quran have been mentioned. The first is that the Quran is a mixture of confused dreams. But realizing the untenability of their position, as there exists a beautiful arrangement and order in it and that it forms a connected whole and contains excellent teachings, the disbelievers shift their ground and say that the Holy Prophet has forged it himself. But again realizing that throughout his life the Prophet was by common consent known and looked upon as "the trusty" and "the truthful," they give up this objection also and proceed to accuse him of being a poet and a magician. These objections have been mentioned in an ascending order and the continuous shifting of the ground by disbelievers implies an admission on their part that their objections can stand no examination or scrutiny. The Quran has therefore refused to entertain them here because they carry their own refutation and are self-contradictory and foolish. Further on, however, it has answered these objections in another context.
The demand, let him then bring us a Sign just as the former Prophets were sent with Signs, is clearly foolish and insolent. There has never appeared a Prophet in the world who was not confronted with a similar demand. Jesus was so infuriated with the Scribes and the Pharisees when they said: "Master, we should see a sign from thee" (Matt. 12:38), that he exclaimed in extreme anger: "An evil and adulterous generation seeketh after a sign; and there shall no sign be given to it, but the sign of the Prophet Jonas" (Matt. 12:39). The refusal on the part of the Quran to entertain the disbelievers’ demand in the manner they expected it, does not imply that no sign had been or was to be shown to them. It only means to demonstrate that the demand is foolish and insolent and that heavenly Signs differ from age to age and therefore the signs that would be shown by the Holy Prophet would be different from those that were shown by Moses or Jesus and for that matter by any other Prophet.
The word شاعر (poet) while meaning one who composes verses also signifies a person who plays with the sentiments and susceptibilities of men. Here the word has been used preferably in the latter sense.
a
52:31.
1872
In this verse three different objections of disbelievers with regard to the Qur’an have been mentioned. The first is that the Qur’an is a mixture of confused dreams. But realizing the untenability of their position, since there exists a beautiful arrangement and order in it and since it forms a connected whole and contains excellent teachings, the disbelievers shift their ground and say that the Holy Prophet has forged it himself. But again realizing that throughout his life he was, by common consent, known and looked upon as 'the Trusty' and 'the Truthful,' they give up this objection also and proceed to accuse him of being a poet and a sorcerer. These objections have been mentioned in an ascending order and the continuous shifting of the ground by disbelievers implies an admission on their part that the objections cannot stand examination or scrutiny and are foolish and self-contradictory. The Qur’an, therefore, has refused to entertain them here.
مَآ ءَامَنَتْ قَبْلَهُم مِّن قَرْيَةٍ أَهْلَكْنَٰهَآ ۖ أَفَهُمْ يُؤْمِنُونَ
Commentary:
The verse means to say that if disbelievers demand a "Sign of punishment," then that too is a foolish demand because when punishment overtook them and they were destroyed, how would they believe?
The verse does not mean that the Quraish of Mecca would not believe in the Holy Prophet after Divine punishment overtook them because it is a known fact of history that they did believe in him after Mecca, the centre and source of their glory and prosperity fell. What the verse signifies is that while the peoples of the former Prophets, with the solitary exception of Prophet Jonah’s people, did not believe in them after they were actually visited with punishment, the Holy Prophet’s people would have the opportunity and good luck to believe in him even after having been overtaken by Divine punishment in the Fall of Mecca, the destruction of their idols and the departure of their glory and prestige. Ordinarily, after having suffered a crushing defeat and being wholly at the mercy of the Holy Prophet, they should have received condign punishment which they amply deserved but they were forgiven with a magnanimity unparalleled in the annals of human history, and then they believed in the Prophet.
2348
Commentary:
The verse means to say that if disbelievers demand a "Sign of punishment," then that too is a foolish demand because when punishment overtook them and they were destroyed, how would they believe?
The verse does not mean that the Quraish of Mecca would not believe in the Holy Prophet after Divine punishment overtook them because it is a known fact of history that they did believe in him after Mecca, the centre and source of their glory and prosperity fell. What the verse signifies is that while the peoples of the former Prophets, with the solitary exception of Prophet Jonah’s people, did not believe in them after they were actually visited with punishment, the Holy Prophet’s people would have the opportunity and good luck to believe in him even after having been overtaken by Divine punishment in the Fall of Mecca, the destruction of their idols and the departure of their glory and prestige. Ordinarily, after having suffered a crushing defeat and being wholly at the mercy of the Holy Prophet, they should have received condign punishment which they amply deserved but they were forgiven with a magnanimity unparalleled in the annals of human history, and then they believed in the Prophet.
وَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَا قَبْلَكَ إِلَّا رِجَالًا نُّوحِىٓ إِلَيْهِمْ ۖ فَسْـَٔلُوٓا۟ أَهْلَ ٱلذِّكْرِ إِن كُنتُمْ لَا تَعْلَمُونَ
12:110; 16:44.
12:110; 16:44.
12:110; 16:44.
Commentary:
اھل الذکر may signify: (a) the former Prophets; (b) their followers; and (c) the Muslims, i.e. the followers of the Quran because it has also been called الذکر (15:10; 16:45; 21:51 & 36:70).
This and the following verse contain the answer to the objection embodied in the words, Is this man aught but a human being like yourselves (v. 4 above). The verse purports to say that the former Prophets were also ordinary mortals like the Holy Prophet and yet they (the Meccans) believe in them. It further implies that in spite of being ordinary men they succeeded in their mission and their enemies were destroyed. The opponents of the Holy Prophet should not therefore delude themselves into the false satisfaction that as he is an ordinary human being his rejection will do them no harm. For a fuller explanation of the present verse see 16:44.
a
12:110; 16:44.
a
12:110; 16:44.
2349
Commentary:
اھل الذکر may signify: (a) the former Prophets; (b) their followers; and (c) the Muslims, i.e. the followers of the Quran because it has also been called الذکر (15:10; 16:45; 21:51 & 36:70).
This and the following verse contain the answer to the objection embodied in the words, Is this man aught but a human being like yourselves (v. 4 above). The verse purports to say that the former Prophets were also ordinary mortals like the Holy Prophet and yet they (the Meccans) believe in them. It further implies that in spite of being ordinary men they succeeded in their mission and their enemies were destroyed. The opponents of the Holy Prophet should not therefore delude themselves into the false satisfaction that as he is an ordinary human being his rejection will do them no harm. For a fuller explanation of the present verse see 16:44.
b
12:110; 16:44.
وَمَا جَعَلْنَٰهُمْ جَسَدًا لَّا يَأْكُلُونَ ٱلطَّعَامَ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ خَٰلِدِينَ
25:21.
یہ خالد کا ترجمہ ہے (دیکھئے کتاب لغت مفرداتِ راغب زیر لفظ خُلُود)
25:21.
Though disbelievers regarded all the Divine Messengers as ordinary mortals, yet the objection was invariably repeated to every one of them that like ordinary mortals 'he eats and drinks and walks about in the streets and is subject to all human needs and demands of the body' (25:8), and on the basis of this very plea they rejected him. An implied reference is made here to this inconsistent attitude of disbelievers. They do not want to understand this simple fact, the verse purports to say, that Prophets are raised as 'models' for men, and, how could they serve as models if they were not men like them and were not like them subject to the demands of the physical body? As human beings they were not and could not be immune from the demands of the flesh or from decay or death.
25:21.
Commentary:
Though disbelievers of all the Prophets believed them to be ordinary mortals, yet curiously enough the objection was invariably repeated to every Prophet that like ordinary mortals "he eats and drinks and walks about the streets and is subject to all human needs and demands of the body" (25:8). An implied reference is made in the present verse to this inconsistent attitude of disbelievers. It purports to say that disbelievers in the time of the Holy Prophet cannot, or do not wish to, understand this simple fact that Prophets are raised as 'models' for men, and how could they be models for them if they were not men like them and were not like them subject to the demands of the body but belonged to any other species of creation? As human beings they were not and could not be immune from the demands of the flesh or from decay or death.
b
25:21.
2
یہ خالد کا ترجمہ ہے (دیکھئے کتاب لغت مفرداتِ راغب زیر لفظ خُلُود)
a
25:21.
2350
Commentary:
Though disbelievers of all the Prophets believed them to be ordinary mortals, yet curiously enough the objection was invariably repeated to every Prophet that like ordinary mortals "he eats and drinks and walks about the streets and is subject to all human needs and demands of the body" (25:8). An implied reference is made in the present verse to this inconsistent attitude of disbelievers. It purports to say that disbelievers in the time of the Holy Prophet cannot, or do not wish to, understand this simple fact that Prophets are raised as 'models' for men, and how could they be models for them if they were not men like them and were not like them subject to the demands of the body but belonged to any other species of creation? As human beings they were not and could not be immune from the demands of the flesh or from decay or death.
a
25:21.
1873
Though disbelievers regarded all the Divine Messengers as ordinary mortals, yet the objection was invariably repeated to every one of them that like ordinary mortals 'he eats and drinks and walks about in the streets and is subject to all human needs and demands of the body' (25:8), and on the basis of this very plea they rejected him. An implied reference is made here to this inconsistent attitude of disbelievers. They do not want to understand this simple fact, the verse purports to say, that Prophets are raised as 'models' for men, and, how could they serve as models if they were not men like them and were not like them subject to the demands of the physical body? As human beings they were not and could not be immune from the demands of the flesh or from decay or death.
ثُمَّ صَدَقْنَٰهُمُ ٱلْوَعْدَ فَأَنجَيْنَٰهُمْ وَمَن نَّشَآءُ وَأَهْلَكْنَا ٱلْمُسْرِفِينَ
Commentary:
The verse embodies an effective answer to all the objections that were raised in v. 6 above, viz., (a) "these are but confused dreams," (b) "nay, he has forged it;" (c) nay, "he is a poet." The answer consists in the fact that every Prophet receives from God certain promises and prophecies about the ultimate success of his mission and the defeat and discomfiture of his enemies, and that these prophecies are literally fulfilled. The truth of this fact has been demonstrated throughout the ages in the time of every Prophet of God. The verse purports to say that if what the Holy Prophet claims to have received from God are mere confused dreams and not Divine revelations and if he is an impostor and a liar then how could the great prophecies about the triumph of his cause and the failure of his opponents made at a time when there appeared no likelihood of their being fulfilled, come to be true? Moreover, as a poet the Prophet could only compose elegant verse or could play with the emotions of men as poets generally do, but he could not bring about a wonderful change in the lives of his followers as he did and could not see into the future and make prophecies which in the teeth of the opposition of his powerful enemies and in spite of his own utter helplessness were fulfilled to the very letter. The answer seems to be as emphatic and effective as the objections are foolish and flimsy.
2351
Commentary:
The verse embodies an effective answer to all the objections that were raised in v. 6 above, viz., (a) "these are but confused dreams," (b) "nay, he has forged it;" (c) nay, "he is a poet." The answer consists in the fact that every Prophet receives from God certain promises and prophecies about the ultimate success of his mission and the defeat and discomfiture of his enemies, and that these prophecies are literally fulfilled. The truth of this fact has been demonstrated throughout the ages in the time of every Prophet of God. The verse purports to say that if what the Holy Prophet claims to have received from God are mere confused dreams and not Divine revelations and if he is an impostor and a liar then how could the great prophecies about the triumph of his cause and the failure of his opponents made at a time when there appeared no likelihood of their being fulfilled, come to be true? Moreover, as a poet the Prophet could only compose elegant verse or could play with the emotions of men as poets generally do, but he could not bring about a wonderful change in the lives of his followers as he did and could not see into the future and make prophecies which in the teeth of the opposition of his powerful enemies and in spite of his own utter helplessness were fulfilled to the very letter. The answer seems to be as emphatic and effective as the objections are foolish and flimsy.
لَقَدْ أَنزَلْنَآ إِلَيْكُمْ كِتَٰبًا فِيهِ ذِكْرُكُمْ ۖ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ
The verse means to say that not only will the deniers of the Qur’an come to grief and its followers achieve progress and prosperity and rise from the lowest rung of the ladder to the highest pinnacle of material and spiritual glory, but this fact will also constitute an infallible proof that the Qur’an is neither forgery, nor poetry, nor a collection of confused dreams but the true Word of the Almighty God, the Creator of heavens and earth.
Important Words:
ذکرکم (your eminence).ذکر means, remembrance, praise or eulogy; eminence or honour; renown, fame or reputation. See also 2:41; 6:69 & 15:7.
Commentary:
The argument begun in the previous verse is continued in the present one. The verse means to say that not only will the deniers of this message come to grief and its followers achieve progress and prosperity and will rise from the lowest rung of the ladder to the highest pinnacle of material and spiritual glory, but this fact will also constitute an infallible proof that the Quran is neither forgery nor poetry nor a collection of confused dreams but the true Word of God Almighty, the Creator of heavens and earth.
The verse incidentally implies the refutation of the Christian doctrine that the Law is a curse, by forcefully asserting that through the Quran which is the final Book of Divine Law, its followers will achieve honour, glory and power.
2352
Important Words:
ذکرکم (your eminence).ذکر means, remembrance, praise or eulogy; eminence or honour; renown, fame or reputation. See also 2:41; 6:69 & 15:7.
Commentary:
The argument begun in the previous verse is continued in the present one. The verse means to say that not only will the deniers of this message come to grief and its followers achieve progress and prosperity and will rise from the lowest rung of the ladder to the highest pinnacle of material and spiritual glory, but this fact will also constitute an infallible proof that the Quran is neither forgery nor poetry nor a collection of confused dreams but the true Word of God Almighty, the Creator of heavens and earth.
The verse incidentally implies the refutation of the Christian doctrine that the Law is a curse, by forcefully asserting that through the Quran which is the final Book of Divine Law, its followers will achieve honour, glory and power.
1874
The verse means to say that not only will the deniers of the Qur’an come to grief and its followers achieve progress and prosperity and rise from the lowest rung of the ladder to the highest pinnacle of material and spiritual glory, but this fact will also constitute an infallible proof that the Qur’an is neither forgery, nor poetry, nor a collection of confused dreams but the true Word of the Almighty God, the Creator of heavens and earth.
وَكَمْ قَصَمْنَا مِن قَرْيَةٍ كَانَتْ ظَالِمَةً وَأَنشَأْنَا بَعْدَهَا قَوْمًا ءَاخَرِينَ
7:5; 22:46; 28:59; 50:37; 65:9.
7:5; 22:46; 28:59; 50:37; 65:9.
7:5; 22:46; 28:59; 50:37; 65:9.
Important Words:
قصمنا (We utterly destroyed) is derived from قصم. They say قصم الشیء i.e. he broke the thing into pieces; he broke it completely, utterly.قصم الرجل means, he destroyed the man. قصم اللّٰه ظھر الظالم means, God afflicted the transgressor with calamity and broke his back (Aqrab).
قریة meaning a township signifies its inhabitants. See also 12:83.
Commentary:
ظلم meaning the improper use of God-given powers and faculties, the verse implies that all transgressions and sins flow from their misuse.
c
7:5; 22:46; 28:59; 50:37; 65:9.
a
7:5; 22:46; 28:59; 50:37; 65:9.
2353
Important Words:
قصمنا (We utterly destroyed) is derived from قصم. They say قصم الشیء i.e. he broke the thing into pieces; he broke it completely, utterly.قصم الرجل means, he destroyed the man. قصم اللّٰه ظھر الظالم means, God afflicted the transgressor with calamity and broke his back (Aqrab).
قریة meaning a township signifies its inhabitants. See also 12:83.
Commentary:
ظلم meaning the improper use of God-given powers and faculties, the verse implies that all transgressions and sins flow from their misuse.
b
7:5; 22:46; 28:59; 50:37; 65:9.
فَلَمَّآ أَحَسُّوا۟ بَأْسَنَآ إِذَا هُم مِّنْهَا يَرْكُضُونَ
Important Words:
یرکضون (they began to flee) is derived from رکض which means, he moved his leg or foot; رکضه means, he repelled him. رکض الفرس means, he spurred or goaded the horse to run. رکض منه means, he fled from it (Aqrab & Lane).
2354
Important Words:
یرکضون (they began to flee) is derived from رکض which means, he moved his leg or foot; رکضه means, he repelled him. رکض الفرس means, he spurred or goaded the horse to run. رکض منه means, he fled from it (Aqrab & Lane).
لَا تَرْكُضُوا۟ وَٱرْجِعُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ مَآ أُتْرِفْتُمْ فِيهِ وَمَسَٰكِنِكُمْ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُسْـَٔلُونَ
Commentary:
The verse means to say that disbelievers generally are big men and hold very important positions in society. They are looked upon as leaders of men and people resort to them for consultation and seek advice and guidance from them in their private affairs. This eminence of their position makes them arrogant and they disdainfully turn away from the exhortations of Divine Messengers. But when they are overtaken by heavenly punishment, they seek to flee from the town in which they hold such high position and enjoy great influence. The verse gives a graphic description of the condition of these so-called big people when punishment overtakes them. The words of the verse seem to have been used ironically.
The expression لعلکم تسئلون besides the meaning given in the text may also mean, "that you may be called to account for what you did."
2355
Commentary:
The verse means to say that disbelievers generally are big men and hold very important positions in society. They are looked upon as leaders of men and people resort to them for consultation and seek advice and guidance from them in their private affairs. This eminence of their position makes them arrogant and they disdainfully turn away from the exhortations of Divine Messengers. But when they are overtaken by heavenly punishment, they seek to flee from the town in which they hold such high position and enjoy great influence. The verse gives a graphic description of the condition of these so-called big people when punishment overtakes them. The words of the verse seem to have been used ironically.
The expression لعلکم تسئلون besides the meaning given in the text may also mean, "that you may be called to account for what you did."
قَالُوا۟ يَٰوَيْلَنَآ إِنَّا كُنَّا ظَٰلِمِينَ
فَمَا زَالَت تِّلْكَ دَعْوَىٰهُمْ حَتَّىٰ جَعَلْنَٰهُمْ حَصِيدًا خَٰمِدِينَ
The verse gives a graphic description of the people upon whom descends Divine punishment. They are completely ruined, and all their ambitions and aspirations become extinguished. The very will to live dies in them and they despair of their future and lose all initiative and thus to all intents and purposes they become defunct and dead.
Important Words:
خامدین (reduced to ashes) is the plural of خامد which is active participle from خمد. They say خمدت النار i.e. the fire subsided. خمدت الـحمی means, the vehemence of the fever became allayed. خمد also means, he (a sick man) fainted or swooned; or he died. خامد means, silent; from whom no voice is heard; silent and dead or silent, having died, and become like extinguished ashes (Lane).
حصیدا (mown down). See 10:25.
Commentary:
The verse gives a graphic description of the people who are visited by the wrath of God. They are completely ruined. They lose all power and capacity for revival. The surest sign that the decline and downfall of a people has begun is that all their ambitions and aspirations become extinguished. The very will to live dies in them. They despair of their future and lose all initiative and thus to all intents and purposes become a dead people.
2356
Important Words:
خامدین (reduced to ashes) is the plural of خامد which is active participle from خمد. They say خمدت النار i.e. the fire subsided. خمدت الـحمی means, the vehemence of the fever became allayed. خمد also means, he (a sick man) fainted or swooned; or he died. خامد means, silent; from whom no voice is heard; silent and dead or silent, having died, and become like extinguished ashes (Lane).
حصیدا (mown down). See 10:25.
Commentary:
The verse gives a graphic description of the people who are visited by the wrath of God. They are completely ruined. They lose all power and capacity for revival. The surest sign that the decline and downfall of a people has begun is that all their ambitions and aspirations become extinguished. The very will to live dies in them. They despair of their future and lose all initiative and thus to all intents and purposes become a dead people.
1875
The verse gives a graphic description of the people upon whom descends Divine punishment. They are completely ruined, and all their ambitions and aspirations become extinguished. The very will to live dies in them and they despair of their future and lose all initiative and thus to all intents and purposes they become defunct and dead.
وَمَا خَلَقْنَا ٱلسَّمَآءَ وَٱلْأَرْضَ وَمَا بَيْنَهُمَا لَٰعِبِينَ
15:86; 38:28; 44:39.
15:86; 38:28; 44:39.
When the universe has not been created as a mere pastime and sport and a little reflection over its creation reveals the great wisdom underlying its creation, the creation of man, who is its axis and centre, must also have been designed to serve a grand and sublime object. The verse implies that man is God’s vicegerent on earth and that he has been created to serve as a mirror to reflect in his person the beautiful image of his Creator (2:31).
15:86; 38:28; 44:39.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that when the universe has not been created as a mere pastime and sport and a little reflection over its creation reveals the great wisdom underlying it, the creation of man who is its axis and centre must also have been designed to serve a grand and sublime object. At another place the Quran says that man is God’s vicegerent on earth and he has been created to serve as a mirror to reflect the beautiful image of his Creator (2:31).
a
15:86; 38:28; 44:39.
a
15:86; 38:28; 44:39.
2357
Commentary:
The verse means to say that when the universe has not been created as a mere pastime and sport and a little reflection over its creation reveals the great wisdom underlying it, the creation of man who is its axis and centre must also have been designed to serve a grand and sublime object. At another place the Quran says that man is God’s vicegerent on earth and he has been created to serve as a mirror to reflect the beautiful image of his Creator (2:31).
a
15:86; 38:28; 44:39.
1875A
When the universe has not been created as a mere pastime and sport and a little reflection over its creation reveals the great wisdom underlying its creation, the creation of man, who is its axis and centre, must also have been designed to serve a grand and sublime object. The verse implies that man is God’s vicegerent on earth and that he has been created to serve as a mirror to reflect in his person the beautiful image of his Creator (2:31).
لَوْ أَرَدْنَآ أَن نَّتَّخِذَ لَهْوًا لَّٱتَّخَذْنَٰهُ مِن لَّدُنَّآ إِن كُنَّا فَٰعِلِينَ
یعنی مسیحؑ کو دنیا میں کیوں بھیجتے۔ اپنے پاس ہی رکھتے۔ نیز دیکھئے تفسیر کبیر جلد پنجم صفحہ ۵۰۰۔ ۵۰۱ سورۃ الانبیاء۔
It is inconsistent with the dignity, majesty and wisdom of God that He should have created this universe without a great object and thus should have done a purposeless thing.
Important Words:
لـھواً (pastime) is here taken by some (in the dialect of Yemen) to mean a 'son' or 'wife'. Taken in this sense of the word, the verse would mean, "If We had wished to take a son or wife, We should have made them of Our kind and not of human species." The verse constitutes an effective argument against the sonship of Jesus. The particle ان means both 'if' and 'not,' and the clause ان کنا فاعلین may mean (a) if We would do this; (b) We would not do this.
Commentary:
The substance of the verse is that it is inconsistent with the Dignity and Majesty of God that He should have created this universe without a great object. If its creation had not been intended to serve a great and sublime purpose, God would not have sent His messengers and prophets and would not have revealed His will to them. The very object of the creation of man demanded that when spiritual darkness spreads over the world, God should have sent a Messenger "to bring back the erring flock into the fold of the Master." It is implicit in the belief in the existence of God that the universe should have been created to serve a great and noble purpose.
1
یعنی مسیحؑ کو دنیا میں کیوں بھیجتے۔ اپنے پاس ہی رکھتے۔ نیز دیکھئے تفسیر کبیر جلد پنجم صفحہ ۵۰۰۔ ۵۰۱ سورۃ الانبیاء۔
2358
Important Words:
لـھواً (pastime) is here taken by some (in the dialect of Yemen) to mean a 'son' or 'wife'. Taken in this sense of the word, the verse would mean, "If We had wished to take a son or wife, We should have made them of Our kind and not of human species." The verse constitutes an effective argument against the sonship of Jesus. The particle ان means both 'if' and 'not,' and the clause ان کنا فاعلین may mean (a) if We would do this; (b) We would not do this.
Commentary:
The substance of the verse is that it is inconsistent with the Dignity and Majesty of God that He should have created this universe without a great object. If its creation had not been intended to serve a great and sublime purpose, God would not have sent His messengers and prophets and would not have revealed His will to them. The very object of the creation of man demanded that when spiritual darkness spreads over the world, God should have sent a Messenger "to bring back the erring flock into the fold of the Master." It is implicit in the belief in the existence of God that the universe should have been created to serve a great and noble purpose.
1876
It is inconsistent with the dignity, majesty and wisdom of God that He should have created this universe without a great object and thus should have done a purposeless thing.
بَلْ نَقْذِفُ بِٱلْحَقِّ عَلَى ٱلْبَٰطِلِ فَيَدْمَغُهُۥ فَإِذَا هُوَ زَاهِقٌ ۚ وَلَكُمُ ٱلْوَيْلُ مِمَّا تَصِفُونَ
17:82; 34:50.
Important Words:
نقذف (We hurl) is derived from قذف. They say قذفه i.e. he cast an accusation at him; he aspersed or he reviled; defamed or upbraided him; he cast or threw it. قذف بقوله means, he spoke without thinking or deliberation. یقذفون بالغیب means, they utter conjecture; they guess. یقذف بالحق علی الباطل means, God utters truth or hurls truth at falsehood (Lane & Aqrab).
یدمغه (breaks its head). دمغه means, he broke or struck his head so that the wound or stroke reached to the دماغ i.e. brain (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
Truth must prevail in the world and falsehood is never allowed to succeed. It seems to prosper for a little while but ultimately it perishes. This irrefutable fact is writ large on the history of all religions. The verse purports to say that if the universe had been created without a great object, God would not have revealed Himself to man and Divine Messengers would not have appeared through whom truth is established in the world. It also embodies a prophecy that as a result of the Holy Prophet’s advent idolatry will disappear from Arabia never to return and truth will prosper and prevail and the worship and Unity of God will become firmly established in the land.
b
17:82; 34:49, 50.
828
دَمَغَهٗ (Damaghahu)的意思是, 他打破了他的头, 以致伤及他的脑子; 他制服了他 (Lane)。
a
17:82; 34:50.
2359
Important Words:
نقذف (We hurl) is derived from قذف. They say قذفه i.e. he cast an accusation at him; he aspersed or he reviled; defamed or upbraided him; he cast or threw it. قذف بقوله means, he spoke without thinking or deliberation. یقذفون بالغیب means, they utter conjecture; they guess. یقذف بالحق علی الباطل means, God utters truth or hurls truth at falsehood (Lane & Aqrab).
یدمغه (breaks its head). دمغه means, he broke or struck his head so that the wound or stroke reached to the دماغ i.e. brain (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
Truth must prevail in the world and falsehood is never allowed to succeed. It seems to prosper for a little while but ultimately it perishes. This irrefutable fact is writ large on the history of all religions. The verse purports to say that if the universe had been created without a great object, God would not have revealed Himself to man and Divine Messengers would not have appeared through whom truth is established in the world. It also embodies a prophecy that as a result of the Holy Prophet’s advent idolatry will disappear from Arabia never to return and truth will prosper and prevail and the worship and Unity of God will become firmly established in the land.
a
17:82; 34:49, 50.
1876A
Damagha-hu means, he broke his head so that the wound reached his brain; he overcame him (Lane).
وَلَهُۥ مَن فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ وَمَنْ عِندَهُۥ لَا يَسْتَكْبِرُونَ عَنْ عِبَادَتِهِۦ وَلَا يَسْتَحْسِرُونَ
7:207; 41:39.
7:207; 41:39.
7:207; 41:39.
Important Words:
یستحسرون (they weary) is derived from حسر (hasira) or استحسر meaning, he was or became weary and tired. حسر الدابة means, the beast was fatigued so that it was left to remain where it was. حسر البصر means, the eye became weak and fatigued from looking too long. حسیر means, tired, fatigued or jaded by much travel; grieving or regretting most intensely (Lane & Aqrab). See also 17:30.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that because whatever is in the heavens and the earth belongs to God, it is inconceivable that He should have allowed His servants to suffer spiritual death for lack of heavenly guidance. No sane person would destroy his own handiwork, much less God, the Source of all wisdom. This is why from time immemorial He has been sending His Messengers to guide man to truth.
The verse further gives some marks of the true servants of God. They are not tired of serving God and humanity. They do not accept a prophet under a momentary impulse and then lose heart under the stress of hardships and privations. Once they accept the truth, they stick to it through thick and thin. Their zeal and enthusiasm for the service of truth never flag or fail. They never weary of serving God’s creatures and glorifying Him. On the contrary, the worship of God is a source of delight for them and a means of relief from worries and anxieties for them (13:29). "The cheer of my eyes is in Prayer," the Holy Prophet is reported to have said (Nasa’i).
c
7:207; 41:39.
b
7:207; 41:39.
2360
Important Words:
یستحسرون (they weary) is derived from حسر (hasira) or استحسر meaning, he was or became weary and tired. حسر الدابة means, the beast was fatigued so that it was left to remain where it was. حسر البصر means, the eye became weak and fatigued from looking too long. حسیر means, tired, fatigued or jaded by much travel; grieving or regretting most intensely (Lane & Aqrab). See also 17:30.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that because whatever is in the heavens and the earth belongs to God, it is inconceivable that He should have allowed His servants to suffer spiritual death for lack of heavenly guidance. No sane person would destroy his own handiwork, much less God, the Source of all wisdom. This is why from time immemorial He has been sending His Messengers to guide man to truth.
The verse further gives some marks of the true servants of God. They are not tired of serving God and humanity. They do not accept a prophet under a momentary impulse and then lose heart under the stress of hardships and privations. Once they accept the truth, they stick to it through thick and thin. Their zeal and enthusiasm for the service of truth never flag or fail. They never weary of serving God’s creatures and glorifying Him. On the contrary, the worship of God is a source of delight for them and a means of relief from worries and anxieties for them (13:29). "The cheer of my eyes is in Prayer," the Holy Prophet is reported to have said (Nasa’i).
b
7:207; 41:39.
يُسَبِّحُونَ ٱلَّيْلَ وَٱلنَّهَارَ لَا يَفْتُرُونَ
The verse gives some marks of the true servants of God. They are not tired of serving God and humanity. They do not accept a Divine Prophet under a momentary impulse and then under the stress of hardships and privations lose heart. Once they accept the truth, they stick to it through thick and thin. Their zeal and enthusiasm for the service of truth never flag or fail. Worship of God is a source of delight to them and a means of relief from worries and anxieties (13:29). 'The cheer of my eyes is in Prayer,' the Holy Prophet is reported to have said (Nasa’i).
Important Words:
یفترون (they flag) is derived from فتر. They say فتر الشیء i.e. the thing remitted or became still after vehemence or it became gentle after vehemence. فتر من عمله means, he flagged or became remiss in his work. فتر الحر means, the heat abated or flagged after being intense and vehement. فتر الوحی means, the revelation stopped or its coming discontinued (Lane & Aqrab). See also 5:20.
2361
Important Words:
یفترون (they flag) is derived from فتر. They say فتر الشیء i.e. the thing remitted or became still after vehemence or it became gentle after vehemence. فتر من عمله means, he flagged or became remiss in his work. فتر الحر means, the heat abated or flagged after being intense and vehement. فتر الوحی means, the revelation stopped or its coming discontinued (Lane & Aqrab). See also 5:20.
1877
The verse gives some marks of the true servants of God. They are not tired of serving God and humanity. They do not accept a Divine Prophet under a momentary impulse and then under the stress of hardships and privations lose heart. Once they accept the truth, they stick to it through thick and thin. Their zeal and enthusiasm for the service of truth never flag or fail. Worship of God is a source of delight to them and a means of relief from worries and anxieties (13:29). 'The cheer of my eyes is in Prayer,' the Holy Prophet is reported to have said (Nasa’i).
أَمِ ٱتَّخَذُوٓا۟ ءَالِهَةً مِّنَ ٱلْأَرْضِ هُمْ يُنشِرُونَ
创造或使死者复生, 是安拉独具的常德和能力。伊撒和其他任何人都不能与安拉分享这一常德。提及这一常德的目的是要粉碎伊撒的神性。这是这几节经文专门要谈及的主题。
Creating or raising the dead to life is the exclusive attribute and prerogative of God. Neither Jesus nor any other person can share this attribute with Him. The reference to this attribute is intended to smash the divinity of Jesus which, in particular, forms the subject-matter of these verses.
Commentary:
Creating or raising the dead to life is the exclusive attribute and prerogative of God. Neither Jesus nor any other person can share in this Divine attribute. The reference to this attribute is intended to smash the divinity of Jesus which, in particular, forms the subject matter of these verses.
829
创造或使死者复生, 是安拉独具的常德和能力。伊撒和其他任何人都不能与安拉分享这一常德。提及这一常德的目的是要粉碎伊撒的神性。这是这几节经文专门要谈及的主题。
2362
Commentary:
Creating or raising the dead to life is the exclusive attribute and prerogative of God. Neither Jesus nor any other person can share in this Divine attribute. The reference to this attribute is intended to smash the divinity of Jesus which, in particular, forms the subject matter of these verses.
1878
Creating or raising the dead to life is the exclusive attribute and prerogative of God. Neither Jesus nor any other person can share this attribute with Him. The reference to this attribute is intended to smash the divinity of Jesus which, in particular, forms the subject-matter of these verses.
لَوْ كَانَ فِيهِمَآ ءَالِهَةٌ إِلَّا ٱللَّهُ لَفَسَدَتَا ۚ فَسُبْحَٰنَ ٱللَّهِ رَبِّ ٱلْعَرْشِ عَمَّا يَصِفُونَ
这节经文是驳斥多神论的一种有效而结论性的论据。即使无神论者也不能否认遍布并充斥在整个宇宙之间的完美秩序。这种秩序指明了这样一个事实: 一种统一的法则支配着宇宙; 而这些法则的统一性证明这个宇宙的创造主和支配者的独一性。假如安拉不止一个的话, 那么, 支配这宇宙的法则也就不止一个--------因为有一个主宰就一定要以他自己独特的法则来创造这个宇宙--------这样, 其必然结果就会是混乱而无秩序, 整个宇宙就早已四分五裂了。因此, 说有三个主宰, 各方面都相等地完美, 合在一起成为这个宇宙的创造者和支配着, 显然是荒诞无稽的。
یعنی ایک سے زیادہ معبود انِ کامل کے لئے ضروری تھا کہ ان میں سے ہر ایک نیا نظام شمسی بھی بناتا۔ ورنہ ان میں سے کوئی بھی معبود قرار نہیں دیا جا سکتا تھا اور اگر ایک سے زیادہ نظام شمسی ہوتے تو مختلف قوانین قدرت بھی ہوتے۔ جس کی وجہ سے دنیا چکر میں پڑ جاتی اور تباہ ہو جاتی۔
The verse constitutes an effective and conclusive argument against polytheism. Even atheists cannot deny that perfect order pervades and permeates the entire universe. This order points to the fact that one uniform law governs it; and the uniformity of laws proves the Unity of the Maker and Controller of the universe. If there had been more than one God, then more than one law would have governed the universe—because for a god it is necessary to create the universe with his own special laws—and thus disorder and confusion would have been the inevitable result and the whole universe would have gone to pieces. It is, therefore, manifestly absurd to say that three gods, equally perfect in all respects are jointly the creators and controllers of the universe.
Commentary:
The verse constitutes a most effective and conclusive argument against polytheism. Even atheists cannot deny that perfect order pervades and permeates the whole universe. This order points to the fact that one uniform law governs it, and the unity of laws proves the Unity of the Maker and Controller of the universe. If there had been more than one God, then more than one law would have governed the universe because for a god it is necessary to create a universe with its own laws; and thus disorder and confusion would have been the inevitable result and the whole universe would have gone to pieces. Moreover, the very word اله (meaning a Being Who is the object of our utmost love, obedience and submission and Who possesses perfect powers and attributes) shows that such a Perfect Being can only be one at one time. It is manifestly absurd to say that three gods, equally perfect in all respects, are jointly the creators and controllers of the universe. The fact of the three gods doing, and should do, the same thing which One Perfect God can implies their imperfection and an imperfect being cannot be our اله (One Who is worthy of our adoration).
830
这节经文是驳斥多神论的一种有效而结论性的论据。即使无神论者也不能否认遍布并充斥在整个宇宙之间的完美秩序。这种秩序指明了这样一个事实: 一种统一的法则支配着宇宙; 而这些法则的统一性证明这个宇宙的创造主和支配者的独一性。假如安拉不止一个的话, 那么, 支配这宇宙的法则也就不止一个--------因为有一个主宰就一定要以他自己独特的法则来创造这个宇宙--------这样, 其必然结果就会是混乱而无秩序, 整个宇宙就早已四分五裂了。因此, 说有三个主宰, 各方面都相等地完美, 合在一起成为这个宇宙的创造者和支配着, 显然是荒诞无稽的。
2
یعنی ایک سے زیادہ معبود انِ کامل کے لئے ضروری تھا کہ ان میں سے ہر ایک نیا نظام شمسی بھی بناتا۔ ورنہ ان میں سے کوئی بھی معبود قرار نہیں دیا جا سکتا تھا اور اگر ایک سے زیادہ نظام شمسی ہوتے تو مختلف قوانین قدرت بھی ہوتے۔ جس کی وجہ سے دنیا چکر میں پڑ جاتی اور تباہ ہو جاتی۔
2363
Commentary:
The verse constitutes a most effective and conclusive argument against polytheism. Even atheists cannot deny that perfect order pervades and permeates the whole universe. This order points to the fact that one uniform law governs it, and the unity of laws proves the Unity of the Maker and Controller of the universe. If there had been more than one God, then more than one law would have governed the universe because for a god it is necessary to create a universe with its own laws; and thus disorder and confusion would have been the inevitable result and the whole universe would have gone to pieces. Moreover, the very word اله (meaning a Being Who is the object of our utmost love, obedience and submission and Who possesses perfect powers and attributes) shows that such a Perfect Being can only be one at one time. It is manifestly absurd to say that three gods, equally perfect in all respects, are jointly the creators and controllers of the universe. The fact of the three gods doing, and should do, the same thing which One Perfect God can implies their imperfection and an imperfect being cannot be our اله (One Who is worthy of our adoration).
1879
The verse constitutes an effective and conclusive argument against polytheism. Even atheists cannot deny that perfect order pervades and permeates the entire universe. This order points to the fact that one uniform law governs it; and the uniformity of laws proves the Unity of the Maker and Controller of the universe. If there had been more than one God, then more than one law would have governed the universe—because for a god it is necessary to create the universe with his own special laws—and thus disorder and confusion would have been the inevitable result and the whole universe would have gone to pieces. It is, therefore, manifestly absurd to say that three gods, equally perfect in all respects are jointly the creators and controllers of the universe.
لَا يُسْـَٔلُ عَمَّا يَفْعَلُ وَهُمْ يُسْـَٔلُونَ
这节经文指出宇宙间秩序的完善无缺, 因此指出创造和支配宇宙的养主是完善无缺的, 而且他是唯一的。这节经文也意示安拉的最高权威, 而其他所有的人和物是从于他的权威的。这又成为驳斥多神论的另一论据。
The verse points to the perfection and completeness of the order in the universe and, therefore, to the perfection of its Author and Controller and hence to His Unity. It also signifies that God’s authority is supreme while all other beings and things are subject to His authority. This constitutes another argument against polytheism.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that as God’s works are perfect and absolutely free from defect or blemish, therefore He must be faultless and being the One and undisputed Master and Controller of the whole universe He is answerable before nobody. The verse points to the perfection and completeness of the order in the universe and therefore to the perfection of its Author and Controller and hence to His Unity. It continues the argument begun in the previous verse. It also signifies that God’s authority is supreme while all other beings and things are subject to His authority. This constitutes another argument against polytheism.
831
这节经文指出宇宙间秩序的完善无缺, 因此指出创造和支配宇宙的养主是完善无缺的, 而且他是唯一的。这节经文也意示安拉的最高权威, 而其他所有的人和物是从于他的权威的。这又成为驳斥多神论的另一论据。
2364
Commentary:
The verse means to say that as God’s works are perfect and absolutely free from defect or blemish, therefore He must be faultless and being the One and undisputed Master and Controller of the whole universe He is answerable before nobody. The verse points to the perfection and completeness of the order in the universe and therefore to the perfection of its Author and Controller and hence to His Unity. It continues the argument begun in the previous verse. It also signifies that God’s authority is supreme while all other beings and things are subject to His authority. This constitutes another argument against polytheism.
1880
The verse points to the perfection and completeness of the order in the universe and, therefore, to the perfection of its Author and Controller and hence to His Unity. It also signifies that God’s authority is supreme while all other beings and things are subject to His authority. This constitutes another argument against polytheism.
أَمِ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ مِن دُونِهِۦٓ ءَالِهَةً ۖ قُلْ هَاتُوا۟ بُرْهَٰنَكُمْ ۖ هَٰذَا ذِكْرُ مَن مَّعِىَ وَذِكْرُ مَن قَبْلِى ۗ بَلْ أَكْثَرُهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ ٱلْحَقَّ ۖ فَهُم مُّعْرِضُونَ
18:16; 23:118; 27:65.
پہلوں کے لئے اس طرح کہ پہلے لوگوں پر جو اُن کی امتوں نے جھوٹ باندھ کر اعتراض پیدا کر دئے تھے۔ قرآن نے وہ سب دور کر دئے اور اس طرح اول اور آخر کے لئے شرف کا موجب ہو گیا۔
18:16; 23:118; 27:65.
The Qur’an is a source of honour and dignity for previous Prophets also, because it clears them of the charges of which their people falsely accused them.
18:16; 23:118; 27:65.
Commentary:
The verse gives another argument about the Unity of God. The Holy Prophet here is enjoined to ask his people to go through the Quran and other revealed Scriptures and then tell him whether they find in them any deferential reference to polytheism or to permission to worship other gods besides the One True God. "This is the constant doctrine of all the sacred Books," says Sale in his "Introduction to the Quran," "not only the Quran, but also those Scriptures which were revealed in former ages, all of them bear witness to the great and fundamental truth of the Unity of God."
Taking ذکر in the sense of honour, eminence etc. (see 15:7), the verse would mean that the Quran is a source of honour for those with the Holy Prophet and for those before him i.e. it will raise its followers from depths of degradation to great heights of honour and eminence, and it has cleared Divine Prophets and other righteous servants of God of the charges and accusations that were imputed to them in former Scriptures.
a
18:16; 23:118; 27:65.
1
پہلوں کے لئے اس طرح کہ پہلے لوگوں پر جو اُن کی امتوں نے جھوٹ باندھ کر اعتراض پیدا کر دئے تھے۔ قرآن نے وہ سب دور کر دئے اور اس طرح اول اور آخر کے لئے شرف کا موجب ہو گیا۔
a
18:16; 23:118; 27:65.
2365
Commentary:
The verse gives another argument about the Unity of God. The Holy Prophet here is enjoined to ask his people to go through the Quran and other revealed Scriptures and then tell him whether they find in them any deferential reference to polytheism or to permission to worship other gods besides the One True God. "This is the constant doctrine of all the sacred Books," says Sale in his "Introduction to the Quran," "not only the Quran, but also those Scriptures which were revealed in former ages, all of them bear witness to the great and fundamental truth of the Unity of God."
Taking ذکر in the sense of honour, eminence etc. (see 15:7), the verse would mean that the Quran is a source of honour for those with the Holy Prophet and for those before him i.e. it will raise its followers from depths of degradation to great heights of honour and eminence, and it has cleared Divine Prophets and other righteous servants of God of the charges and accusations that were imputed to them in former Scriptures.
a
18:16; 23:118; 27:65.
1880A
The Qur’an is a source of honour and dignity for previous Prophets also, because it clears them of the charges of which their people falsely accused them.
وَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَا مِن قَبْلِكَ مِن رَّسُولٍ إِلَّا نُوحِىٓ إِلَيْهِ أَنَّهُۥ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّآ أَنَا۠ فَٱعْبُدُونِ
یہ آیت عربی کے ترجمہ کے لحاظ سے بہت مشکل ہے کیونکہ یہ مضمون اردو میں مثبت الفاظ میں ادا کرتے ہیں۔ لیکن عربی میں منفی الفاظ سے۔ ہم نے ترجمہ کی سہولت کے لئے مفہوم کو قائم رکھتے ہوئے ترجمہ مثبت الفاظ میں کر دیا ہے۔
Commentary:
The verse gives a third argument in favour of the Unity of God. It purports to say that all the Divine Messengers and great religious reformers who appeared among different nations and countries at different times testified with one voice to the Oneness of God which was their common mission. In spite of the fact that with the passage of time the teachings of these Prophets became tampered with and were subjected to distortions and interpolations, the belief in the Unity of God continued to be the basic principle of all these teachings. These Prophets and Messengers appeared among all nations and peoples and the greatest of all, the Holy Prophet Muhammad, appeared at a time when the whole world was immersed in the Cimmerian darkness of moral turpitude, and idol worship was rife among every people and country in one form or another and was practised in its most heinous form in Arabia where the Holy Prophet preached his message of the Oneness of God. He carried on such an effective and relentless campaign against idolatry that it disappeared from Arabia never to return. Not only did he condemn and forbid idol-worship and enjoin and impress upon his people the worship of One True God but also gave unanswerable arguments in support of monotheism and against polytheism and he fully succeeded in engendering in the minds of his followers an invincible faith in Divine Unity and an equally implacable hatred for shirk—setting up equals with God. In four short sentences of one of its shortest Surah—Al-Ikhlas, the Quran has refuted and demolished in a most beautiful and effective manner four forms of polytheism. The first verse proclaims the absolute Unity of God. It says: "Say, He is Allah, the One." It means that out of ignorance and perversity man invents and indulges in most fantastic theories and ideas about God. But the central and pivotal fact about the Divine Being remains that He is absolutely One in every respect and manner. He is neither the beginning nor the end of anything and He is not like anything, nor any thing is like Him. To regard anything like Him is to impugn His absolute Unity.
In the words, "Allah, the Independent and Besought of all," the Quran has demolished the second kind of shirk i.e. to ascribe Divine powers and attributes to other beings and things. The verse says that God has need of nobody but all beings and things have need of Him. It is therefore foolish and futile to have recourse to beings and things which themselves are wholly dependent upon God. The third verse, viz. "He begets not, nor is He begotten" refutes and repudiates the third kind of polytheism i.e. the doctrine of God being the father or son of anybody. The verse means to say that God is eternal and everlasting. He has begotten no son who should take His place, nor is He begotten of anyone from whom He should have inherited His Divine powers and attributes. He was always Independent and Besought of all and will ever be so. So we should worship Him and call on Him alone for the fulfilment of our needs and requirements. The verse "And there is none like unto Him," exposes the folly and futility of the fourth kind of shirk. It signifies that it is beyond any created thing to be His partner in Divinity i.e. to be like Him in His person or attributes. God is far exalted and above that to which man can aspire. However high man may rise, he cannot even touch the fringes of the precincts of Divinity and will ever remain God’s servant.
This is the most sublime conception of absolute Unity of God as taught and inculcated by the Quran.
At another place (2:256) the Quran has shed further light on Divine Unity. It says: "There is no God but Allah, the Living, the Self-Subsisting and All-Sustaining. Slumber seizes Him not, nor sleep (i.e. no interruption ever takes place in His works). To Him belongs whatsoever is in the heavens and whatsoever is in the earth. Who is he that will intercede with Him except by His permission (i.e. God grants the prayers of His servants but no one should think that He can compel God to accept His prayer. It is after He has granted the permission to any of His servants that he can intercede with Him)? He knows what is before them and what is behind them (i.e. He knows the past and the future. His knowledge is complete and all-comprehensive because full control is not possible without complete knowledge and complete knowledge is the never-failing accompaniment of absolute Unity). And they encompass nothing of His knowledge except what He pleases (i.e. man can accomplish nothing except with the help of the knowledge that he receives from God). His knowledge extends over the heavens and the earth (i.e. not an atom moves in the heavens and the earth without His permission and every particle is subject to His control). And the care of them burdens Him not (i.e. the universe will continue to exist and function under the never-failing supervision and protection of God). And He is the High (i.e. every atom of the universe bears witness to His Almightiness and He is so exalted that human reason cannot attain to full comprehension of Him); and yet He is great (i.e. He is so manifest in His great works that every honest seeker after Him can attain to communion with Him)." This is the very high and noble conception of Divine Unity which the Holy Prophet gave to the world and for which he worked and suffered. He told the people of the world that Divine Unity consists in the fact that man should rise to such a high stage of spiritual exaltation as to become completely engrossed in One God and become at one with Him. It is when man reaches this high stage of moral and spiritual development that he can be said to have attained the great object of his creation.
2
یہ آیت عربی کے ترجمہ کے لحاظ سے بہت مشکل ہے کیونکہ یہ مضمون اردو میں مثبت الفاظ میں ادا کرتے ہیں۔ لیکن عربی میں منفی الفاظ سے۔ ہم نے ترجمہ کی سہولت کے لئے مفہوم کو قائم رکھتے ہوئے ترجمہ مثبت الفاظ میں کر دیا ہے۔
2366
Commentary:
The verse gives a third argument in favour of the Unity of God. It purports to say that all the Divine Messengers and great religious reformers who appeared among different nations and countries at different times testified with one voice to the Oneness of God which was their common mission. In spite of the fact that with the passage of time the teachings of these Prophets became tampered with and were subjected to distortions and interpolations, the belief in the Unity of God continued to be the basic principle of all these teachings. These Prophets and Messengers appeared among all nations and peoples and the greatest of all, the Holy Prophet Muhammad, appeared at a time when the whole world was immersed in the Cimmerian darkness of moral turpitude, and idol worship was rife among every people and country in one form or another and was practised in its most heinous form in Arabia where the Holy Prophet preached his message of the Oneness of God. He carried on such an effective and relentless campaign against idolatry that it disappeared from Arabia never to return. Not only did he condemn and forbid idol-worship and enjoin and impress upon his people the worship of One True God but also gave unanswerable arguments in support of monotheism and against polytheism and he fully succeeded in engendering in the minds of his followers an invincible faith in Divine Unity and an equally implacable hatred for shirk—setting up equals with God. In four short sentences of one of its shortest Surah—Al-Ikhlas, the Quran has refuted and demolished in a most beautiful and effective manner four forms of polytheism. The first verse proclaims the absolute Unity of God. It says: "Say, He is Allah, the One." It means that out of ignorance and perversity man invents and indulges in most fantastic theories and ideas about God. But the central and pivotal fact about the Divine Being remains that He is absolutely One in every respect and manner. He is neither the beginning nor the end of anything and He is not like anything, nor any thing is like Him. To regard anything like Him is to impugn His absolute Unity.
In the words, "Allah, the Independent and Besought of all," the Quran has demolished the second kind of shirk i.e. to ascribe Divine powers and attributes to other beings and things. The verse says that God has need of nobody but all beings and things have need of Him. It is therefore foolish and futile to have recourse to beings and things which themselves are wholly dependent upon God. The third verse, viz. "He begets not, nor is He begotten" refutes and repudiates the third kind of polytheism i.e. the doctrine of God being the father or son of anybody. The verse means to say that God is eternal and everlasting. He has begotten no son who should take His place, nor is He begotten of anyone from whom He should have inherited His Divine powers and attributes. He was always Independent and Besought of all and will ever be so. So we should worship Him and call on Him alone for the fulfilment of our needs and requirements. The verse "And there is none like unto Him," exposes the folly and futility of the fourth kind of shirk. It signifies that it is beyond any created thing to be His partner in Divinity i.e. to be like Him in His person or attributes. God is far exalted and above that to which man can aspire. However high man may rise, he cannot even touch the fringes of the precincts of Divinity and will ever remain God’s servant.
This is the most sublime conception of absolute Unity of God as taught and inculcated by the Quran.
At another place (2:256) the Quran has shed further light on Divine Unity. It says: "There is no God but Allah, the Living, the Self-Subsisting and All-Sustaining. Slumber seizes Him not, nor sleep (i.e. no interruption ever takes place in His works). To Him belongs whatsoever is in the heavens and whatsoever is in the earth. Who is he that will intercede with Him except by His permission (i.e. God grants the prayers of His servants but no one should think that He can compel God to accept His prayer. It is after He has granted the permission to any of His servants that he can intercede with Him)? He knows what is before them and what is behind them (i.e. He knows the past and the future. His knowledge is complete and all-comprehensive because full control is not possible without complete knowledge and complete knowledge is the never-failing accompaniment of absolute Unity). And they encompass nothing of His knowledge except what He pleases (i.e. man can accomplish nothing except with the help of the knowledge that he receives from God). His knowledge extends over the heavens and the earth (i.e. not an atom moves in the heavens and the earth without His permission and every particle is subject to His control). And the care of them burdens Him not (i.e. the universe will continue to exist and function under the never-failing supervision and protection of God). And He is the High (i.e. every atom of the universe bears witness to His Almightiness and He is so exalted that human reason cannot attain to full comprehension of Him); and yet He is great (i.e. He is so manifest in His great works that every honest seeker after Him can attain to communion with Him)." This is the very high and noble conception of Divine Unity which the Holy Prophet gave to the world and for which he worked and suffered. He told the people of the world that Divine Unity consists in the fact that man should rise to such a high stage of spiritual exaltation as to become completely engrossed in One God and become at one with Him. It is when man reaches this high stage of moral and spiritual development that he can be said to have attained the great object of his creation.
وَقَالُوا۟ ٱتَّخَذَ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنُ وَلَدًا ۗ سُبْحَٰنَهُۥ ۚ بَلْ عِبَادٌ مُّكْرَمُونَ
2:117; 4:172; 10:69; 19:89, 90.
2:117; 4:172; 10:69; 19:89, 90.
2:117; 4:172; 10:69; 19:89-90.
Commentary:
The words "honoured servants" point to the fact that not only Jesus but many other righteous men have been spoken of as God’s sons in former Scriptures and like him they have been called God’s sons only in a metaphorical sense. But they were nothing more than His honoured servants. In this respect Jesus enjoys no special prerogative. He was only one of the numerous honoured servants of God.
b
2:117; 4:172; 10:69; 19:89, 90.
a
2:117; 4:172; 10:69; 19:89-90.
2367
Commentary:
The words "honoured servants" point to the fact that not only Jesus but many other righteous men have been spoken of as God’s sons in former Scriptures and like him they have been called God’s sons only in a metaphorical sense. But they were nothing more than His honoured servants. In this respect Jesus enjoys no special prerogative. He was only one of the numerous honoured servants of God.
a
2:117; 4:172; 10:69; 19:89, 90.
لَا يَسْبِقُونَهُۥ بِٱلْقَوْلِ وَهُم بِأَمْرِهِۦ يَعْمَلُونَ
由上下文来看, 代词 ‘他们’ 指的是先知。安拉的使者不可能违背安拉或在道德上犯罪。这节经文确定众先知是不可能犯罪的。
The pronoun 'they' as the context shows refers to Prophets. Divine Messengers are incapable of disobeying God or committing a moral offence or sin. The verse establishes the sinlessness of the Prophets.
Commentary:
The pronoun 'they' in this verse as the context shows refers to prophets. The verse means to say that the prophets of God do not say anything which they are not bidden by God to say. Hence it is inconceivable that anyone of them should have laid claim to the Godhead or Sonship. Not only do they not say anything unless they are bidden by God to say it, but they also do not do anything unless God commands them to do so. The verse establishes the fact that Divine Messengers are incapable of disobeying God or committing a moral offence or sin. Incidentally it establishes the sinlessness of the Prophets.
832
由上下文来看, 代词 ‘他们’ 指的是先知。安拉的使者不可能违背安拉或在道德上犯罪。这节经文确定众先知是不可能犯罪的。
2368
Commentary:
The pronoun 'they' in this verse as the context shows refers to prophets. The verse means to say that the prophets of God do not say anything which they are not bidden by God to say. Hence it is inconceivable that anyone of them should have laid claim to the Godhead or Sonship. Not only do they not say anything unless they are bidden by God to say it, but they also do not do anything unless God commands them to do so. The verse establishes the fact that Divine Messengers are incapable of disobeying God or committing a moral offence or sin. Incidentally it establishes the sinlessness of the Prophets.
1881
The pronoun 'they' as the context shows refers to Prophets. Divine Messengers are incapable of disobeying God or committing a moral offence or sin. The verse establishes the sinlessness of the Prophets.
يَعْلَمُ مَا بَيْنَ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَمَا خَلْفَهُمْ وَلَا يَشْفَعُونَ إِلَّا لِمَنِ ٱرْتَضَىٰ وَهُم مِّنْ خَشْيَتِهِۦ مُشْفِقُونَ
2:256; 20:111.
2:256; 20:111.
The words may mean, 'what they did and what they did not or could not do;' or they may refer to the influences to which they were subject or the changes which they brought about.
2:256; 20:111.
Important Words:
مشفقون (they act cautiously) is the plural of مشفق which is active participle from شفق. They say شفق علیه i.e. he was solicitously affectionate towards him. أشفق منه means, he feared or was cautious of him. اشفاق which is inf. noun means, kindness or affection mixed with fear. Generally it signifies affection; kindness; and fear of the betiding of some evil event, together with sincere or honest advice (Lane & Mufradat).
Commentary:
The words, "what is before them and what is behind them," may mean; what they did and what they did not or could not do; or the influences to which they were subjected or the changes which they brought about.
The verse makes it plain that no one can intercede with God except with His permission. The Bible agrees with the Quran in this respect. It says:
If one man sin against another, the judge shall judge him: but if a man sin against the Lord, who shall entreat for him? (1 Sam 2: 25).
Therefore pray not thou for this people, neither lift up cry nor prayer for them, neither make intercession to me: for I will not hear thee (Jer. 7:16).
See also 2:49 & 2:256.
a
2:256; 20:111.
a
2:256; 20:111.
2369
Important Words:
مشفقون (they act cautiously) is the plural of مشفق which is active participle from شفق. They say شفق علیه i.e. he was solicitously affectionate towards him. أشفق منه means, he feared or was cautious of him. اشفاق which is inf. noun means, kindness or affection mixed with fear. Generally it signifies affection; kindness; and fear of the betiding of some evil event, together with sincere or honest advice (Lane & Mufradat).
Commentary:
The words, "what is before them and what is behind them," may mean; what they did and what they did not or could not do; or the influences to which they were subjected or the changes which they brought about.
The verse makes it plain that no one can intercede with God except with His permission. The Bible agrees with the Quran in this respect. It says:
If one man sin against another, the judge shall judge him: but if a man sin against the Lord, who shall entreat for him? (1 Sam 2: 25).
Therefore pray not thou for this people, neither lift up cry nor prayer for them, neither make intercession to me: for I will not hear thee (Jer. 7:16).
See also 2:49 & 2:256.
b
2:256; 20:111.
1882
The words may mean, 'what they did and what they did not or could not do;' or they may refer to the influences to which they were subject or the changes which they brought about.
۞ وَمَن يَقُلْ مِنْهُمْ إِنِّىٓ إِلَٰهٌ مِّن دُونِهِۦ فَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِيهِ جَهَنَّمَ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ
It is significant that whereas claimants to Godhead will only be punished in the hereafter for their false claims, those pretenders and mountebanks who falsely lay claim to Prophethood are punished in this very world. They meet with death and destruction and all their organizations come to naught in this very life (69:45-48). This difference in the treatment of these two kinds of pretenders is due to the fact that the absurdity of a claim to Godhead is self-evident, therefore such a claimant need not be punished here. But a false claimant to Prophethood, if allowed to go scot-free, may succeed in deceiving innocent people into accepting his false claim; therefore he ultimately is made to suffer defeat, discomfiture and destruction in this very life and is not allowed to live long, and his mission is not allowed to prosper.
Commentary:
It is significant that whereas claimants to the Godhead will only be punished in the hereafter for their false claims, those pretenders and mountebanks who falsely lay claim to prophethood are punished in this very world. They meet with death and destruction and their whole organizations come to nought in this very life (69:46-48). This difference in treatment of these two kinds of pretenders is due to the fact that the absurdity of a claim to the Godhead is self-evident because no sane person would ever accept a claimant to godhead as God and therefore such a claimant need not be punished here. But a false claimant to prophethood, if allowed to go scot-free, may succeed in deceiving many innocent people into accepting his false claim; therefore he ultimately meets with defeat, discomfiture and destruction in this very life and is not allowed to live long and his mission is not permitted to prosper.
2370
Commentary:
It is significant that whereas claimants to the Godhead will only be punished in the hereafter for their false claims, those pretenders and mountebanks who falsely lay claim to prophethood are punished in this very world. They meet with death and destruction and their whole organizations come to nought in this very life (69:46-48). This difference in treatment of these two kinds of pretenders is due to the fact that the absurdity of a claim to the Godhead is self-evident because no sane person would ever accept a claimant to godhead as God and therefore such a claimant need not be punished here. But a false claimant to prophethood, if allowed to go scot-free, may succeed in deceiving many innocent people into accepting his false claim; therefore he ultimately meets with defeat, discomfiture and destruction in this very life and is not allowed to live long and his mission is not permitted to prosper.
1883
It is significant that whereas claimants to Godhead will only be punished in the hereafter for their false claims, those pretenders and mountebanks who falsely lay claim to Prophethood are punished in this very world. They meet with death and destruction and all their organizations come to naught in this very life (69:45-48). This difference in the treatment of these two kinds of pretenders is due to the fact that the absurdity of a claim to Godhead is self-evident, therefore such a claimant need not be punished here. But a false claimant to Prophethood, if allowed to go scot-free, may succeed in deceiving innocent people into accepting his false claim; therefore he ultimately is made to suffer defeat, discomfiture and destruction in this very life and is not allowed to live long, and his mission is not allowed to prosper.
أَوَلَمْ يَرَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ كَانَتَا رَتْقًا فَفَتَقْنَٰهُمَا ۖ وَجَعَلْنَا مِنَ ٱلْمَآءِ كُلَّ شَىْءٍ حَىٍّ ۖ أَفَلَا يُؤْمِنُونَ
这节经文指出一个伟大的科学真理。它似乎指的是宇宙在物质以前的阶段, 意思说整个宇宙, 尤其是太阳系, 是从一种混沌不清的一团中发展出来的。安拉按照他所运用的法则使这一团物质分裂成为散开的小块, 变成太阳系的各个组成部分。{哈罗尔德•里查德 (Harold Richard) 的 «宇宙概况» 与费雷德•霍伊尔 (Fred Hoyle) 的 «宇宙的性质»}。然后安拉从水中创造生命。这节经文似乎还意示, 像物质的宇宙一样, 一个精神的宇宙也是从混乱的思想和愚蠢的信念的一团混沌中发展出来的。正如安拉以他绝对正确的智慧在进行最高的计划时把一团物质分裂开来使它分散的部分变成太阳系的组成部分那样, 他在这翻滚在混浊泥潭中的世界上同样创造了一种精神的新秩序。当人类陷入道德堕落的而不能逾越的黑暗时, 精神上就觉得压得透不过气来。安拉派遣他的使者震憾了笼罩着的精神黑暗, 使人们见到光明, 从道德败坏和精神衰退的混沌不清和毫无生气的一团中诞生出一个精神宇宙, 它开始从中心向四周延伸, 最终将遍布全世界, 并在它的带动之下获得活力和方向。
یعنی جب تک خداتعالیٰ نے وحی نہ بھیجی آسمان و زمین کی ہدایت کا کوئی سامان نہ ہوا مگر جب ہم نے اس کو کھولا اور وحی نازل کی تب ہدایت کا سامان پیدا ہوا اور ثابت ہوا کہ وحی الٰہی کے بغیر کوئی زندگی نہیں۔ تعجب ہے کہ یہ لوگ پھر بھی ایمان نہیں لاتے۔
موجودہ سائنس نے بھی یہ ثابت کر دیا ہے کہ جب کوئی نیا نظام شمسی پیدا ہوتا ہے تو پہلے وہ ایک گیند کی طرح ہوتا ہے۔ پھر اندرونی چکر سے اس کے کنارے دور دور پھینکے جاتے ہیں اور نئے کُرّے بن جاتے ہیں جو اندرونی محور کے گرد چکر کھانے لگ جاتے ہیں۔ اور ایک نیا نظام شمسی بن جاتا ہے۔
The verse points to a great scientific truth. It seems to refer to the pre-material stage of the universe and purports to say that the whole universe, particularly the solar system, has developed out of an amorphous or nebular mass. God, in accordance with the laws which He had set in motion, split the mass of matter, and its scattered bits became the units of the solar system ("The Universe Surveyed" by Harold Richards, & "The Nature of the Universe" by Fred Hoyle). God then created all life out of water. The verse seems to imply that like the material universe a spiritual universe also develops out of an amorphous mass of confused ideas and foolish beliefs. Just as God in His infallible wisdom and in pursuance of a supreme design split the mass of matter and its scattered bits became the units of the solar system, in the same way He brings about a new spiritual order in a world weltering in the morass of confused ideas. When mankind sink into an impenetrable gloom of moral turpitude, and spiritual at
Important Words:
رتقا (a closed-up mass) is inf. noun from رتق (rataqa). They say رتق الثوب i.e. he repaired or sewed up the cloth. رتق الشیء means, he repaired or closed up the thing. رتق is the contrary of فتق. The expression فتق المسک means, he took out the musk from the bladder of deer.فتق الثواب means, he slit, rent or opened up the cloth. They say رتق فتقھم i.e. he closed up the breach that was between them; he reconciled them. The Arabs say: ھو الراتق والفاتق i.e. he is the reformer of the affair. The word رتقhere means, ذواتی رتق i.e. things closed up, or better a closed-up mass, and فتق refers to the splitting of the amorphous mass or to the throwing off of the planets of the solar system.
Commentary:
The verse, by pointing to a great scientific truth, draws attention to a spiritual phenomenon of equally great importance. It refers to the pre-material stage of the universe and purports to say that the heavens and the earth or the whole universe or particularly the solar system has developed out of an amorphous or nebular mass. God, in accordance with the laws which He had set in motion, split the mass of matter, and its scattered bits became the units of the solar system ("The Universe Surveyed" by Harold Richards, and "The Nature of the Universe" by Fred Hoyle). God then created all life out of water. The verse seems to imply that like the material universe a spiritual universe also develops out of an amorphous mass of confused ideas and foolish beliefs. Just as God in His infallible wisdom and in pursuance of a great design split the mass of matter and its scattered bits became the units of the solar system, in the same way He brings about a new spiritual order in a world weltering in the morass of confused ideas. When mankind sinks into an impenetrable gloom of moral turpitude and spiritual atmosphere becomes dense and oppressive, God causes a light to appear in the form of a Heavenly Messenger who shakes up the overspreading spiritual gloom, and out of this confused and lifeless mass of moral depravity and spiritual degeneration a spiritual universe is born which begins to reach out from its centre and eventually embraces the whole earth, receiving life and direction from the impetus behind it. Just as all physical life is created from water, so does spiritual universe receive life from heavenly water which is Divine revelation. See also General Introduction.
The words "the heavens and the earth were a closed-up mass," in a physical sense may signify that there is no rain from heaven, and the earth becomes parched and dried up and grows no vegetation, and life tends to become extinct. Spiritually speaking they may mean that there is a cessation of Divine revelation and the hearts and brains of men become corrupt and spiritual darkness enshrouds the entire face of the earth. Thus the whole verse may refer both to the general physical phenomenon and to the cessation of Divine revelation. The words "then We opened them out," may refer to the throwing off of the planets of the solar system. Physically speaking they would mean that God sends down rain from heaven, and spiritually speaking they may signify that Divine revelation descends i.e. a Prophet is raised to whom God reveals Himself and to whom He vouchsafes His Word.
Again spiritually speaking the words "And We made from water everything living" signify that when the period of the cessation of revelation which has been called فترة in the Quran (5:20) ends, God sends a Messenger, who by means of Divine revelation, brings about complete moral revolution among his people and gives, as it were, new life to a spiritually dead people. Alluding to the physical phenomenon the words would mean that when on account of a long period of drought the earth becomes parched and dry, God sends down fresh rain from heaven and the earth begins to bloom and blossom and vibrate with a new life. Thus briefly the verse signifies that as no physical life can exist without water, similarly no spiritual life is possible without the water of Divine revelation.
833
这节经文指出一个伟大的科学真理。它似乎指的是宇宙在物质以前的阶段, 意思说整个宇宙, 尤其是太阳系, 是从一种混沌不清的一团中发展出来的。安拉按照他所运用的法则使这一团物质分裂成为散开的小块, 变成太阳系的各个组成部分。{哈罗尔德•里查德 (Harold Richard) 的 «宇宙概况» 与费雷德•霍伊尔 (Fred Hoyle) 的 «宇宙的性质»}。然后安拉从水中创造生命。这节经文似乎还意示, 像物质的宇宙一样, 一个精神的宇宙也是从混乱的思想和愚蠢的信念的一团混沌中发展出来的。正如安拉以他绝对正确的智慧在进行最高的计划时把一团物质分裂开来使它分散的部分变成太阳系的组成部分那样, 他在这翻滚在混浊泥潭中的世界上同样创造了一种精神的新秩序。当人类陷入道德堕落的而不能逾越的黑暗时, 精神上就觉得压得透不过气来。安拉派遣他的使者震憾了笼罩着的精神黑暗, 使人们见到光明, 从道德败坏和精神衰退的混沌不清和毫无生气的一团中诞生出一个精神宇宙, 它开始从中心向四周延伸, 最终将遍布全世界, 并在它的带动之下获得活力和方向。
1
یعنی جب تک خداتعالیٰ نے وحی نہ بھیجی آسمان و زمین کی ہدایت کا کوئی سامان نہ ہوا مگر جب ہم نے اس کو کھولا اور وحی نازل کی تب ہدایت کا سامان پیدا ہوا اور ثابت ہوا کہ وحی الٰہی کے بغیر کوئی زندگی نہیں۔ تعجب ہے کہ یہ لوگ پھر بھی ایمان نہیں لاتے۔
موجودہ سائنس نے بھی یہ ثابت کر دیا ہے کہ جب کوئی نیا نظام شمسی پیدا ہوتا ہے تو پہلے وہ ایک گیند کی طرح ہوتا ہے۔ پھر اندرونی چکر سے اس کے کنارے دور دور پھینکے جاتے ہیں اور نئے کُرّے بن جاتے ہیں جو اندرونی محور کے گرد چکر کھانے لگ جاتے ہیں۔ اور ایک نیا نظام شمسی بن جاتا ہے۔
2371
Important Words:
رتقا (a closed-up mass) is inf. noun from رتق (rataqa). They say رتق الثوب i.e. he repaired or sewed up the cloth. رتق الشیء means, he repaired or closed up the thing. رتق is the contrary of فتق. The expression فتق المسک means, he took out the musk from the bladder of deer.فتق الثواب means, he slit, rent or opened up the cloth. They say رتق فتقھم i.e. he closed up the breach that was between them; he reconciled them. The Arabs say: ھو الراتق والفاتق i.e. he is the reformer of the affair. The word رتقhere means, ذواتی رتق i.e. things closed up, or better a closed-up mass, and فتق refers to the splitting of the amorphous mass or to the throwing off of the planets of the solar system.
Commentary:
The verse, by pointing to a great scientific truth, draws attention to a spiritual phenomenon of equally great importance. It refers to the pre-material stage of the universe and purports to say that the heavens and the earth or the whole universe or particularly the solar system has developed out of an amorphous or nebular mass. God, in accordance with the laws which He had set in motion, split the mass of matter, and its scattered bits became the units of the solar system ("The Universe Surveyed" by Harold Richards, and "The Nature of the Universe" by Fred Hoyle). God then created all life out of water. The verse seems to imply that like the material universe a spiritual universe also develops out of an amorphous mass of confused ideas and foolish beliefs. Just as God in His infallible wisdom and in pursuance of a great design split the mass of matter and its scattered bits became the units of the solar system, in the same way He brings about a new spiritual order in a world weltering in the morass of confused ideas. When mankind sinks into an impenetrable gloom of moral turpitude and spiritual atmosphere becomes dense and oppressive, God causes a light to appear in the form of a Heavenly Messenger who shakes up the overspreading spiritual gloom, and out of this confused and lifeless mass of moral depravity and spiritual degeneration a spiritual universe is born which begins to reach out from its centre and eventually embraces the whole earth, receiving life and direction from the impetus behind it. Just as all physical life is created from water, so does spiritual universe receive life from heavenly water which is Divine revelation. See also General Introduction.
The words "the heavens and the earth were a closed-up mass," in a physical sense may signify that there is no rain from heaven, and the earth becomes parched and dried up and grows no vegetation, and life tends to become extinct. Spiritually speaking they may mean that there is a cessation of Divine revelation and the hearts and brains of men become corrupt and spiritual darkness enshrouds the entire face of the earth. Thus the whole verse may refer both to the general physical phenomenon and to the cessation of Divine revelation. The words "then We opened them out," may refer to the throwing off of the planets of the solar system. Physically speaking they would mean that God sends down rain from heaven, and spiritually speaking they may signify that Divine revelation descends i.e. a Prophet is raised to whom God reveals Himself and to whom He vouchsafes His Word.
Again spiritually speaking the words "And We made from water everything living" signify that when the period of the cessation of revelation which has been called فترة in the Quran (5:20) ends, God sends a Messenger, who by means of Divine revelation, brings about complete moral revolution among his people and gives, as it were, new life to a spiritually dead people. Alluding to the physical phenomenon the words would mean that when on account of a long period of drought the earth becomes parched and dry, God sends down fresh rain from heaven and the earth begins to bloom and blossom and vibrate with a new life. Thus briefly the verse signifies that as no physical life can exist without water, similarly no spiritual life is possible without the water of Divine revelation.
1884
The verse points to a great scientific truth. It seems to refer to the pre-material stage of the universe and purports to say that the whole universe, particularly the solar system, has developed out of an amorphous or nebular mass. God, in accordance with the laws which He had set in motion, split the mass of matter, and its scattered bits became the units of the solar system ("The Universe Surveyed" by Harold Richards, & "The Nature of the Universe" by Fred Hoyle). God then created all life out of water. The verse seems to imply that like the material universe a spiritual universe also develops out of an amorphous mass of confused ideas and foolish beliefs. Just as God in His infallible wisdom and in pursuance of a supreme design split the mass of matter and its scattered bits became the units of the solar system, in the same way He brings about a new spiritual order in a world weltering in the morass of confused ideas. When mankind sink into an impenetrable gloom of moral turpitude, and spiritual at
وَجَعَلْنَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ رَوَٰسِىَ أَن تَمِيدَ بِهِمْ وَجَعَلْنَا فِيهَا فِجَاجًا سُبُلًا لَّعَلَّهُمْ يَهْتَدُونَ
13:4; 15:20; 16:16; 31:11; 77:28.
اَنْ تَمِيْدَبِهِمْ (an Tamida Bihim) 这一用语的意思是:免得它震动而使他们不得安宁; 成为他们利益的来源; 和他们一起四处走动; مَادَ (Mada) 也意味着, 他给予好处 (اَقْرَبْ, Aqrab)。这节经文还清楚地说明另一科学真理。地质学证实山脉在很大程度上保护大地免受地震。地球在开始时内部是非常热的。当炽热的气体在地球的腹部形成后就要向外挤压出来, 这样就形成火山的震动和喷发, 冷却后就形成山脉, (“Marvels & Mysteries of Science” by Allison Hox; & Enc. Brit. under “Geology”) 这节经文也可以意指, 山脉对地球的稳定自转有极大的好处。«古兰经»说地球在被发现以前早已在 ‘转动’, 它不是静止不动, 而是环绕着太阳自转地移动着的。
13:4; 15:20; 16:16; 31:11; 77:28.
The expression, an Tamida Bihim, means, lest it should quake with them; go round with them; be a source of benefit to them; Mada also meaning, he bestowed a benefit (Aqrab). The verse throws light on yet another scientific truth. Geology has established the fact that mountains have, to a great extent, secured the earth against earthquakes. In the beginning the earth was very hot from inside. When as the result of the intense heat gases were formed in the bowels of the earth, they forced a way out, thus causing violent agitations and eruptions in the form of volcanoes, which having cooled down took the shape of mountains ("Marvels & Mysteries of Science" by Allison Hox; & Enc. Brit. under "Geology"). The verse may also signify that the mountains are a great help to the earth in moving steadily on its axis. The Qur’an spoke of the earth as 'moving round' long before it was discovered that it was not stationary and moved on its axis and round the sun.
13:4; 15:20; 16:16; 31:11; 77:28.
Important Words:
ان تمید بھم (lest it should quake with them). تمید is derived from ماد which means, it (a thing)was or became in a state of violent motion or commotion; it was or became violently agitated; it turned about or became contorted and convulsed; it quivered or trembled; he bestowed a benefit or favour. مادت به الارض means, the earth went round with him. The expression ان تمید بھم means, lest it should quake with them, be convulsed with them and go round with them and move about violently (Lane & Aqrab). See also 16:16.
فجاجاً (wide pathways) is the plural of فج which is noun-infinitive from فج (fajja) which means, he opened or separated his two legs while walking. فجت الناقة means, the she-camel opened out her hinder legs for being milked. فج means, a wide and open pathway between two mountains (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse throws light on yet another scientific truth. Geology has established the fact that mountains have, to a great extent, secured the earth against earthquakes. Earth-quakes were very common before mountains were created. In the beginning the earth was very hot from inside. When as the result of the intense heat gases were formed in the bowels of the earth, they tried to force a way out, thus causing violent agitations and eruptions in the form of volcanoes which having cooled down took the shape of mountains. ("Marvels and Mysteries of Science" by Allison Hox & Enc. Brit. under "Geology"). To this great scientific truth the words ان تمید بھم (lest it should quake with them) refer. Spiritually speaking the heat of sin and iniquity in the world throws out lava from its volcanoes and brings about moral destruction and then God cools down this fire by the spiritual water of Divine revelation and by means of "mountains" which spiritually speaking are Prophets and Divine Reformers.
Taking these words in the sense 'that it may go round with them,' the verse would signify that the mountains are a great help to the earth in moving steadily on its axis. The Quran spoke of the earth as "moving round" long before it was discovered that it was not stationary and moved on its axis and round the sun.
Again mountains, rivers and natural highways are among great Divine blessings. The mountains are natural reservoirs of water and vegetable and mineral wealth; the rivers constitute natural conduits for water, and natural highways make it possible for man to have access to these vast stores of Divine blessings. Spiritually speaking, 'mountains' are the Divine Prophets who are the great reservoirs of heavenly water and divine knowledge and 'highways' (which in the earth are the channels of rivers) represent righteous ulema (learned men) and divines who receive guidance from the prophets and convey it to common men. Just as rivers and streams become dried up when it does not rain on mountains, similarly pious and righteous men disappear from the world when no fresh revelation descends from heaven for a long time. Indeed revelation is as essential for spiritual life as is water for physical life.
a
13:4; 15:20; 16:16; 31:11; 77:28.
834
اَنْ تَمِيْدَبِهِمْ (an Tamida Bihim) 这一用语的意思是:免得它震动而使他们不得安宁; 成为他们利益的来源; 和他们一起四处走动; مَادَ (Mada) 也意味着, 他给予好处 (اَقْرَبْ, Aqrab)。这节经文还清楚地说明另一科学真理。地质学证实山脉在很大程度上保护大地免受地震。地球在开始时内部是非常热的。当炽热的气体在地球的腹部形成后就要向外挤压出来, 这样就形成火山的震动和喷发, 冷却后就形成山脉, (“Marvels & Mysteries of Science” by Allison Hox; & Enc. Brit. under “Geology”) 这节经文也可以意指, 山脉对地球的稳定自转有极大的好处。«古兰经»说地球在被发现以前早已在 ‘转动’, 它不是静止不动, 而是环绕着太阳自转地移动着的。
a
13:4; 15:20; 16:16; 31:11; 77:28.
2372
Important Words:
ان تمید بھم (lest it should quake with them). تمید is derived from ماد which means, it (a thing)was or became in a state of violent motion or commotion; it was or became violently agitated; it turned about or became contorted and convulsed; it quivered or trembled; he bestowed a benefit or favour. مادت به الارض means, the earth went round with him. The expression ان تمید بھم means, lest it should quake with them, be convulsed with them and go round with them and move about violently (Lane & Aqrab). See also 16:16.
فجاجاً (wide pathways) is the plural of فج which is noun-infinitive from فج (fajja) which means, he opened or separated his two legs while walking. فجت الناقة means, the she-camel opened out her hinder legs for being milked. فج means, a wide and open pathway between two mountains (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse throws light on yet another scientific truth. Geology has established the fact that mountains have, to a great extent, secured the earth against earthquakes. Earth-quakes were very common before mountains were created. In the beginning the earth was very hot from inside. When as the result of the intense heat gases were formed in the bowels of the earth, they tried to force a way out, thus causing violent agitations and eruptions in the form of volcanoes which having cooled down took the shape of mountains. ("Marvels and Mysteries of Science" by Allison Hox & Enc. Brit. under "Geology"). To this great scientific truth the words ان تمید بھم (lest it should quake with them) refer. Spiritually speaking the heat of sin and iniquity in the world throws out lava from its volcanoes and brings about moral destruction and then God cools down this fire by the spiritual water of Divine revelation and by means of "mountains" which spiritually speaking are Prophets and Divine Reformers.
Taking these words in the sense 'that it may go round with them,' the verse would signify that the mountains are a great help to the earth in moving steadily on its axis. The Quran spoke of the earth as "moving round" long before it was discovered that it was not stationary and moved on its axis and round the sun.
Again mountains, rivers and natural highways are among great Divine blessings. The mountains are natural reservoirs of water and vegetable and mineral wealth; the rivers constitute natural conduits for water, and natural highways make it possible for man to have access to these vast stores of Divine blessings. Spiritually speaking, 'mountains' are the Divine Prophets who are the great reservoirs of heavenly water and divine knowledge and 'highways' (which in the earth are the channels of rivers) represent righteous ulema (learned men) and divines who receive guidance from the prophets and convey it to common men. Just as rivers and streams become dried up when it does not rain on mountains, similarly pious and righteous men disappear from the world when no fresh revelation descends from heaven for a long time. Indeed revelation is as essential for spiritual life as is water for physical life.
a
13:4; 15:20; 16:16; 31:11; 77:28.
1885
The expression, an Tamida Bihim, means, lest it should quake with them; go round with them; be a source of benefit to them; Mada also meaning, he bestowed a benefit (Aqrab). The verse throws light on yet another scientific truth. Geology has established the fact that mountains have, to a great extent, secured the earth against earthquakes. In the beginning the earth was very hot from inside. When as the result of the intense heat gases were formed in the bowels of the earth, they forced a way out, thus causing violent agitations and eruptions in the form of volcanoes, which having cooled down took the shape of mountains ("Marvels & Mysteries of Science" by Allison Hox; & Enc. Brit. under "Geology"). The verse may also signify that the mountains are a great help to the earth in moving steadily on its axis. The Qur’an spoke of the earth as 'moving round' long before it was discovered that it was not stationary and moved on its axis and round the sun.
وَجَعَلْنَا ٱلسَّمَآءَ سَقْفًا مَّحْفُوظًا ۖ وَهُمْ عَنْ ءَايَٰتِهَا مُعْرِضُونَ
The solar system with its sun, moon, planets and stars is a well- ordered and well-regulated system which has existed for millions of years, never having once suffered the slightest disorder or deviation in the movements of these bodies. These heavenly bodies exercise a very wholesome influence on the terrestrial globe and its inhabitants. Just as a roof is a means of protection from rain, cold and heat for the residents of a house, similarly the heaven serves as a protection for the earth below and heavenly bodies exert their beneficial influence upon mankind.
Commentary:
The solar system with its sun, moon, planets and stars is a well-ordered and well-regulated system which has existed for millions of years, never having once suffered from the slightest disorder or deviation in the movements of these bodies. These heavenly bodies exercise a very wholesome influence on the terrestrial globe and its inhabitants. Just as a roof is a means of protection from rain, cold and heat for the residents of a house, similarly the heaven serves as a protection for the earth below and heavenly bodies exert their beneficial influence upon mankind. The spiritual universe also has its heaven with its sun, moon, planets and stars.
These bodies of the spiritual heaven also exert their influence on the spiritual life of men. They illumine their lives and provide for them guidance in the night of spiritual darkness. Spiritually speaking the implication in the words "a roof well-protected" is that astrologers and diviners have no access to divine secrets.
2373
Commentary:
The solar system with its sun, moon, planets and stars is a well-ordered and well-regulated system which has existed for millions of years, never having once suffered from the slightest disorder or deviation in the movements of these bodies. These heavenly bodies exercise a very wholesome influence on the terrestrial globe and its inhabitants. Just as a roof is a means of protection from rain, cold and heat for the residents of a house, similarly the heaven serves as a protection for the earth below and heavenly bodies exert their beneficial influence upon mankind. The spiritual universe also has its heaven with its sun, moon, planets and stars.
These bodies of the spiritual heaven also exert their influence on the spiritual life of men. They illumine their lives and provide for them guidance in the night of spiritual darkness. Spiritually speaking the implication in the words "a roof well-protected" is that astrologers and diviners have no access to divine secrets.
1886
The solar system with its sun, moon, planets and stars is a well- ordered and well-regulated system which has existed for millions of years, never having once suffered the slightest disorder or deviation in the movements of these bodies. These heavenly bodies exercise a very wholesome influence on the terrestrial globe and its inhabitants. Just as a roof is a means of protection from rain, cold and heat for the residents of a house, similarly the heaven serves as a protection for the earth below and heavenly bodies exert their beneficial influence upon mankind.
وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلَّيْلَ وَٱلنَّهَارَ وَٱلشَّمْسَ وَٱلْقَمَرَ ۖ كُلٌّ فِى فَلَكٍ يَسْبَحُونَ
36:41.
Important Words:
فلک (orbit) is derived from فلک (falaka). They say فلک ثدی الجاریة i.e. the breast of the girl became round. فلک means, the place of the revolving of the stars i.e. the celestial sphere, the vault of heavens or the firmament (Lane & Aqrab).
یسبحون (gliding along) is derived from سبح. They say سبح الرجل i.e. the man slept and took rest; he went far off in his walk. سبح فی الکلام means, he talked much. سبح فی الماء means, he glided along in the water and took great delight in it. The word is used metaphorically with regard to the floating or gliding of the stars and about the swift and smooth running of the horse (Aqrab).
Commentary:
Spiritually speaking the sun stands for the Law-bearing Prophets, particularly the Holy Prophet of Islam, and the moon for those Reformers and Prophets who borrow their spiritual light from the Law-bearing Prophets. 'The day' represents the time when a new Prophet makes his appearance in the world and fresh revelation comes down from heaven and 'the night' represents that period when there is spiritual darkness all round and no revelation comes from God.
The verse means to say that the night and the day, the sun and the moon have all been created by God and serve a definite purpose. They all fulfil human needs and are indispensable for man’s existence on earth. The significance of the present and the preceding verse is that when God has taken so much care to provide for the physical and material needs of man, it is impossible even to think that He should have neglected to make a similar provision for his spiritual needs.
b
36:41.
835
昼夜、日月, 都是安拉创造的。它们都满足了人类的需要, 是人类在大地上生存所不可或缺的条件。
a
36:41.
2374
Important Words:
فلک (orbit) is derived from فلک (falaka). They say فلک ثدی الجاریة i.e. the breast of the girl became round. فلک means, the place of the revolving of the stars i.e. the celestial sphere, the vault of heavens or the firmament (Lane & Aqrab).
یسبحون (gliding along) is derived from سبح. They say سبح الرجل i.e. the man slept and took rest; he went far off in his walk. سبح فی الکلام means, he talked much. سبح فی الماء means, he glided along in the water and took great delight in it. The word is used metaphorically with regard to the floating or gliding of the stars and about the swift and smooth running of the horse (Aqrab).
Commentary:
Spiritually speaking the sun stands for the Law-bearing Prophets, particularly the Holy Prophet of Islam, and the moon for those Reformers and Prophets who borrow their spiritual light from the Law-bearing Prophets. 'The day' represents the time when a new Prophet makes his appearance in the world and fresh revelation comes down from heaven and 'the night' represents that period when there is spiritual darkness all round and no revelation comes from God.
The verse means to say that the night and the day, the sun and the moon have all been created by God and serve a definite purpose. They all fulfil human needs and are indispensable for man’s existence on earth. The significance of the present and the preceding verse is that when God has taken so much care to provide for the physical and material needs of man, it is impossible even to think that He should have neglected to make a similar provision for his spiritual needs.
b
36:41.
1886A
The night and the day, the sun and the moon have all been created by God and they all fulfil human needs and are indispensable for man’s existence on earth.
وَمَا جَعَلْنَا لِبَشَرٍ مِّن قَبْلِكَ ٱلْخُلْدَ ۖ أَفَإِي۟ن مِّتَّ فَهُمُ ٱلْخَٰلِدُونَ
دیکھئے مفردات راغب۔
All the different Dispensations and religious systems before the Holy Prophet were decreed and destined to suffer spiritual decay and death, and it was only the Dispensation of the Holy Prophet—the Islamic Dispensation— which was to live and continue till the end of time. The implication of the verse may also be that no human being is immune from decay or death, not even the Holy Prophet. Eternity and everlastingness are God’s own exclusive attributes.
Important Words:
خلد is syn. with خلود which is infinitive noun from خلد (khalada) which means, he stayed for long. خلد بالمکان means, he stayed in the place. خلد الی الارض means, he stuck to the earth. خلد الیه means, he inclined to him. خلد (khuld) or خلود means, the immunity of a thing from speedy decay or deterioration and its remaining in a certain condition for a long time. The mountains are called خوالد (khawalid) on account of their long life (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse seems to signify that all the different Dispensations and religious systems before the Holy Prophet were decreed and destined to suffer spiritual decay and death and that it was only the Dispensation of the Holy Prophet—the Islamic Dispensation, which was to live and continue till the end of time. That is to say that all avenues to spiritual progress are closed after the Holy Prophet and only the door of Islam is left open to mankind to attain salvation and nearness to God. The words, "if then thou shouldst die shall they live forever," also seem to signify that if the Islamic Dispensation were to die, which is inconceivable, then there will be no spiritual light left and all humanity will suffer spiritual death. The implication of the verse may also be that no human being is immune from decay or death, not even the Holy Prophet. Eternity and everlastingness are God’s own exclusive attributes.
2
دیکھئے مفردات راغب۔
2375
Important Words:
خلد is syn. with خلود which is infinitive noun from خلد (khalada) which means, he stayed for long. خلد بالمکان means, he stayed in the place. خلد الی الارض means, he stuck to the earth. خلد الیه means, he inclined to him. خلد (khuld) or خلود means, the immunity of a thing from speedy decay or deterioration and its remaining in a certain condition for a long time. The mountains are called خوالد (khawalid) on account of their long life (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse seems to signify that all the different Dispensations and religious systems before the Holy Prophet were decreed and destined to suffer spiritual decay and death and that it was only the Dispensation of the Holy Prophet—the Islamic Dispensation, which was to live and continue till the end of time. That is to say that all avenues to spiritual progress are closed after the Holy Prophet and only the door of Islam is left open to mankind to attain salvation and nearness to God. The words, "if then thou shouldst die shall they live forever," also seem to signify that if the Islamic Dispensation were to die, which is inconceivable, then there will be no spiritual light left and all humanity will suffer spiritual death. The implication of the verse may also be that no human being is immune from decay or death, not even the Holy Prophet. Eternity and everlastingness are God’s own exclusive attributes.
1887
All the different Dispensations and religious systems before the Holy Prophet were decreed and destined to suffer spiritual decay and death, and it was only the Dispensation of the Holy Prophet—the Islamic Dispensation— which was to live and continue till the end of time. The implication of the verse may also be that no human being is immune from decay or death, not even the Holy Prophet. Eternity and everlastingness are God’s own exclusive attributes.
كُلُّ نَفْسٍ ذَآئِقَةُ ٱلْمَوْتِ ۗ وَنَبْلُوكُم بِٱلشَّرِّ وَٱلْخَيْرِ فِتْنَةً ۖ وَإِلَيْنَا تُرْجَعُونَ
Commentary:
There are two ways to test the mettle of a person, viz. (a) by making him pass through the fire of trials and tribulations; and (b) by bestowing upon him wealth and material power and prosperity. God tries His servants in both these ways. This is the significance of this verse. Or the verse may also mean that God tries man by raising His Prophets and by affording him the opportunity to win His pleasure by accepting and following them; and sometimes when a long period of spiritual darkness ensues and no Divine Reformer is present in the world, He gives men of intellect and broad vision an opportunity to follow the dictates of conscience and right teaching which is in harmony with human nature in order that they should, instead of allowing themselves to be carried away like the common run of men by the current of sin and iniquity, establish in the world the usages and practices of God’s Prophets.
2376
Commentary:
There are two ways to test the mettle of a person, viz. (a) by making him pass through the fire of trials and tribulations; and (b) by bestowing upon him wealth and material power and prosperity. God tries His servants in both these ways. This is the significance of this verse. Or the verse may also mean that God tries man by raising His Prophets and by affording him the opportunity to win His pleasure by accepting and following them; and sometimes when a long period of spiritual darkness ensues and no Divine Reformer is present in the world, He gives men of intellect and broad vision an opportunity to follow the dictates of conscience and right teaching which is in harmony with human nature in order that they should, instead of allowing themselves to be carried away like the common run of men by the current of sin and iniquity, establish in the world the usages and practices of God’s Prophets.
وَإِذَا رَءَاكَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ إِن يَتَّخِذُونَكَ إِلَّا هُزُوًا أَهَٰذَا ٱلَّذِى يَذْكُرُ ءَالِهَتَكُمْ وَهُم بِذِكْرِ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ هُمْ كَٰفِرُونَ
25:42.
13:31.
An Arab would say: La’in dhakartani la-tandamanna, i.e. if thou speak ill of me, thou wilt assuredly repent (Lane).
25:42.
13:31.
Commentary:
The words, "Is this the one who makes an evil mention of your gods," are expressive of contempt and contumely for the Holy Prophet on the part of disbelievers. They think it presumptuous on the Prophet’s part to speak slightingly of their gods. To this contemptuous expression of disbelievers the Quran replies by saying that if they think that it is presumptuous on the part of the Holy Prophetto speak disparagingly of their false gods, what do they think of their own contemptuous rejection of the very mention of the Gracious God?
a
13:31.
c
25:42.
a
25:42.
b
13:31.
2377
Commentary:
The words, "Is this the one who makes an evil mention of your gods," are expressive of contempt and contumely for the Holy Prophet on the part of disbelievers. They think it presumptuous on the Prophet’s part to speak slightingly of their gods. To this contemptuous expression of disbelievers the Quran replies by saying that if they think that it is presumptuous on the part of the Holy Prophetto speak disparagingly of their false gods, what do they think of their own contemptuous rejection of the very mention of the Gracious God?
a
25:42.
b
13:31.
1887A
An Arab would say: La’in dhakartani la-tandamanna, i.e. if thou speak ill of me, thou wilt assuredly repent (Lane).
خُلِقَ ٱلْإِنسَٰنُ مِنْ عَجَلٍ ۚ سَأُو۟رِيكُمْ ءَايَٰتِى فَلَا تَسْتَعْجِلُونِ
خُلِقَ الْاِنْسَانُ مِنْ عَجَلْ (Khuliqal Insanu min ‘Ajal) 这一用语, 意指 ‘急躁’ 是人的一个构成部分, 它是人类性格中如此显著的一个特点, 以致可以说人类就是从急躁中创造出来的, 就是说他的天性是急急躁躁的。当阿拉伯人必须表达某个人的显著性格时, 他们就说 خُلِقَ مِنْهُ (Khuliqa Minhu), 即他是用这种性格造出来的。同样的用语也使用在 «古兰经» 其他经文中(7:13; 30:55)。
The expression. Khuliqal Insanu min ‘Ajal, signifies that haste forms a part of man’s being, and that it is so prominent a trait of his character that he can be said to have been created, as it were, out of haste, i.e. he is hasty by nature. When the Arabs have to express a prominent natural characteristic of a person they say, Khuliqa Minhu, i.e. he has been created of it. Similar expressions have been used in the Qur’an elsewhere (7:13; 30:55).
Important Words:
The clause خلق الانسان من عجل means that haste forms a part of man’s being and is so prominent a trait of his character and he is so hasty by nature that he can be said to have been created, as it were, out of haste i.e. he has been given a hasty disposition. The words "but ask me not to hasten," support this meaning. At another place in the Quran, we have خلقکم من ضعف (30:55) which also means that man by nature is very weak. Similarly, the verse خلقتنی من نار و خلقته من طین means, that Satan by nature is a fire-eater and man is by nature submissive (7:13). When the Arabs have to express a prominent natural characteristic of a person they say خلق منه i.e. he has been created of it. An Arab would say خلقت من لعب i.e. thou hast been created of sport i.e. "you love and indulge very much in sport" (Lisan).
Commentary:
The verse means to say that disbelievers treat the Holy Prophet with contempt because of the delay that has occurred in the Divine punishment overtaking them. They are warned that this delay should not mislead them into believing that they will go scot-free and that they should not reject the Message of Islam in haste and that the time was fast approaching when the prophecies made by the Prophet about the triumph and victory of Islam will be fulfilled and the punishment of God will descend on them swift and hard.
836
خُلِقَ الْاِنْسَانُ مِنْ عَجَلْ (Khuliqal Insanu min ‘Ajal) 这一用语, 意指 ‘急躁’ 是人的一个构成部分, 它是人类性格中如此显著的一个特点, 以致可以说人类就是从急躁中创造出来的, 就是说他的天性是急急躁躁的。当阿拉伯人必须表达某个人的显著性格时, 他们就说 خُلِقَ مِنْهُ (Khuliqa Minhu), 即他是用这种性格造出来的。同样的用语也使用在 «古兰经» 其他经文中(7:13; 30:55)。
1
دیکھئے سورۃ حجر آیت۲۸ نوٹ نمبر۱۔
2
یعنی خداتعالیٰ۔
2378
Important Words:
The clause خلق الانسان من عجل means that haste forms a part of man’s being and is so prominent a trait of his character and he is so hasty by nature that he can be said to have been created, as it were, out of haste i.e. he has been given a hasty disposition. The words "but ask me not to hasten," support this meaning. At another place in the Quran, we have خلقکم من ضعف (30:55) which also means that man by nature is very weak. Similarly, the verse خلقتنی من نار و خلقته من طین means, that Satan by nature is a fire-eater and man is by nature submissive (7:13). When the Arabs have to express a prominent natural characteristic of a person they say خلق منه i.e. he has been created of it. An Arab would say خلقت من لعب i.e. thou hast been created of sport i.e. "you love and indulge very much in sport" (Lisan).
Commentary:
The verse means to say that disbelievers treat the Holy Prophet with contempt because of the delay that has occurred in the Divine punishment overtaking them. They are warned that this delay should not mislead them into believing that they will go scot-free and that they should not reject the Message of Islam in haste and that the time was fast approaching when the prophecies made by the Prophet about the triumph and victory of Islam will be fulfilled and the punishment of God will descend on them swift and hard.
1888
The expression. Khuliqal Insanu min ‘Ajal, signifies that haste forms a part of man’s being, and that it is so prominent a trait of his character that he can be said to have been created, as it were, out of haste, i.e. he is hasty by nature. When the Arabs have to express a prominent natural characteristic of a person they say, Khuliqa Minhu, i.e. he has been created of it. Similar expressions have been used in the Qur’an elsewhere (7:13; 30:55).
وَيَقُولُونَ مَتَىٰ هَٰذَا ٱلْوَعْدُ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ
34:30; 36:49; 67:26.
34:30; 36:49; 67:26.
34:30; 36:49; 67:26.
Commentary:
The reference in the words, when will this promise be fulfilled, is to the sign of punishment referred to in the preceding verse. The disbelievers demanded that they should be punished for their rejection of the Holy Prophet there and then. It is to this impatience of theirs that the verse refers.
b
34:30; 36:49; 67:26.
a
34:30; 36:49; 67:26.
2379
Commentary:
The reference in the words, when will this promise be fulfilled, is to the sign of punishment referred to in the preceding verse. The disbelievers demanded that they should be punished for their rejection of the Holy Prophet there and then. It is to this impatience of theirs that the verse refers.
a
34:30; 36:49; 67:26.
لَوْ يَعْلَمُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ حِينَ لَا يَكُفُّونَ عَن وُجُوهِهِمُ ٱلنَّارَ وَلَا عَن ظُهُورِهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يُنصَرُونَ
“火” (惩) 这里指 “战火”。不信的人点燃了战火而后在火中毁灭了他们自己。他们向伊斯兰教拨出刀剑而他们自己却死于刀剑之下。“从他们的面部” 这几个字, 意示他们将在面前看到的惩罚, 即惩罚将是显而易见的; ‘也不从他们的背 (后)’ 这些字, 意指他们将出其不意地遭受惩罚。而且这种惩罚将降临到他们所有的人的头上-------不论是他们的首领和普通老百姓, وُجُوْه--------Wujuh的意思也指首领。(Lane)。
"Fire" here means "the fire of war." The disbelievers ignited that fire and then were themselves consumed in it. They drew the sword against Islam and by the sword they perished. The words, from their faces, signify the punishment they will see in front of them, i.e. its signs will be apparent and manifest; and the words, nor from their backs, signify that the punishment will overtake them suddenly and unawares. Moreover, the punishment will overwhelm all of them—their leaders and the ordinary men (Wujuh also meaning leaders—Lane).
Commentary:
The context shows and the wording of the present verse also lends support to the inference that the allusion in the word "fire" is to "the fire of war." The disbelievers ignited that fire and were themselves consumed in it. They were destroyed by the weapon which they employed against the believers. They drew the sword against Islam and by the sword they perished.
The words, the fire from their faces, signify the punishment that they will see in front of them i.e. the punishment whose signs will be apparent and manifest; and the words "nor from their backs" signify the punishment that will come upon them from behind their backs i.e. the punishment which will overtake them suddenly and unawares. Moreover, the punishment will overwhelm all of them—their leaders who are their faces and the ordinary folk who follow them and blindly accept their lead.
837
“火” (惩) 这里指 “战火”。不信的人点燃了战火而后在火中毁灭了他们自己。他们向伊斯兰教拨出刀剑而他们自己却死于刀剑之下。“从他们的面部” 这几个字, 意示他们将在面前看到的惩罚, 即惩罚将是显而易见的; ‘也不从他们的背 (后)’ 这些字, 意指他们将出其不意地遭受惩罚。而且这种惩罚将降临到他们所有的人的头上-------不论是他们的首领和普通老百姓, وُجُوْه--------Wujuh的意思也指首领。(Lane)。
2380
Commentary:
The context shows and the wording of the present verse also lends support to the inference that the allusion in the word "fire" is to "the fire of war." The disbelievers ignited that fire and were themselves consumed in it. They were destroyed by the weapon which they employed against the believers. They drew the sword against Islam and by the sword they perished.
The words, the fire from their faces, signify the punishment that they will see in front of them i.e. the punishment whose signs will be apparent and manifest; and the words "nor from their backs" signify the punishment that will come upon them from behind their backs i.e. the punishment which will overtake them suddenly and unawares. Moreover, the punishment will overwhelm all of them—their leaders who are their faces and the ordinary folk who follow them and blindly accept their lead.
1889
"Fire" here means "the fire of war." The disbelievers ignited that fire and then were themselves consumed in it. They drew the sword against Islam and by the sword they perished. The words, from their faces, signify the punishment they will see in front of them, i.e. its signs will be apparent and manifest; and the words, nor from their backs, signify that the punishment will overtake them suddenly and unawares. Moreover, the punishment will overwhelm all of them—their leaders and the ordinary men (Wujuh also meaning leaders—Lane).
بَلْ تَأْتِيهِم بَغْتَةً فَتَبْهَتُهُمْ فَلَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ رَدَّهَا وَلَا هُمْ يُنظَرُونَ
36:50; 67:28.
The reference in the verse may be to the Fall of Mecca when the Quraish were taken completely by surprise and were utterly confounded.
36:50; 67:28.
Commentary:
The reference in the verse may be to the Fall of Mecca when the Quraish were taken completely by surprise and were utterly confounded. The sign of punishment which they demanded came upon them suddenly in the form of the fall of their capital city the centre of disbelief and idolatry.
c
36:50; 67:28.
838
这节经文可能指的是麦加的胜利, 那时古莱西人被出其不意地攻击, 极为惊惶失措。
a
36:50; 67:28.
2381
Commentary:
The reference in the verse may be to the Fall of Mecca when the Quraish were taken completely by surprise and were utterly confounded. The sign of punishment which they demanded came upon them suddenly in the form of the fall of their capital city the centre of disbelief and idolatry.
b
36:50; 67:28.
1890
The reference in the verse may be to the Fall of Mecca when the Quraish were taken completely by surprise and were utterly confounded.
وَلَقَدِ ٱسْتُهْزِئَ بِرُسُلٍ مِّن قَبْلِكَ فَحَاقَ بِٱلَّذِينَ سَخِرُوا۟ مِنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ
6:11; 13:33.
11:9; 46:27.
Commentary:
The verse makes mention of two things which never fail to occur when a Prophet preaches his message: (a) the message is held up to scorn and the Prophet himself is mocked and jeered at; and (b) the jeering and mocking of the scoffers always recoils on their own heads and they themselves become the laughing-stock of the world.
d
6:11; 13:33.
e
11:9; 46:27.
b
6:11; 13:33.
c
11:9; 46:27.
2382
Commentary:
The verse makes mention of two things which never fail to occur when a Prophet preaches his message: (a) the message is held up to scorn and the Prophet himself is mocked and jeered at; and (b) the jeering and mocking of the scoffers always recoils on their own heads and they themselves become the laughing-stock of the world.
c
6:11; 13:33.
d
11:9; 46:27.
قُلْ مَن يَكْلَؤُكُم بِٱلَّيْلِ وَٱلنَّهَارِ مِنَ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ ۗ بَلْ هُمْ عَن ذِكْرِ رَبِّهِم مُّعْرِضُونَ
18:102; 21:3; 26:6.
18:102; 21:3; 26:6.
Important Words:
یکلؤکم (can protect you) is derived from کلأ (kala’a). They say کلأ اللّٰه فلاناً i.e. God guarded such a one or kept him safe. The Arabs say اذھبوا فی کلأة اللّٰه i.e. go ye in the safe keeping of God. کلأ القوم means, he acted as a scout for the party. کلأ الدین means, the payment of thedebt was postponed or delayed (Lane & Aqrab).
The expression من الرحمان may mean: (a) against or from the Gracious God. The verse means, who can save you from the punishment of the Gracious God: or (b) the expression may mean, instead of the Gracious God i.e. who can save you instead of God if He does not save you.
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that there are many calamities, catastrophes, diseases and afflictions that take their birth at night and there are others that are born in the daytime. Man is completely unaware of what misfortunes hang over his head. It is the Gracious God Who protects him from them and yet the ungrateful people deny and reject the Divine teachings that are sent down for their spiritual regeneration.
The clause "yet they turn away from the remembrance of God," signifies that when disbelievers are told that God has made every provision for their physical needs, they readily admit it. But when they are told that He has made similar provision for their spiritual needs they turn aside with disdain and refuse to admit that such a thing can happen.
Spiritually speaking the verse implies that whenever a spiritual sun or moon makes its appearance, calamities and miseries overtake men to establish the truth of the claim of the Divine Reformer because it is rejected and the Reformer himself is persecuted.
a
18:102; 21:3; 26:6.
d
18:102; 21:3; 26:6.
2383
Important Words:
یکلؤکم (can protect you) is derived from کلأ (kala’a). They say کلأ اللّٰه فلاناً i.e. God guarded such a one or kept him safe. The Arabs say اذھبوا فی کلأة اللّٰه i.e. go ye in the safe keeping of God. کلأ القوم means, he acted as a scout for the party. کلأ الدین means, the payment of thedebt was postponed or delayed (Lane & Aqrab).
The expression من الرحمان may mean: (a) against or from the Gracious God. The verse means, who can save you from the punishment of the Gracious God: or (b) the expression may mean, instead of the Gracious God i.e. who can save you instead of God if He does not save you.
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that there are many calamities, catastrophes, diseases and afflictions that take their birth at night and there are others that are born in the daytime. Man is completely unaware of what misfortunes hang over his head. It is the Gracious God Who protects him from them and yet the ungrateful people deny and reject the Divine teachings that are sent down for their spiritual regeneration.
The clause "yet they turn away from the remembrance of God," signifies that when disbelievers are told that God has made every provision for their physical needs, they readily admit it. But when they are told that He has made similar provision for their spiritual needs they turn aside with disdain and refuse to admit that such a thing can happen.
Spiritually speaking the verse implies that whenever a spiritual sun or moon makes its appearance, calamities and miseries overtake men to establish the truth of the claim of the Divine Reformer because it is rejected and the Reformer himself is persecuted.
e
18:102; 21:3; 26:6.
1891
Min means, against; from; instead of (Aqrab).
أَمْ لَهُمْ ءَالِهَةٌ تَمْنَعُهُم مِّن دُونِنَا ۚ لَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ نَصْرَ أَنفُسِهِمْ وَلَا هُم مِّنَّا يُصْحَبُونَ
Important Words:
یصحبون (be befriended) is derived from صحب. They say صحبه i.e. he lived with him; he was or became his companion, friend etc. أصحب الرجل means, he protected or guarded the man. صحبک اللّٰه means, may God protect you (Taj & Aqrab).
Commentary:
Besides its general sense the allusion of the verse may be to the Fall of Mecca when the Ka‘bah was cleared of the 360 idols which were kept in it. The verse purports to say that when those idols could not protect themselves from the terrible fate that was meted out to them, how could they help their votaries? Abu Sufyan, the Quraishite chief, when asked by the Holy Prophet on the day of the Fall of Mecca whether he had not yet realized that there was no god but the One Almighty God, replied, "Had there been any other gods beside God, verily they had been of some avail to us" (Muir’s The Life of Mahomet, 1923 edition, p. 404).
2384
Important Words:
یصحبون (be befriended) is derived from صحب. They say صحبه i.e. he lived with him; he was or became his companion, friend etc. أصحب الرجل means, he protected or guarded the man. صحبک اللّٰه means, may God protect you (Taj & Aqrab).
Commentary:
Besides its general sense the allusion of the verse may be to the Fall of Mecca when the Ka‘bah was cleared of the 360 idols which were kept in it. The verse purports to say that when those idols could not protect themselves from the terrible fate that was meted out to them, how could they help their votaries? Abu Sufyan, the Quraishite chief, when asked by the Holy Prophet on the day of the Fall of Mecca whether he had not yet realized that there was no god but the One Almighty God, replied, "Had there been any other gods beside God, verily they had been of some avail to us" (Muir’s The Life of Mahomet, 1923 edition, p. 404).
بَلْ مَتَّعْنَا هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ وَءَابَآءَهُمْ حَتَّىٰ طَالَ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْعُمُرُ ۗ أَفَلَا يَرَوْنَ أَنَّا نَأْتِى ٱلْأَرْضَ نَنقُصُهَا مِنْ أَطْرَافِهَآ ۚ أَفَهُمُ ٱلْغَٰلِبُونَ
57:17.
13:42.
一个民族经历长时期的兴旺发达后, 他们开始产生一种错觉, 以为他们的繁荣和发展永远不会衰退, 结果他们变得自负, 他们的心也变得冷酷无情。他们长时期的兴旺发达成为他们垮台的原因。这节经文警告不信的人不要打如意算盘, 不要妄自得意, 以为繁荣和发展会无限 (时期) 地继续下去; 并且告诉他们不要不去看那个显然的事实: 安拉在逐步而肯定地从各方面缩减他们的土地, 也就是说, 伊斯兰教正在进入他们社会的每个家庭、一切部门和阶层。
یعنی ملک کے کنارے اور نئی اولادیں مسلمانوں کے قبضہ میں آتی جاتی ہیں۔
57:17.
13:42.
When the time of the national prosperity of a people becomes prolonged, they come to labour under the misconception that their prosperity and progress will never see decline and consequently they become arrogant and their hearts are hardened. Thus prolongation of the period of their prosperity becomes the cause of their downfall. The verse warns disbelievers against the wishful thinking and false complacency that their progress and prosperity will continue indefinitely and tells them not to shut their eyes to the patent fact that God is gradually but surely reducing and curtailing the land from all its sides, i.e. Islam is making inroads into every home and all sections and strata of their society.
57:17.
13:42.
Commentary:
The verse gives the reason why disbelievers go astray and what leads them to forget and forsake the truth. It is this that when the time of the national prosperity of a people becomes prolonged, they come to labour under the misconception that their prosperity and progress will never see decline or decay and consequently they become arrogant and their hearts are hardened and they reject the message of their Prophet. Thus prolongation of the period of the prosperity of a people becomes the cause of their downfall. The verse warns disbelievers against wishful thinking and false complacency that their progress and prosperity will continue indefinitely and tells them not to shut their eyes to the patent fact that God is gradually but surely reducing and curtailing the land from all its sides i.e. Islam is making inroads into every home and all sections and strata of their society. The high and the low, the rich and the poor, the learned and the illiterate are daily joining its fold. It asks: "Does not this fact alone constitute an irrefutable proof of the truth of Islam? And in view of the sure signs of their decline and fall do they still entertain the false hope that they will continue to enjoy peace, prosperity and progress and will be able to arrest or retard the progress of Islam?" See also 13:42.
b
57:17.
c
13:42.
839
一个民族经历长时期的兴旺发达后, 他们开始产生一种错觉, 以为他们的繁荣和发展永远不会衰退, 结果他们变得自负, 他们的心也变得冷酷无情。他们长时期的兴旺发达成为他们垮台的原因。这节经文警告不信的人不要打如意算盘, 不要妄自得意, 以为繁荣和发展会无限 (时期) 地继续下去; 并且告诉他们不要不去看那个显然的事实: 安拉在逐步而肯定地从各方面缩减他们的土地, 也就是说, 伊斯兰教正在进入他们社会的每个家庭、一切部门和阶层。
1
یعنی ملک کے کنارے اور نئی اولادیں مسلمانوں کے قبضہ میں آتی جاتی ہیں۔
a
57:17.
b
13:42.
2385
Commentary:
The verse gives the reason why disbelievers go astray and what leads them to forget and forsake the truth. It is this that when the time of the national prosperity of a people becomes prolonged, they come to labour under the misconception that their prosperity and progress will never see decline or decay and consequently they become arrogant and their hearts are hardened and they reject the message of their Prophet. Thus prolongation of the period of the prosperity of a people becomes the cause of their downfall. The verse warns disbelievers against wishful thinking and false complacency that their progress and prosperity will continue indefinitely and tells them not to shut their eyes to the patent fact that God is gradually but surely reducing and curtailing the land from all its sides i.e. Islam is making inroads into every home and all sections and strata of their society. The high and the low, the rich and the poor, the learned and the illiterate are daily joining its fold. It asks: "Does not this fact alone constitute an irrefutable proof of the truth of Islam? And in view of the sure signs of their decline and fall do they still entertain the false hope that they will continue to enjoy peace, prosperity and progress and will be able to arrest or retard the progress of Islam?" See also 13:42.
a
57:17.
b
13:42.
1892
When the time of the national prosperity of a people becomes prolonged, they come to labour under the misconception that their prosperity and progress will never see decline and consequently they become arrogant and their hearts are hardened. Thus prolongation of the period of their prosperity becomes the cause of their downfall. The verse warns disbelievers against the wishful thinking and false complacency that their progress and prosperity will continue indefinitely and tells them not to shut their eyes to the patent fact that God is gradually but surely reducing and curtailing the land from all its sides, i.e. Islam is making inroads into every home and all sections and strata of their society.
قُلْ إِنَّمَآ أُنذِرُكُم بِٱلْوَحْىِ ۚ وَلَا يَسْمَعُ ٱلصُّمُّ ٱلدُّعَآءَ إِذَا مَا يُنذَرُونَ
30:53.
30:53.
30:53.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that the prophecies which the Holy Prophet has made about the triumph of Islam and about the defeat and discomfiture of disbelief are not the figment of his own imagination. They proceed from the Almighty God and are based on His clear and express Word.
d
30:53.
c
30:53.
2386
Commentary:
The verse means to say that the prophecies which the Holy Prophet has made about the triumph of Islam and about the defeat and discomfiture of disbelief are not the figment of his own imagination. They proceed from the Almighty God and are based on His clear and express Word.
c
30:53.
وَلَئِن مَّسَّتْهُمْ نَفْحَةٌ مِّنْ عَذَابِ رَبِّكَ لَيَقُولُنَّ يَٰوَيْلَنَآ إِنَّا كُنَّا ظَٰلِمِينَ
7:6.
7:6.
7:6.
Important Words:
نفحة (breath) is inf. noun from نفح which means, it diffused its odour. نفحت الریح means, the wind blew or it blew gently. نفحه، نفحة means, he gave him a gift. نفحة means, an odour or a plenteous odour; a blast or a breath of wind; a gift. نفحة من السموم means, a grievous blast of hot wind (Lane & Aqrab).
e
7:6.
a
7:6.
2387
Important Words:
نفحة (breath) is inf. noun from نفح which means, it diffused its odour. نفحت الریح means, the wind blew or it blew gently. نفحه، نفحة means, he gave him a gift. نفحة means, an odour or a plenteous odour; a blast or a breath of wind; a gift. نفحة من السموم means, a grievous blast of hot wind (Lane & Aqrab).
d
7:6.
وَنَضَعُ ٱلْمَوَٰزِينَ ٱلْقِسْطَ لِيَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ فَلَا تُظْلَمُ نَفْسٌ شَيْـًٔا ۖ وَإِن كَانَ مِثْقَالَ حَبَّةٍ مِّنْ خَرْدَلٍ أَتَيْنَا بِهَا ۗ وَكَفَىٰ بِنَا حَٰسِبِينَ
قرآن مجید میں دو لفظ ہیں اَلْمَوَازِیْن اور اَلْقِسْط چونکہ قِسْط بھی اَلْمَوَازِیْن کا ہم معنی ہے اور ترکیب میں اس کا بدل ہے اس لئے ہم نے دونوں لفظوں کے ایک معنے کر دئے ہیں۔
4:41; 18:50.
The verse makes it clear that Hell is not everlasting. If even the slightest good work done by a man is to be rewarded, then a time must come when punishment should come to an end and the reward of good works should begin. Contrary to the teachings of other religions the Qur’an teaches that it is Heaven and not Hell that is everlasting. See also {1351}.
4:41; 18:50.
Important Words:
خردل means, grain of mustard seed. خردل الطعام (khardala) means, he ate the best part of the food. خردل اللحم means, he cut the meat into small pieces (Aqrab).
Commentary:
Besides being a continuation of the subject dealt with in the preceding verses the present verse makes it clear that Hell is not everlasting. If even the slightest good work done by a man is to be rewarded, as the verse says, then a time must come when the punishment of his evil deeds should come to an end and the reward of his good works should begin. Contrary to the teachings of other religions the Quran teaches us that it is the Heaven and not Hell that is everlasting. The Islamic conception of Heaven and Hell is evidently more in keeping with reason and common sense. See also (11:109).
a
4:41; 18:50.
840
这节经文清楚地表明, 火狱不是永久的。即使人做了极细微的一点善行也必得到果报; 惩罚应予结束而对善行的报答应予开始的时刻, 必然到来。与其他各种宗教的教义相反, «古兰经»教导说, 永恒存在的是天园而不是火狱。
2
قرآن مجید میں دو لفظ ہیں اَلْمَوَازِیْن اور اَلْقِسْط چونکہ قِسْط بھی اَلْمَوَازِیْن کا ہم معنی ہے اور ترکیب میں اس کا بدل ہے اس لئے ہم نے دونوں لفظوں کے ایک معنے کر دئے ہیں۔
b
4:41; 18:50.
2388
Important Words:
خردل means, grain of mustard seed. خردل الطعام (khardala) means, he ate the best part of the food. خردل اللحم means, he cut the meat into small pieces (Aqrab).
Commentary:
Besides being a continuation of the subject dealt with in the preceding verses the present verse makes it clear that Hell is not everlasting. If even the slightest good work done by a man is to be rewarded, as the verse says, then a time must come when the punishment of his evil deeds should come to an end and the reward of his good works should begin. Contrary to the teachings of other religions the Quran teaches us that it is the Heaven and not Hell that is everlasting. The Islamic conception of Heaven and Hell is evidently more in keeping with reason and common sense. See also (11:109).
a
4:41; 18:50.
1893
The verse makes it clear that Hell is not everlasting. If even the slightest good work done by a man is to be rewarded, then a time must come when punishment should come to an end and the reward of good works should begin. Contrary to the teachings of other religions the Qur’an teaches that it is Heaven and not Hell that is everlasting. See also {1351}.
وَلَقَدْ ءَاتَيْنَا مُوسَىٰ وَهَٰرُونَ ٱلْفُرْقَانَ وَضِيَآءً وَذِكْرًا لِّلْمُتَّقِينَ
2:54.
2:54.
2:54.
Commentary:
الفرقان (the Discrimination) may signify the signs and miracles which God gave to Moses, and ضیاء (Light) the arguments which proved the truth of his mission and ذکر (Remembrance) may signify the teaching itself.
The Torah has been called the Discrimination, a Light and a Remembrance. It was الفرقان (Discrimination) because in its own time it differentiated and discriminated between truth and falsehood. It was ضیاء (Light) in the sense that in its pristine purity it dispelled spiritual darkness and it was ذکر (Remembrance) as by acting upon its teaching the Israelites acquired great fame and eminence (ذکر meaning good reputation; eminence etc.)
b
2:54.
c
2:54.
2389
Commentary:
الفرقان (the Discrimination) may signify the signs and miracles which God gave to Moses, and ضیاء (Light) the arguments which proved the truth of his mission and ذکر (Remembrance) may signify the teaching itself.
The Torah has been called the Discrimination, a Light and a Remembrance. It was الفرقان (Discrimination) because in its own time it differentiated and discriminated between truth and falsehood. It was ضیاء (Light) in the sense that in its pristine purity it dispelled spiritual darkness and it was ذکر (Remembrance) as by acting upon its teaching the Israelites acquired great fame and eminence (ذکر meaning good reputation; eminence etc.)
b
2:54.
ٱلَّذِينَ يَخْشَوْنَ رَبَّهُم بِٱلْغَيْبِ وَهُم مِّنَ ٱلسَّاعَةِ مُشْفِقُونَ
67:13.
67:13.
c
67:13.
a
67:13.
2390
Commentary:
The expression بالغیب (in secret) may signify that the righteous servants of God fear Him while He is hidden from their eyes or when they are themselves hidden from the eyes of the people.
c
67:13.
وَهَٰذَا ذِكْرٌ مُّبَارَكٌ أَنزَلْنَٰهُ ۚ أَفَأَنتُمْ لَهُۥ مُنكِرُونَ
مُبَارَكْ (Mubarak) 这个单词有以下这些意义: 坚定性; 稳固性;延续性; 充满善良; 提升和收集等等 (Lane)。这是专门用於表示 «古兰经» 性质的一个称号 (6:93), 这个称号包含着它显著的特点。由于 «古兰经» 是 مُبَارَكْ, 它包含着一本天经应有的一切美好的素质。它丰富地含有一切美好的特性, 而且其美好的程序超过所有其他的经典。
قرآن مجید میں مُبَارَکٌ کا لفظ ہے جو بِرْکَۃٌ (یعنی جوہڑ) سے نکلا ہے اس لئے ہم نے ’’بہہ کر آگئی ہیں‘‘ ترجمہ کیا ہے (مفردات)
The word Mubarak possesses the sense of firmness; steadiness; continuity; abundance of good; exaltation and collection, etc. (Lane). It is an epithet exclusively reserved for the Qur’an (6:93), and in this title lies its outstanding distinction. Being Mubarak the Qur’an combines in itself all good qualities that a heavenly Scripture should possess. There is no good which it does not possess in abundance and in which it does not excel all other Scriptures.
Important Words:
مبارك (blessed) is past part. from بارك which is again derived from برك which means, he or it was or became firm, steady; continued or stayed in a place; it (the night) was or became long or protracted. بارك علیه means he kept or applied himself constantly or perseveringly to it. اللھم بارك علی محمد means, O God! continue or perpetuate Thou to Muhammad the honour and eminence which Thou hast given him. بارك اللّٰه علیك او فیك means, may God bless thee continuously. بارك اللّٰه means, God is abundant in good or He exceeds everything and He is exalted above all things. ابترکت السماء means, the sky rained continually or incessantly or vehemently. برکة (birkatun) means, a pool; a pond; a place where water remains and collects.) برکة(barakatun) means, good; increase; abundance; abundant in continual good (Lane). See also 6:93.
Commentary:
In view of the different meanings of the root word برك the word مبارك possesses the sense of firmness, steadiness, continuity, abundance of good, exaltation and collection, etc. It is an epithet exclusively enjoyed by the Quran (6:93). No other Divine Scripture has been given this title. Even in other titles which the Quran possesses in common with other Divine Scriptures it exceeds them in degree, but Mubarak is its exclusive title and in this title lies its outstanding distinction. Being Mubarak, the Quran combines in itself all kinds of excellences. It is full of blessings which will continue to be bestowed upon its followers and which never decrease or diminish. There is no good which it does not possess in abundance and in which it does not excel other Holy Scriptures. Mankind will continue to benefit from its teaching till the end of time. This is not the case with other Scriptures. They are defunct. All life has departed from them. The very languages in which they were revealed are dead. But the Quran is a living Book. It shall live so long as mankind lasts and will continue to give light to a world groping in darkness.
841
مُبَارَكْ (Mubarak) 这个单词有以下这些意义: 坚定性; 稳固性;延续性; 充满善良; 提升和收集等等 (Lane)。这是专门用於表示 «古兰经» 性质的一个称号 (6:93), 这个称号包含着它显著的特点。由于 «古兰经» 是 مُبَارَكْ, 它包含着一本天经应有的一切美好的素质。它丰富地含有一切美好的特性, 而且其美好的程序超过所有其他的经典。
1
قرآن مجید میں مُبَارَکٌ کا لفظ ہے جو بِرْکَۃٌ (یعنی جوہڑ) سے نکلا ہے اس لئے ہم نے ’’بہہ کر آگئی ہیں‘‘ ترجمہ کیا ہے (مفردات)
2391
Important Words:
مبارك (blessed) is past part. from بارك which is again derived from برك which means, he or it was or became firm, steady; continued or stayed in a place; it (the night) was or became long or protracted. بارك علیه means he kept or applied himself constantly or perseveringly to it. اللھم بارك علی محمد means, O God! continue or perpetuate Thou to Muhammad the honour and eminence which Thou hast given him. بارك اللّٰه علیك او فیك means, may God bless thee continuously. بارك اللّٰه means, God is abundant in good or He exceeds everything and He is exalted above all things. ابترکت السماء means, the sky rained continually or incessantly or vehemently. برکة (birkatun) means, a pool; a pond; a place where water remains and collects.) برکة(barakatun) means, good; increase; abundance; abundant in continual good (Lane). See also 6:93.
Commentary:
In view of the different meanings of the root word برك the word مبارك possesses the sense of firmness, steadiness, continuity, abundance of good, exaltation and collection, etc. It is an epithet exclusively enjoyed by the Quran (6:93). No other Divine Scripture has been given this title. Even in other titles which the Quran possesses in common with other Divine Scriptures it exceeds them in degree, but Mubarak is its exclusive title and in this title lies its outstanding distinction. Being Mubarak, the Quran combines in itself all kinds of excellences. It is full of blessings which will continue to be bestowed upon its followers and which never decrease or diminish. There is no good which it does not possess in abundance and in which it does not excel other Holy Scriptures. Mankind will continue to benefit from its teaching till the end of time. This is not the case with other Scriptures. They are defunct. All life has departed from them. The very languages in which they were revealed are dead. But the Quran is a living Book. It shall live so long as mankind lasts and will continue to give light to a world groping in darkness.
1894
The word Mubarak possesses the sense of firmness; steadiness; continuity; abundance of good; exaltation and collection, etc. (Lane). It is an epithet exclusively reserved for the Qur’an (6:93), and in this title lies its outstanding distinction. Being Mubarak the Qur’an combines in itself all good qualities that a heavenly Scripture should possess. There is no good which it does not possess in abundance and in which it does not excel all other Scriptures.
۞ وَلَقَدْ ءَاتَيْنَآ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ رُشْدَهُۥ مِن قَبْلُ وَكُنَّا بِهِۦ عَٰلِمِينَ
Commentary:
رشدہ (his guidance) means, the guidance which befitted his station as a great Prophet of God. The clause, "We knew him well" means, "We were fully conversant with his excellent inborn qualities i.e. We knew his real worth or We knew that he was eminently fit to be entrusted with the great and noble duties of a Prophet."
2392
Commentary:
رشدہ (his guidance) means, the guidance which befitted his station as a great Prophet of God. The clause, "We knew him well" means, "We were fully conversant with his excellent inborn qualities i.e. We knew his real worth or We knew that he was eminently fit to be entrusted with the great and noble duties of a Prophet."
إِذْ قَالَ لِأَبِيهِ وَقَوْمِهِۦ مَا هَٰذِهِ ٱلتَّمَاثِيلُ ٱلَّتِىٓ أَنتُمْ لَهَا عَٰكِفُونَ
6:75; 19:43; 26: 71.
6:75; 19:43; 26: 71.
The particle ma here denotes contempt and not a question. While talking to idol-worshippers Abraham generally made use of irony. See 6:77,78,79. He seems to say to his people, 'how useless and futile are these images which you worship!' While Abraham used to talk in ironical language, Jesus talked in metaphors.
6:75; 19:43; 26:71.
Important Words:
تـماثیل (images) is the plural of تـمثال which means, an image (Aqrab). See also 2:18; 2:107; 6:39; 13:7 & 14:46.
The particle ما (what) here denotes contempt and derision and not a question.
Commentary:
Everyone has his own style of speech. Abraham too had his peculiar way of talking. While talking to idol-worshippers he generally made use of irony. In the present verse he appears to be asking a question while in reality he is speaking contemptuously of the gods of his people. This special style of Abraham is also apparent from 6:77,78,79. In the present verse he seems to say to his people: "How useless and futile these images are which you worship!" While Abraham used to talk in ironical language, Jesus would talk in metaphors. Several of his sayings quoted in the Quran have been misunderstood because they have been taken literally.
In the expression لـھا (lit. to which) the letter ل is used to denote respect and reverence and also to express emphasis. The word عکف is not generally followed by ل. We say عکف فی المکان i.e. he stayed in the place. عکف علی الامر means, he stuck to the affair (Aqrab).
The word اب beside meaning 'father' also means paternal uncle. The person mentioned in the above verse was Abraham’s uncle and not his father who is said to have died before Abraham was invested with the divine mission of a Prophet. See also 6:75.
The verse points to a very close resemblance between Abraham and the Holy Prophet. The fathers of both had died before they were made Prophets. Both were brought up by their uncles. Both preached the message of Unity of God to their uncles. Both the uncles refused to accept the Divine Message with this difference that whereas Abraham’s uncle opposed and persecuted him, Abu Talib, the Holy Prophet’suncle, though he did not accept his message, stood by him through thick and thin to the last moment of his life and even suffered for him.
d
6:75; 19:43; 26: 71.
a
6:75; 19:43; 26:71.
2392A
Important Words:
تـماثیل (images) is the plural of تـمثال which means, an image (Aqrab). See also 2:18; 2:107; 6:39; 13:7 & 14:46.
The particle ما (what) here denotes contempt and derision and not a question.
Commentary:
Everyone has his own style of speech. Abraham too had his peculiar way of talking. While talking to idol-worshippers he generally made use of irony. In the present verse he appears to be asking a question while in reality he is speaking contemptuously of the gods of his people. This special style of Abraham is also apparent from 6:77,78,79. In the present verse he seems to say to his people: "How useless and futile these images are which you worship!" While Abraham used to talk in ironical language, Jesus would talk in metaphors. Several of his sayings quoted in the Quran have been misunderstood because they have been taken literally.
In the expression لـھا (lit. to which) the letter ل is used to denote respect and reverence and also to express emphasis. The word عکف is not generally followed by ل. We say عکف فی المکان i.e. he stayed in the place. عکف علی الامر means, he stuck to the affair (Aqrab).
The word اب beside meaning 'father' also means paternal uncle. The person mentioned in the above verse was Abraham’s uncle and not his father who is said to have died before Abraham was invested with the divine mission of a Prophet. See also 6:75.
The verse points to a very close resemblance between Abraham and the Holy Prophet. The fathers of both had died before they were made Prophets. Both were brought up by their uncles. Both preached the message of Unity of God to their uncles. Both the uncles refused to accept the Divine Message with this difference that whereas Abraham’s uncle opposed and persecuted him, Abu Talib, the Holy Prophet’suncle, though he did not accept his message, stood by him through thick and thin to the last moment of his life and even suffered for him.
a
6:75; 19:43; 26: 71.
1895
The particle ma here denotes contempt and not a question. While talking to idol-worshippers Abraham generally made use of irony. See 6:77,78,79. He seems to say to his people, 'how useless and futile are these images which you worship!' While Abraham used to talk in ironical language, Jesus talked in metaphors.
قَالُوا۟ وَجَدْنَآ ءَابَآءَنَا لَهَا عَٰبِدِينَ
26:75; 43:24.
26:75; 43:24.
26:75; 43:24.
a
26:75; 43:24.
a
26:75; 43:24.
b
26:75; 43:24.
قَالَ لَقَدْ كُنتُمْ أَنتُمْ وَءَابَآؤُكُمْ فِى ضَلَٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ
60:5.
60:5.
60:5.
b
60:5.
b
60:5.
c
60:5.
قَالُوٓا۟ أَجِئْتَنَا بِٱلْحَقِّ أَمْ أَنتَ مِنَ ٱللَّٰعِبِينَ
Commentary:
The people of Abraham were such confirmed idolaters that when they saw Abraham preaching against idol-worship they did not at first believe that he was serious and earnest about his preaching. In this verse they have been depicted as asking him whether he was really convinced of the truth of his mission or whether he was only joking and jesting with them.
2393
Commentary:
The people of Abraham were such confirmed idolaters that when they saw Abraham preaching against idol-worship they did not at first believe that he was serious and earnest about his preaching. In this verse they have been depicted as asking him whether he was really convinced of the truth of his mission or whether he was only joking and jesting with them.
قَالَ بَل رَّبُّكُمْ رَبُّ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ٱلَّذِى فَطَرَهُنَّ وَأَنَا۠ عَلَىٰ ذَٰلِكُم مِّنَ ٱلشَّٰهِدِينَ
The verse points to the supreme truth that Divine Messengers, when they talk about God, speak from personal experience. They do not invite people to God merely because human reason demands belief in His existence, but they do so with full conviction and firm faith (12:109).
Commentary:
The verse points to the supreme truth that Divine Messengers, when they talk about God, speak from personal experience. They do not merely make an assertion about God but substantiate it with practical proofs from their own life. They do not invite people to God merely because human reason demands belief in His existence but they do it with full conviction and firm faith. When they say that God exists they say it with full conviction because they constantly hear His sweet voice and because also they themselves speak to Him and receive answer to their prayers from Him. God reveals Himself to them and they witness practical proofs of His power and omniscience in their own persons. So their testimony about the existence of God is based not on hearsay, nor on reason alone but primarily and principally on their personal experience. It is for this reason that God has commanded the Holy Prophet to declare:
"I call unto Allah on sure knowledge, I and those who follow me" (12:109).
2394
Commentary:
The verse points to the supreme truth that Divine Messengers, when they talk about God, speak from personal experience. They do not merely make an assertion about God but substantiate it with practical proofs from their own life. They do not invite people to God merely because human reason demands belief in His existence but they do it with full conviction and firm faith. When they say that God exists they say it with full conviction because they constantly hear His sweet voice and because also they themselves speak to Him and receive answer to their prayers from Him. God reveals Himself to them and they witness practical proofs of His power and omniscience in their own persons. So their testimony about the existence of God is based not on hearsay, nor on reason alone but primarily and principally on their personal experience. It is for this reason that God has commanded the Holy Prophet to declare:
"I call unto Allah on sure knowledge, I and those who follow me" (12:109).
1896
The verse points to the supreme truth that Divine Messengers, when they talk about God, speak from personal experience. They do not invite people to God merely because human reason demands belief in His existence, but they do so with full conviction and firm faith (12:109).
وَتَٱللَّهِ لَأَكِيدَنَّ أَصْنَٰمَكُم بَعْدَ أَن تُوَلُّوا۟ مُدْبِرِينَ
Commentary:
Probably Abraham had spoken these words to himself or they give verbal expression to the plan which he had contrived in his mind practically to demonstrate the folly and falsity of the polytheistic beliefs and practices of his people.
2395
Commentary:
Probably Abraham had spoken these words to himself or they give verbal expression to the plan which he had contrived in his mind practically to demonstrate the folly and falsity of the polytheistic beliefs and practices of his people.
فَجَعَلَهُمْ جُذَٰذًا إِلَّا كَبِيرًا لَّهُمْ لَعَلَّهُمْ إِلَيْهِ يَرْجِعُونَ
37:94.
37:94.
Important Words:
جذاذاً (pieces) is inf. noun from جذ. They say, جذہ i.e. he cut it and broke it into pieces. جذ فی سیرہ means, he walked quickly (Lane).
Commentary:
The pronoun ہ in the expression الیه may refer either to God, or to the chief idol or to Abraham himself. As referring to Abraham, the meaning of the verse would be that he broke all the idols except the chief among them so that his people should have recourse to him to ask him who had broken their idols and that when they should come to him he should tell them that instead of inquiring from him they should put the same question to their chief idol. This was a very effective and forcible way of bringing home to the idolaters the futility of worshipping mere lifeless blocks of wood or stone.
If the pronoun ہ be taken to refer to God, then the meaning would be that Abraham broke the idols of his people so that when they should see them broken into pieces they should realize their complete powerlessness and uselessness and so turn to God.
It may be noted here that the idols belonged to Abraham’s own family. Otherwise it was not right and proper for him to break other people’s idols.
c
37:94.
a
37:94.
2396
Important Words:
جذاذاً (pieces) is inf. noun from جذ. They say, جذہ i.e. he cut it and broke it into pieces. جذ فی سیرہ means, he walked quickly (Lane).
Commentary:
The pronoun ہ in the expression الیه may refer either to God, or to the chief idol or to Abraham himself. As referring to Abraham, the meaning of the verse would be that he broke all the idols except the chief among them so that his people should have recourse to him to ask him who had broken their idols and that when they should come to him he should tell them that instead of inquiring from him they should put the same question to their chief idol. This was a very effective and forcible way of bringing home to the idolaters the futility of worshipping mere lifeless blocks of wood or stone.
If the pronoun ہ be taken to refer to God, then the meaning would be that Abraham broke the idols of his people so that when they should see them broken into pieces they should realize their complete powerlessness and uselessness and so turn to God.
It may be noted here that the idols belonged to Abraham’s own family. Otherwise it was not right and proper for him to break other people’s idols.
d
37:94.
1897
The pronoun hi in the expression, Ilaihi, may refer either to God, or to the chief idol or to Abraham himself.
قَالُوا۟ مَن فَعَلَ هَٰذَا بِـَٔالِهَتِنَآ إِنَّهُۥ لَمِنَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ
Commentary:
The clause من فعل ھذا may mean:
(a) Who has done this?
(b) Whosoever has done this.
2397
Commentary:
The clause من فعل ھذا may mean:
(a) Who has done this?
(b) Whosoever has done this.
قَالُوا۟ سَمِعْنَا فَتًى يَذْكُرُهُمْ يُقَالُ لَهُۥٓ إِبْرَٰهِيمُ
قرآن مجید میں یہ الفاظ ہیں کہ یَذْکُرُھُمْ ان کا ذکر کرتے ہوئے سنا ہے۔ مگر چونکہ حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام بتوں کا ذکر تحقیر سے کرتے تھے۔ ہم نے کمزوریوں کا لفظ بڑھا دیا ہے۔
Dhakara-hu means, he spoke well or ill of him; mentioned his faults (Lane).
Important Words:
یذکرھم (speak ill of them). ذکرہ means, (1) he mentioned it, told it, related it; (2) he spoke well of him or he spoke ill of him and mentioned his faults. They say لئن ذکرتنی لتندمن i.e. if thou speak ill of me, thou wilt assuredly repent. An Arab poet says:
لا تذکری فرسی وما أطعمته
فیکون جلدك مثل جلد الا جرب
i.e. do not thou speak ill of my horse and of what I have given him for food or thy skin will be like the skin of the scabby (Lane & Aqrab).
1
قرآن مجید میں یہ الفاظ ہیں کہ یَذْکُرُھُمْ ان کا ذکر کرتے ہوئے سنا ہے۔ مگر چونکہ حضرت ابراہیم علیہ السلام بتوں کا ذکر تحقیر سے کرتے تھے۔ ہم نے کمزوریوں کا لفظ بڑھا دیا ہے۔
2397A
Important Words:
یذکرھم (speak ill of them). ذکرہ means, (1) he mentioned it, told it, related it; (2) he spoke well of him or he spoke ill of him and mentioned his faults. They say لئن ذکرتنی لتندمن i.e. if thou speak ill of me, thou wilt assuredly repent. An Arab poet says:
لا تذکری فرسی وما أطعمته
فیکون جلدك مثل جلد الا جرب
i.e. do not thou speak ill of my horse and of what I have given him for food or thy skin will be like the skin of the scabby (Lane & Aqrab).
1898
Dhakara-hu means, he spoke well or ill of him; mentioned his faults (Lane).
قَالُوا۟ فَأْتُوا۟ بِهِۦ عَلَىٰٓ أَعْيُنِ ٱلنَّاسِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَشْهَدُونَ
The reason why Abraham was summoned before the public was either that those, who had heard him speak ill of the idols, should bear witness against him, or that having listened to the evidence against him might decide what punishment should be meted out to him and that they should witness the punishment that was to be inflicted on him.
Commentary:
The reason why Abraham was summoned to appear in public was either that those who had heard him speak ill of the idols should bear witness against him that he had broken the idols, or that after listening to the evidence against Abraham they might decide what punishment should be meted out to him. Or the reason might be that all people should witness the punishment that was to be inflicted on him. This is the significance of the words "that they may bear witness."
2398
Commentary:
The reason why Abraham was summoned to appear in public was either that those who had heard him speak ill of the idols should bear witness against him that he had broken the idols, or that after listening to the evidence against Abraham they might decide what punishment should be meted out to him. Or the reason might be that all people should witness the punishment that was to be inflicted on him. This is the significance of the words "that they may bear witness."
1899
The reason why Abraham was summoned before the public was either that those, who had heard him speak ill of the idols, should bear witness against him, or that having listened to the evidence against him might decide what punishment should be meted out to him and that they should witness the punishment that was to be inflicted on him.
قَالُوٓا۟ ءَأَنتَ فَعَلْتَ هَٰذَا بِـَٔالِهَتِنَا يَٰٓإِبْرَٰهِيمُ
قَالَ بَلْ فَعَلَهُۥ كَبِيرُهُمْ هَٰذَا فَسْـَٔلُوهُمْ إِن كَانُوا۟ يَنطِقُونَ
اس محذوف کے لئے دیکھیئے عَـلّامہ ابوالبقاء کی کتاب اِمْلَآءُ مَامَنَّ بِہِ الرَّحْمٰنُ جلد۲ صفحہ ۷۱۔
Besides the meaning given in the text, the Arabic expression may have been spoken ironically by Abraham as was his wont while talking to his idolatrous people. In this case the sense of the words would be something like this: 'Why should I have done this, their chief may have done this,' meaning thereby that the fact is too evident to warrant any questioning or need any explanation that I have done this. If I had not done this, could this lifeless block of stone have done this? Abraham seems to have rebuked his people and to have brought home to them the futility of their idolatrous practices, first by breaking the idols and then by challenging their votaries to ask those idols, if they could speak, to tell them who had broken them.
Important Words:
بل is a particle of digression. Sometimes its meaning is either the cancellation of what precedes as in بل عباد مکرمون i.e. nay (or nay rather or nay but), they are honoured servants (21:27); or transition from one object of discourse to another as in بل تؤثرون الحیاة الدنیا i.e. but you prefer the present life (87:17). Sometimes it is also used to denote the passing from one subject to another without cancelling what precedes it and is syn. with و(and), as in بل ھو قرآن مجید i.e. And it is a glorious Quran. Thus بل means, but; and; surely or verily (Lane). Here it is used in the sense of إن (surely).
Commentary:
If the expression بل فعله کبیرھم ھذا is rendered as "somebody has surely done this," a stop will have to be placed after فعله and the words کبیرھم ھذا will be treated as an independent sentence meaning, "here is the chief" of them. This is the meaning we have adopted in the text and this seems to be the more correct meaning. Or the words بل فعله کبیرھم ھذا may have been spoken ironically or by way of mockery by Abraham as was his wont while talking to his idolatrous people. In that case the sense of the words would be something like this: "Why should have I done this, their chief here may have done it," meaning thereby that "the fact is too evident to warrant any questioning or to need any explanation that I have done this, i.e. I have broken the idols. If I had not done this, could this lifeless block of stone have done this?" In this verse Abraham seems to have rebuked his people for their idolatrous practices and brought home to them the futility of those practices, first by breaking the idols and then by challenging their votaries to ask those idols to tell them who had broken them.
The verse by implication points to one of the most important Divine attributes. Abraham confounded his idolatrous people by first breaking the idols and then by inferring therefrom that an idol which could not save itself from harm and which could not even answer the call of its worshippers was but a lifeless thing, fit to be thrown on the scrap-heap, and that his Lord was the Ever-living God Who answered and accepted the prayers of His servants. See also 20:90.
2
اس محذوف کے لئے دیکھیئے عَـلّامہ ابوالبقاء کی کتاب اِمْلَآءُ مَامَنَّ بِہِ الرَّحْمٰنُ جلد۲ صفحہ ۷۱۔
2399
Important Words:
بل is a particle of digression. Sometimes its meaning is either the cancellation of what precedes as in بل عباد مکرمون i.e. nay (or nay rather or nay but), they are honoured servants (21:27); or transition from one object of discourse to another as in بل تؤثرون الحیاة الدنیا i.e. but you prefer the present life (87:17). Sometimes it is also used to denote the passing from one subject to another without cancelling what precedes it and is syn. with و(and), as in بل ھو قرآن مجید i.e. And it is a glorious Quran. Thus بل means, but; and; surely or verily (Lane). Here it is used in the sense of إن (surely).
Commentary:
If the expression بل فعله کبیرھم ھذا is rendered as "somebody has surely done this," a stop will have to be placed after فعله and the words کبیرھم ھذا will be treated as an independent sentence meaning, "here is the chief" of them. This is the meaning we have adopted in the text and this seems to be the more correct meaning. Or the words بل فعله کبیرھم ھذا may have been spoken ironically or by way of mockery by Abraham as was his wont while talking to his idolatrous people. In that case the sense of the words would be something like this: "Why should have I done this, their chief here may have done it," meaning thereby that "the fact is too evident to warrant any questioning or to need any explanation that I have done this, i.e. I have broken the idols. If I had not done this, could this lifeless block of stone have done this?" In this verse Abraham seems to have rebuked his people for their idolatrous practices and brought home to them the futility of those practices, first by breaking the idols and then by challenging their votaries to ask those idols to tell them who had broken them.
The verse by implication points to one of the most important Divine attributes. Abraham confounded his idolatrous people by first breaking the idols and then by inferring therefrom that an idol which could not save itself from harm and which could not even answer the call of its worshippers was but a lifeless thing, fit to be thrown on the scrap-heap, and that his Lord was the Ever-living God Who answered and accepted the prayers of His servants. See also 20:90.
1900
Besides the meaning given in the text, the Arabic expression may have been spoken ironically by Abraham as was his wont while talking to his idolatrous people. In this case the sense of the words would be something like this: 'Why should I have done this, their chief may have done this,' meaning thereby that the fact is too evident to warrant any questioning or need any explanation that I have done this. If I had not done this, could this lifeless block of stone have done this? Abraham seems to have rebuked his people and to have brought home to them the futility of their idolatrous practices, first by breaking the idols and then by challenging their votaries to ask those idols, if they could speak, to tell them who had broken them.
فَرَجَعُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ فَقَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّكُمْ أَنتُمُ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ
اَنْفُسَ نَفْسٌ کی جمع ہے اور نفس کے معنی روح کے ہیں چونکہ قوم کی روحیں اس کے سردار ہوتے ہیں اس لئے ہم نے اَنْفُس کا ترجمہ سردارانِ قوم کیا ہے۔
3
اَنْفُسَ نَفْسٌ کی جمع ہے اور نفس کے معنی روح کے ہیں چونکہ قوم کی روحیں اس کے سردار ہوتے ہیں اس لئے ہم نے اَنْفُس کا ترجمہ سردارانِ قوم کیا ہے۔
ثُمَّ نُكِسُوا۟ عَلَىٰ رُءُوسِهِمْ لَقَدْ عَلِمْتَ مَا هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ يَنطِقُونَ
تفسیر بحر محیط نے اس کا یہ ترجمہ کیا ہے کہ وہ لوگ اس پر ایسے گھبرا گئے کہ ادنیٰ لوگ اپنے سرداروں کی طرف متوجہ ہوئے کہ وہ اس مشکل کا کوئی حل نکالیں۔ ہمارا ترجمہ تفسیر روح المعانی کے مطابق ہے۔ لیکن غور کریں تو تفسیر بحر محیط اور روح المعانی کا مفہوم ایک ہی ہے۔
The Arabic expression may mean: (a) They returned to their former state of disbelief, or wicked behaviour; (b) they reverted to disputation after they had taken the right course; (c) they hung down their heads for shame and were completely dumbfounded (Lane & Ma‘ani).
Important Words:
نکسوا علی رؤوسھم (their heads were made to hang low for shame). نکسوا is derived from نکس . They say نکسه or نکسه (nakkasahu) i.e. he turned it over or upside down; changed its manner of being or state; he turned it over upon its head. نکس رأسه means, he bent or lowered or hung down his head towards the ground for shame or by reason of abasement. نکس المریض means, illness returned or reverted to the sick man. نکس الرجل means, the man became weak and powerless (Lane, Aqrab & Ma‘ani). Thus the Quranic expression نکسوا علی رؤوسھم would mean, (a) they returned to their former state of disbelief, or wicked behaviour; (b) they reverted to disputation after they had taken the right course; (c) they hung down their heads in shame and were completely dumbfounded, or their heads were made to hang low for shame.
4
تفسیر بحر محیط نے اس کا یہ ترجمہ کیا ہے کہ وہ لوگ اس پر ایسے گھبرا گئے کہ ادنیٰ لوگ اپنے سرداروں کی طرف متوجہ ہوئے کہ وہ اس مشکل کا کوئی حل نکالیں۔ ہمارا ترجمہ تفسیر روح المعانی کے مطابق ہے۔ لیکن غور کریں تو تفسیر بحر محیط اور روح المعانی کا مفہوم ایک ہی ہے۔
2400
Important Words:
نکسوا علی رؤوسھم (their heads were made to hang low for shame). نکسوا is derived from نکس . They say نکسه or نکسه (nakkasahu) i.e. he turned it over or upside down; changed its manner of being or state; he turned it over upon its head. نکس رأسه means, he bent or lowered or hung down his head towards the ground for shame or by reason of abasement. نکس المریض means, illness returned or reverted to the sick man. نکس الرجل means, the man became weak and powerless (Lane, Aqrab & Ma‘ani). Thus the Quranic expression نکسوا علی رؤوسھم would mean, (a) they returned to their former state of disbelief, or wicked behaviour; (b) they reverted to disputation after they had taken the right course; (c) they hung down their heads in shame and were completely dumbfounded, or their heads were made to hang low for shame.
1901
The Arabic expression may mean: (a) They returned to their former state of disbelief, or wicked behaviour; (b) they reverted to disputation after they had taken the right course; (c) they hung down their heads for shame and were completely dumbfounded (Lane & Ma‘ani).
قَالَ أَفَتَعْبُدُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا يَنفَعُكُمْ شَيْـًٔا وَلَا يَضُرُّكُمْ
29:18; 37:96.
29:18; 37:96.
29:18; 37:96.
a
29:18; 37:96.
a
29:18; 37:96.
a
29:18; 37:96.
أُفٍّ لَّكُمْ وَلِمَا تَعْبُدُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ
Important Words:
For أف (fie) see 17:24.
Commentary:
Abraham denounced the false beliefs of his idolatrous people with a courage and boldness which is the special characteristic of God’s Prophets.
'Abraham', says Dr. F. M. T. Bohl, D.D., Ph.D. in Enc. Brit. 'is no leader of a Bedouin tribe seeking plunder and conquest; his significance lies rather in the field of religion. He is not, in the first instance, the progenitor of a people but the founder and leader of a religious movement. Like Muhammad many centuries later, he stood at the head of a great movement among the Semitic peoples and tribes...While Abraham’s forefathers served other gods (Josh. 24:2), 'the God who redeemed Abraham was the same as the God of Moses and Elijah'. See also 6:75.
2401
Important Words:
For أف (fie) see 17:24.
Commentary:
Abraham denounced the false beliefs of his idolatrous people with a courage and boldness which is the special characteristic of God’s Prophets.
'Abraham', says Dr. F. M. T. Bohl, D.D., Ph.D. in Enc. Brit. 'is no leader of a Bedouin tribe seeking plunder and conquest; his significance lies rather in the field of religion. He is not, in the first instance, the progenitor of a people but the founder and leader of a religious movement. Like Muhammad many centuries later, he stood at the head of a great movement among the Semitic peoples and tribes...While Abraham’s forefathers served other gods (Josh. 24:2), 'the God who redeemed Abraham was the same as the God of Moses and Elijah'. See also 6:75.
قَالُوا۟ حَرِّقُوهُ وَٱنصُرُوٓا۟ ءَالِهَتَكُمْ إِن كُنتُمْ فَٰعِلِينَ
29:25; 37:98.
29:25; 37:98.
29:25; 37:98.
Commentary:
Being unable to refute Abraham’s argument, no course was left open to his idolatrous people but to have recourse to persecuting and tormenting him and if possible to killing or burning him to death—indeed a very clear but mean confession of their discomfiture and defeat at Abraham’s hands. Similarly did the opponents of the Holy Prophet plot against him. The Quran says: And remember the time when the disbelievers plotted against thee that they might imprison thee or kill thee or expel thee (8:31).
Besides the verse under comment, at two other places in the Quran the plot against Abraham has been mentioned. In 29:25 we have: And the answer of his people was only that they said, 'slay him or burn him' and in 37:98 it is stated: they said, 'Build for him a structure and cast him into the fire.'
b
29:25; 37:98.
b
29:25; 37:98.
2402
Commentary:
Being unable to refute Abraham’s argument, no course was left open to his idolatrous people but to have recourse to persecuting and tormenting him and if possible to killing or burning him to death—indeed a very clear but mean confession of their discomfiture and defeat at Abraham’s hands. Similarly did the opponents of the Holy Prophet plot against him. The Quran says: And remember the time when the disbelievers plotted against thee that they might imprison thee or kill thee or expel thee (8:31).
Besides the verse under comment, at two other places in the Quran the plot against Abraham has been mentioned. In 29:25 we have: And the answer of his people was only that they said, 'slay him or burn him' and in 37:98 it is stated: they said, 'Build for him a structure and cast him into the fire.'
b
29:25; 37:98.
قُلْنَا يَٰنَارُ كُونِى بَرْدًا وَسَلَٰمًا عَلَىٰٓ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ
How the fire became cool we are not told. Timely rain or a stormy hurricane might have extinguished it. In any event God did bring about circumstances which led to Abraham’s deliverance. There is always an element of mystery in heavenly miracles; and the manner of Abraham being saved from the fire was indeed a great miracle. That Abraham had been cast into the fire is credited not only by the Jews, but also by the eastern Christians—25th of the second Canun, or January being set apart in the Syrian Calendar for the commemoration of the event (Hyde, De Rel. Vet Pers., p. 73). See also Mdr. Rabbah on Gen. Par. 17; Schalacheleth Hakabala, 2; Maimon de Idol. Ch. I; and Jad Hachazakah, Vet, 6).
Commentary:
In 29:25 we are told that Abraham’s enemies sought to slay or burn him but God saved him from the fire, and in 37:98,99 we read that Abraham’s enemies designed to build a structure for him and cast him into the fire but they failed in their evil design. The present verse however says, "O fire, be thou cool and a means of safety for Abraham." How the fire became cool we are not told. Timely rain or a stormy hurricane might have extinguished it. In any event God did bring about circumstances which led to Abraham’s deliverance. There is always an element of mystery in heavenly miracles and Abraham’s having been saved from the fire was indeed a great miracle.
This incident of Abraham’s having been cast into the fire is credited not only by the Jews but also by the Eastern Christians; the 25th of the second Canun, or January, being set apart in the Syrian Calendar for the commemoration of Abraham’s being cast into the fire. (Hyde, De Rel. Vet Pers., p. 73). See also Mdr. Rabbah on Gen. Par. 17; Schalacheleth Hakabala, 2; Maimon de Idol. Ch. 1; and Jad Hachazakah, Vet, 6, who makes Abraham, in his 40th year, renounce star-worship, break images, escape the wrath of the king by a miracle, and preach that there is one God of the whole universe.
2403
Commentary:
In 29:25 we are told that Abraham’s enemies sought to slay or burn him but God saved him from the fire, and in 37:98,99 we read that Abraham’s enemies designed to build a structure for him and cast him into the fire but they failed in their evil design. The present verse however says, "O fire, be thou cool and a means of safety for Abraham." How the fire became cool we are not told. Timely rain or a stormy hurricane might have extinguished it. In any event God did bring about circumstances which led to Abraham’s deliverance. There is always an element of mystery in heavenly miracles and Abraham’s having been saved from the fire was indeed a great miracle.
This incident of Abraham’s having been cast into the fire is credited not only by the Jews but also by the Eastern Christians; the 25th of the second Canun, or January, being set apart in the Syrian Calendar for the commemoration of Abraham’s being cast into the fire. (Hyde, De Rel. Vet Pers., p. 73). See also Mdr. Rabbah on Gen. Par. 17; Schalacheleth Hakabala, 2; Maimon de Idol. Ch. 1; and Jad Hachazakah, Vet, 6, who makes Abraham, in his 40th year, renounce star-worship, break images, escape the wrath of the king by a miracle, and preach that there is one God of the whole universe.
1902
How the fire became cool we are not told. Timely rain or a stormy hurricane might have extinguished it. In any event God did bring about circumstances which led to Abraham’s deliverance. There is always an element of mystery in heavenly miracles; and the manner of Abraham being saved from the fire was indeed a great miracle. That Abraham had been cast into the fire is credited not only by the Jews, but also by the eastern Christians—25th of the second Canun, or January being set apart in the Syrian Calendar for the commemoration of the event (Hyde, De Rel. Vet Pers., p. 73). See also Mdr. Rabbah on Gen. Par. 17; Schalacheleth Hakabala, 2; Maimon de Idol. Ch. I; and Jad Hachazakah, Vet, 6).
وَأَرَادُوا۟ بِهِۦ كَيْدًا فَجَعَلْنَٰهُمُ ٱلْأَخْسَرِينَ
37:99.
37:99.
37:99.
c
37:99.
a
37:99.
a
37:99.
وَنَجَّيْنَٰهُ وَلُوطًا إِلَى ٱلْأَرْضِ ٱلَّتِى بَٰرَكْنَا فِيهَا لِلْعَٰلَمِينَ
Abraham journeyed from Ur (Mesopotamia) to Harran and from there, by God’s command, to Canaan, which God had decreed to give to his posterity. This journey had a precise objective and aim. In pursuance of Divine plan and design all the great Prophets or their followers, at one time or another, have to emigrate from their homes.
Commentary:
By the words, the land which We blessed for the peoples, is meant Canaan to which country the great Patriarch migrated with his nephew, Lot.
Abraham journeyed from Ur (Mesopotamia) to Harran and from there, by God’s command, to Canaan, which God had decreed to give to his posterity. This journey had a precise objective and aim. In pursuance of Divine plan and design, all the great Prophets or their followers, at one time or another, have to migrate from their homes. Abraham accompanied by Lot migrated from Mesopotamia to Canaan; Moses had to flee with his people from Egypt to the Promised Land; Jesus had to quit Palestine after his escape from the cross and journeyed to the east in search of the ten lost tribes of Israel and last of all the Holy Prophet had to migrate from his native city, Mecca, and adopt Medina as his home.
2404
Commentary:
By the words, the land which We blessed for the peoples, is meant Canaan to which country the great Patriarch migrated with his nephew, Lot.
Abraham journeyed from Ur (Mesopotamia) to Harran and from there, by God’s command, to Canaan, which God had decreed to give to his posterity. This journey had a precise objective and aim. In pursuance of Divine plan and design, all the great Prophets or their followers, at one time or another, have to migrate from their homes. Abraham accompanied by Lot migrated from Mesopotamia to Canaan; Moses had to flee with his people from Egypt to the Promised Land; Jesus had to quit Palestine after his escape from the cross and journeyed to the east in search of the ten lost tribes of Israel and last of all the Holy Prophet had to migrate from his native city, Mecca, and adopt Medina as his home.
1903
Abraham journeyed from Ur (Mesopotamia) to Harran and from there, by God’s command, to Canaan, which God had decreed to give to his posterity. This journey had a precise objective and aim. In pursuance of Divine plan and design all the great Prophets or their followers, at one time or another, have to emigrate from their homes.
وَوَهَبْنَا لَهُۥٓ إِسْحَٰقَ وَيَعْقُوبَ نَافِلَةً ۖ وَكُلًّا جَعَلْنَا صَٰلِحِينَ
11:72; 19:50; 29:28; 37:113; 51:29.
11:72; 19:50; 29:28; 37:113; 51:29.
11:72; 19:50; 29:28; 37:113; 51:29.
Commentary:
Ishmael, the eldest son of Abraham has not been mentioned here. He has been mentioned separately in v. 86 below on account of his being the head of a distinct and more important line.
a
11:72; 19:50; 29:28; 37:113; 51:29.
a
11:72; 19:50; 29:28; 37:113; 51:29.
2405
Commentary:
Ishmael, the eldest son of Abraham has not been mentioned here. He has been mentioned separately in v. 86 below on account of his being the head of a distinct and more important line.
b
11:72; 19:50; 29:28; 37:113; 51:29.
وَجَعَلْنَٰهُمْ أَئِمَّةً يَهْدُونَ بِأَمْرِنَا وَأَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَيْهِمْ فِعْلَ ٱلْخَيْرَٰتِ وَإِقَامَ ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ وَإِيتَآءَ ٱلزَّكَوٰةِ ۖ وَكَانُوا۟ لَنَا عَٰبِدِينَ
2:125; 32:25.
2:125; 32:25.
2:125; 32:25.
Commentary:
God chose leaders of religious movements from among the progeny of Abraham in fulfilment of his prayer referred to in 2:125. A similar promise in regard to the raising of Divine Reformers in every age from among his followers was made to the Holy Prophet (Abu Dawud). This promise is also implicit in the famous prayer, i.e. Darud, viz. "O Lord bestow thy blessings upon Muhammad as Thou didst bestow Thy blessings upon Abraham." Divine Reformers continued to appear among the progeny of Abraham till, with the rejection of Jesus by the Jews, they were deprived of this boon for all times and prophethood was transferred to the House of Ishmael in fulfilment of the above-said prayer. Divine teachers are now raised from among the followers of the Holy Prophet in every century to regenerate Islam and they will continue to do so till the end of time. The fulfilment of the prayer implicit in Darud establishes the superiority of the Holy Prophetover Abraham because whereas Divine teachers ceased to appear among the progeny of Abraham after Jesus, they will continue to appear among his followers as long as this world lasts.
b
2:125; 32:25.
b
2:125; 32:25.
2406
Commentary:
God chose leaders of religious movements from among the progeny of Abraham in fulfilment of his prayer referred to in 2:125. A similar promise in regard to the raising of Divine Reformers in every age from among his followers was made to the Holy Prophet (Abu Dawud). This promise is also implicit in the famous prayer, i.e. Darud, viz. "O Lord bestow thy blessings upon Muhammad as Thou didst bestow Thy blessings upon Abraham." Divine Reformers continued to appear among the progeny of Abraham till, with the rejection of Jesus by the Jews, they were deprived of this boon for all times and prophethood was transferred to the House of Ishmael in fulfilment of the above-said prayer. Divine teachers are now raised from among the followers of the Holy Prophet in every century to regenerate Islam and they will continue to do so till the end of time. The fulfilment of the prayer implicit in Darud establishes the superiority of the Holy Prophetover Abraham because whereas Divine teachers ceased to appear among the progeny of Abraham after Jesus, they will continue to appear among his followers as long as this world lasts.
c
2:125; 32:25.
وَلُوطًا ءَاتَيْنَٰهُ حُكْمًا وَعِلْمًا وَنَجَّيْنَٰهُ مِنَ ٱلْقَرْيَةِ ٱلَّتِى كَانَت تَّعْمَلُ ٱلْخَبَٰٓئِثَ ۗ إِنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ قَوْمَ سَوْءٍ فَٰسِقِينَ
7:84; 27:58; 29:34.
حکم سے مراد یہ ہے کہ ایسا علم بخشا جس سے وہ لوگوں کے درمیان فیصلہ کر سکتے تھے۔ گو اس کے عام معنی حکومت کے ہیں مگر وہ یہاں چسپاں نہیں ہوتے اس لئے کہ لوط کو ان کی قوم نے نکال دیا تھا اگر وہ حاکم ہوتے تو ان کو نہ نکال سکتے۔
7:84; 27:58; 29:34.
7:84; 27:58; 29:34.
Commentary:
The most important and prominent of the signs that God gives to His prophets in support of their claim is that they are vouchsafed spiritual knowledge and Divine wisdom in a very large measure. This sign was given to all the Prophets—Lot, Joseph, David, Solomon, Moses and last of all it was granted to the greatest of all the Divine Prophets—the Holy Prophet Muhammad, in the form of the Quran which is now the only guide for all mankind till the end of time and which is his greatest and standing miracle.
c
7:84; 27:58; 29:34.
1
حکم سے مراد یہ ہے کہ ایسا علم بخشا جس سے وہ لوگوں کے درمیان فیصلہ کر سکتے تھے۔ گو اس کے عام معنی حکومت کے ہیں مگر وہ یہاں چسپاں نہیں ہوتے اس لئے کہ لوط کو ان کی قوم نے نکال دیا تھا اگر وہ حاکم ہوتے تو ان کو نہ نکال سکتے۔
a
7:84; 27:58; 29:34.
2406A
Commentary:
The most important and prominent of the signs that God gives to His prophets in support of their claim is that they are vouchsafed spiritual knowledge and Divine wisdom in a very large measure. This sign was given to all the Prophets—Lot, Joseph, David, Solomon, Moses and last of all it was granted to the greatest of all the Divine Prophets—the Holy Prophet Muhammad, in the form of the Quran which is now the only guide for all mankind till the end of time and which is his greatest and standing miracle.
d
7:84; 27:58; 29:34.
وَأَدْخَلْنَٰهُ فِى رَحْمَتِنَآ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ
وَنُوحًا إِذْ نَادَىٰ مِن قَبْلُ فَٱسْتَجَبْنَا لَهُۥ فَنَجَّيْنَٰهُ وَأَهْلَهُۥ مِنَ ٱلْكَرْبِ ٱلْعَظِيمِ
26:118-120; 37:76, 77; 54:11.
26:118-120; 37:76, 77; 54:11.
It is worthy of note that this Surah makes a special mention of the trials and tribulations through which almost all the Prophets of God had to pass in their times and also of the way in which God helped them and delivered them from their afflictions, the implication being that like those Prophets the Holy Prophet of Islam too will have to suffer hardships and privations and like them he too will come out of his ordeal with success.
26:118-120; 37:76-77; 54:11.
Commentary:
It is worthy of note that this Surah makes a special mention of the trials and tribulations through which almost all the Prophets of God had to pass in their time and of the way in which God helped them and delivered them from their afflictions, the implication being that like those Prophets the Holy Prophet of Islam too will have to suffer hardships and privations and like them he too will come out of his ordeal with flying colours. Particular reference to Noah here signifies that if the Law were a curse as Christians say, then what would they say about Noah who came with a Law and among whose followers a great Prophet like Abraham appeared (37:84)? It may be said in passing that Prophet Noah was the first Law-bearing Prophet. The Holy Prophet is reported to have said about himاول نبی شرعت علی لسانه الشرائعi.e. he was the first Prophet to whom the Law was revealed. The Law first began to be revealed to Noah because in his time human mind had attained to such a stage of development as to have been able to understand and comprehend Divine attributes, and the evils which are the inevitable result of a civilized society had also begun to make their appearance in his time.
d
26:118-120; 37:76, 77; 54:11.
b
26:118-120; 37:76-77; 54:11.
2407
Commentary:
It is worthy of note that this Surah makes a special mention of the trials and tribulations through which almost all the Prophets of God had to pass in their time and of the way in which God helped them and delivered them from their afflictions, the implication being that like those Prophets the Holy Prophet of Islam too will have to suffer hardships and privations and like them he too will come out of his ordeal with flying colours. Particular reference to Noah here signifies that if the Law were a curse as Christians say, then what would they say about Noah who came with a Law and among whose followers a great Prophet like Abraham appeared (37:84)? It may be said in passing that Prophet Noah was the first Law-bearing Prophet. The Holy Prophet is reported to have said about himاول نبی شرعت علی لسانه الشرائعi.e. he was the first Prophet to whom the Law was revealed. The Law first began to be revealed to Noah because in his time human mind had attained to such a stage of development as to have been able to understand and comprehend Divine attributes, and the evils which are the inevitable result of a civilized society had also begun to make their appearance in his time.
a
26:118-120; 37:76, 77; 54:11.
1904
It is worthy of note that this Surah makes a special mention of the trials and tribulations through which almost all the Prophets of God had to pass in their times and also of the way in which God helped them and delivered them from their afflictions, the implication being that like those Prophets the Holy Prophet of Islam too will have to suffer hardships and privations and like them he too will come out of his ordeal with success.
وَنَصَرْنَٰهُ مِنَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَآ ۚ إِنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ قَوْمَ سَوْءٍ فَأَغْرَقْنَٰهُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ
26:121; 37:83; 54: 12, 13; 71:26.
26:121; 37:83; 54: 12, 13; 71:26.
26:121; 37:83; 54:12-13; 71:26.
Commentary:
The words من القوم literally meaning "from the people" really mean "against the people", the particle من having been used here in the sense of علی i.e. over; against.
e
26:121; 37:83; 54: 12, 13; 71:26.
a
26:121; 37:83; 54:12-13; 71:26.
2408
Commentary:
The words من القوم literally meaning "from the people" really mean "against the people", the particle من having been used here in the sense of علی i.e. over; against.
b
26:121; 37:83; 54: 12, 13; 71:26.
وَدَاوُۥدَ وَسُلَيْمَٰنَ إِذْ يَحْكُمَانِ فِى ٱلْحَرْثِ إِذْ نَفَشَتْ فِيهِ غَنَمُ ٱلْقَوْمِ وَكُنَّا لِحُكْمِهِمْ شَٰهِدِينَ
یعنی ہمسایہ قوم کے ڈاکوؤں وغیرہ نے ان کے ملک کو نقصان پہنچایا تھا۔ یہاں غَنَمٌ کا لفظ ہے جس کے معنے مفسر بکریاں کرتے ہیں۔ لیکن درحقیقت غَنَمُ الْقَوْمِ سے مراد ہمسایہ قوم کے عوام ہیں۔ جو سلیمانؑ اور داؤدؑ کے ملک کے لوگوں کو نقصان پہنچاتے تھے۔ اردو میں بھی قوم کے عوام کو بھیڑ بکری کہتے ہیں۔
In order to add to the beauty of expression, use has been made of metaphorical language in this and the following few verses. Al-Harth may signify Solomon’s country and the words Ghanamul-Qaum may represent those wild and predatory neighbouring tribes who raided Solomon’s country. The reference is to the policy which David and Solomon adopted to repel and defeat the depredations of those savage tribes. David was a great warrior and as such was in favour of adopting a strong policy. Solomon, however, wished to pursue a milder policy and to win over those tribes by entering into treaties of friendship with them.
Important Words:
حرث (crop) is infinitive noun from حرث (haratha) which means, he ploughed or tilled the soil; he sowed seeds or planted plants in it. حرث means, a tilth or a piece of land ploughed for sowing or land actually sown with some crop; land under crop; crop or produce of land (Lane & Aqrab). See also 2:206.
نفشت (strayed therein) is derived from نفش . They say نفش القطن i.e. he corded the cotton.نفشت الغنم means, the sheep pastured at night without a shepherd. نفش الراعی الابل means, the shepherd left the camel at night that it may pasture (Aqrab).
Commentary:
In order to add to the beauty of expression use has been made of metaphorical language in this and the following few verses. الحرث in this verse may signify Solomon’s country and the words غنم القوم may be taken as standing for those wild and predatory neighbouring tribes who raided Solomon’s country. The reference is to the policy which David and Solomon adopted to repel and defeat the depredations of these savage tribes. David was a great warrior and as such was in favour of adopting a strong policy. Solomon, however, wished to pursue a milder policy and to win over these tribes by entering into treaties of friendship with them. Taken literally the verse would signify that even very ordinary people had ready access and could submit their cases to these great Prophets of God who were very powerful rulers. See also 6:85; 34:11-14 & 38:18-21.
The verse may also signify that when a nation rises to power and prosperity, ambitious persons, in order to win power and influence, seek to weaken the hands of the constituted authority by creating dissensions and discord. The expression غنم القوم i.e. "persons of beastly nature" may refer to such people.
2
یعنی ہمسایہ قوم کے ڈاکوؤں وغیرہ نے ان کے ملک کو نقصان پہنچایا تھا۔ یہاں غَنَمٌ کا لفظ ہے جس کے معنے مفسر بکریاں کرتے ہیں۔ لیکن درحقیقت غَنَمُ الْقَوْمِ سے مراد ہمسایہ قوم کے عوام ہیں۔ جو سلیمانؑ اور داؤدؑ کے ملک کے لوگوں کو نقصان پہنچاتے تھے۔ اردو میں بھی قوم کے عوام کو بھیڑ بکری کہتے ہیں۔
2409
Important Words:
حرث (crop) is infinitive noun from حرث (haratha) which means, he ploughed or tilled the soil; he sowed seeds or planted plants in it. حرث means, a tilth or a piece of land ploughed for sowing or land actually sown with some crop; land under crop; crop or produce of land (Lane & Aqrab). See also 2:206.
نفشت (strayed therein) is derived from نفش . They say نفش القطن i.e. he corded the cotton.نفشت الغنم means, the sheep pastured at night without a shepherd. نفش الراعی الابل means, the shepherd left the camel at night that it may pasture (Aqrab).
Commentary:
In order to add to the beauty of expression use has been made of metaphorical language in this and the following few verses. الحرث in this verse may signify Solomon’s country and the words غنم القوم may be taken as standing for those wild and predatory neighbouring tribes who raided Solomon’s country. The reference is to the policy which David and Solomon adopted to repel and defeat the depredations of these savage tribes. David was a great warrior and as such was in favour of adopting a strong policy. Solomon, however, wished to pursue a milder policy and to win over these tribes by entering into treaties of friendship with them. Taken literally the verse would signify that even very ordinary people had ready access and could submit their cases to these great Prophets of God who were very powerful rulers. See also 6:85; 34:11-14 & 38:18-21.
The verse may also signify that when a nation rises to power and prosperity, ambitious persons, in order to win power and influence, seek to weaken the hands of the constituted authority by creating dissensions and discord. The expression غنم القوم i.e. "persons of beastly nature" may refer to such people.
1905
In order to add to the beauty of expression, use has been made of metaphorical language in this and the following few verses. Al-Harth may signify Solomon’s country and the words Ghanamul-Qaum may represent those wild and predatory neighbouring tribes who raided Solomon’s country. The reference is to the policy which David and Solomon adopted to repel and defeat the depredations of those savage tribes. David was a great warrior and as such was in favour of adopting a strong policy. Solomon, however, wished to pursue a milder policy and to win over those tribes by entering into treaties of friendship with them.
فَفَهَّمْنَٰهَا سُلَيْمَٰنَ ۚ وَكُلًّا ءَاتَيْنَا حُكْمًا وَعِلْمًا ۚ وَسَخَّرْنَا مَعَ دَاوُۥدَ ٱلْجِبَالَ يُسَبِّحْنَ وَٱلطَّيْرَ ۚ وَكُنَّا فَٰعِلِينَ
34:11; 38:19, 20.
34:11; 38:19, 20.
The words signify that Solomon’s policy of moderation and conciliation was right in the then obtaining circumstances, and that the charge levelled against him by some Jewish writers of having pursued a weak policy which brought about the downfall of his dynasty is ill-founded. But the defence of Solomon should not be taken to mean that the strong policy adopted by David in his own time was wrong. Any misunderstanding leading to this inference has been dispelled by the clause, and to each of them We gave wisdom and knowledge, which makes it clear that the policies of both David and Solomon were best in the circumstances and quite suited to the particular occasions.
The words, We subjected the mountains and the birds to David to celebrate God’s praises with him, have been taken literally to mean that the mountains and birds were under David’s control and when he sang the praises of God they actually joined with him in that pious act. The words merely mean that big men (al-Jibal) and highly spiritual men (at-Tair) glorified God and sang Divine praises along with David. At several places in the Qur’an not only mountains and birds but all other things in the heavens and the earth— the sun, the moon, the stars, the day and the night, the animals, the birds, the rivers, the seas, the winds, the clouds, etc. are stated to have been subjected to man (2:165; 7:55; 22:38 & 45:13-14). The word Jibal may also signify 'people living in the mountains' as the name of a place sometimes stands for its people (12:83). Thus the subjection of "the mountains" to David may signify that he conquered and subjugated wild and savage mountain tribes. He
34:11; 38:19-20.
Important Words:
الجبال (the mountains) is the plural of جبل which is derived from جبل (jabala). جبله علی کذا means, God created him and adapted him to it. جبل (Jabalun) means, a mountain; a rocky tract; any rocky elevation; the lord or chief of a people; their learned man; a man who does not move from his place. جبال means, mountains, big or learned men; people living in mountains etc. (Lane & Aqrab). See also 13:32.
الطیر (the birds) means, a bird or birds. طائر which is the singular of الطیر means, a bird; an omen; the cause of actions good or bad; actions good or bad and their consequences; natural powers of man; a highly righteous and spiritual man (Lane & Aqrab). As a bird flies high in the air and builds its nest on lofty trees or mountains, therefore a man who soars high in the spiritual firmament is called a طائر in spiritual terminology. See also 3:50; 7:132 & 17:14.
Commentary:
This verse has been very much misunderstood and misinterpreted. The misunderstanding arises from the far-fetched construction placed upon it by some commentators. There is, however, nothing in the wording of the verse itself to justify the element of mystery introduced into it. A few simple words used metaphorically in order to add elegance and beauty to the diction of the verse have been distorted to render it a veritable riddle. The words "We subjected the mountains and the birds to celebrate God’s praise with David" have been taken literally to mean that the mountains and birds were under David’s control and when he sang the praises of God they actually joined with him in singing those praises. They simply mean that big men (الجبال) and highly spiritual men (الطیر) glorified God and sang Divine praises along with David. And if according to the verse, the mountains and birds were subjected to David there was nothing extraordinary in the mountains and the birds being subject to his control as at several other places in the Quran not only mountains and birds but all other things in the heavens and the earth—the sun, the moon, the stars, the day and the night, the animals, the birds, the rivers, the seas, the winds, the clouds etc., are stated to have been subjected to man (2:165; 7:55; 22:38 & 45:13-14). The word الجبال; in the present verse, as stated under Important Words above, signifies also mountainous territory or "people living in the mountains" as the name of a place sometimes stands for its people (12:83). Thus the subjection of "the mountains" to David may signify that he conquered and subjugated wild and savage mountain tribes. The Bible also refers to this fact. It says, "And Hiram, King of Tyre, sent messengers to David, and cedar trees, and carpenters, and masons and they built David a house. So all the elders of Israel came to the King to Hebron; and King David made a league with them in Hebron before the Lord and they appointed David King over Israel" ( II Sam. chap. 5). Thus the words, "We subjected the mountains and the birds to celebrate God’s praises with David" have been particularly used about David in the verse because he was a great conqueror and subduer of wild mountain tribes.
Similarly, celebration by birds and mountains of God’s praises should also occasion no surprise. Elsewhere in the Quran we read that all things, animate or inanimate, the angels, animals, birds, the heavens and the earth, even the forces of nature, sing the praises of God, only man cannot understand their glorification (13:14; 17:45; 21:20-21; 24:42; 59:2; 61:2; 62:2; & 64:2). The glorification of God by these things which is the carrying out by them of the duties assigned to them by God demonstrate: that God is perfect and completely free from all flaws, failings and frailties and so is His handiwork.
The word "birds" used in the verse may also signify actual birds. In this sense the reference would be that David made free use of birds for carrying messages in time of war which had been especially trained for this purpose. Or it may signify flocks of birds which followed David’s victorious armies and feasted on the dead bodies of his fallen foes. Lastly, the word "birds," may signify men of high determination and great resolve who are ever ready to scale great heights and are not afraid of difficulties and dangers in the cause of religion. In brief, the verse means to say that men of ordinary spiritual caliber had become highly spiritual and soared very high in the spiritual firmament through the purifying company of David.
The verse may also be rendered as, "We subjected the mountains and the birds to David; they all celebrated God’s praises." This rendering removes much misunderstanding and difficulty.
For a fuller explanation of this and the next three verses see 34:11-14 & 38:19, 20, 37, 38, 39.
The expression, "We gave Solomon the right understanding of the matter," has been used to show that Solomon’s policy of moderation and conciliation was right in the then obtaining circumstances. In this verse the Quran defends Solomon against the charge levelled at him by some Jewish writers of having pursued a weak policy which brought about the downfall of his dynasty after him. The words, however, should not be taken to mean that the strong policy adopted by David in his own time was wrong. Any misunderstanding leading to this inference has been dispelled by the following clause: "And to each of them We gave wisdom and knowledge," which makes it quite clear that the policies of both David and Solomon were best in the circumstances and quite suited to the particular occasion.
a
34:11; 38:19, 20.
a
34:11; 38:19-20.
2410
Important Words:
الجبال (the mountains) is the plural of جبل which is derived from جبل (jabala). جبله علی کذا means, God created him and adapted him to it. جبل (Jabalun) means, a mountain; a rocky tract; any rocky elevation; the lord or chief of a people; their learned man; a man who does not move from his place. جبال means, mountains, big or learned men; people living in mountains etc. (Lane & Aqrab). See also 13:32.
الطیر (the birds) means, a bird or birds. طائر which is the singular of الطیر means, a bird; an omen; the cause of actions good or bad; actions good or bad and their consequences; natural powers of man; a highly righteous and spiritual man (Lane & Aqrab). As a bird flies high in the air and builds its nest on lofty trees or mountains, therefore a man who soars high in the spiritual firmament is called a طائر in spiritual terminology. See also 3:50; 7:132 & 17:14.
Commentary:
This verse has been very much misunderstood and misinterpreted. The misunderstanding arises from the far-fetched construction placed upon it by some commentators. There is, however, nothing in the wording of the verse itself to justify the element of mystery introduced into it. A few simple words used metaphorically in order to add elegance and beauty to the diction of the verse have been distorted to render it a veritable riddle. The words "We subjected the mountains and the birds to celebrate God’s praise with David" have been taken literally to mean that the mountains and birds were under David’s control and when he sang the praises of God they actually joined with him in singing those praises. They simply mean that big men (الجبال) and highly spiritual men (الطیر) glorified God and sang Divine praises along with David. And if according to the verse, the mountains and birds were subjected to David there was nothing extraordinary in the mountains and the birds being subject to his control as at several other places in the Quran not only mountains and birds but all other things in the heavens and the earth—the sun, the moon, the stars, the day and the night, the animals, the birds, the rivers, the seas, the winds, the clouds etc., are stated to have been subjected to man (2:165; 7:55; 22:38 & 45:13-14). The word الجبال; in the present verse, as stated under Important Words above, signifies also mountainous territory or "people living in the mountains" as the name of a place sometimes stands for its people (12:83). Thus the subjection of "the mountains" to David may signify that he conquered and subjugated wild and savage mountain tribes. The Bible also refers to this fact. It says, "And Hiram, King of Tyre, sent messengers to David, and cedar trees, and carpenters, and masons and they built David a house. So all the elders of Israel came to the King to Hebron; and King David made a league with them in Hebron before the Lord and they appointed David King over Israel" ( II Sam. chap. 5). Thus the words, "We subjected the mountains and the birds to celebrate God’s praises with David" have been particularly used about David in the verse because he was a great conqueror and subduer of wild mountain tribes.
Similarly, celebration by birds and mountains of God’s praises should also occasion no surprise. Elsewhere in the Quran we read that all things, animate or inanimate, the angels, animals, birds, the heavens and the earth, even the forces of nature, sing the praises of God, only man cannot understand their glorification (13:14; 17:45; 21:20-21; 24:42; 59:2; 61:2; 62:2; & 64:2). The glorification of God by these things which is the carrying out by them of the duties assigned to them by God demonstrate: that God is perfect and completely free from all flaws, failings and frailties and so is His handiwork.
The word "birds" used in the verse may also signify actual birds. In this sense the reference would be that David made free use of birds for carrying messages in time of war which had been especially trained for this purpose. Or it may signify flocks of birds which followed David’s victorious armies and feasted on the dead bodies of his fallen foes. Lastly, the word "birds," may signify men of high determination and great resolve who are ever ready to scale great heights and are not afraid of difficulties and dangers in the cause of religion. In brief, the verse means to say that men of ordinary spiritual caliber had become highly spiritual and soared very high in the spiritual firmament through the purifying company of David.
The verse may also be rendered as, "We subjected the mountains and the birds to David; they all celebrated God’s praises." This rendering removes much misunderstanding and difficulty.
For a fuller explanation of this and the next three verses see 34:11-14 & 38:19, 20, 37, 38, 39.
The expression, "We gave Solomon the right understanding of the matter," has been used to show that Solomon’s policy of moderation and conciliation was right in the then obtaining circumstances. In this verse the Quran defends Solomon against the charge levelled at him by some Jewish writers of having pursued a weak policy which brought about the downfall of his dynasty after him. The words, however, should not be taken to mean that the strong policy adopted by David in his own time was wrong. Any misunderstanding leading to this inference has been dispelled by the following clause: "And to each of them We gave wisdom and knowledge," which makes it quite clear that the policies of both David and Solomon were best in the circumstances and quite suited to the particular occasion.
a
34:11; 38:19, 20.
1906
The words signify that Solomon’s policy of moderation and conciliation was right in the then obtaining circumstances, and that the charge levelled against him by some Jewish writers of having pursued a weak policy which brought about the downfall of his dynasty is ill-founded. But the defence of Solomon should not be taken to mean that the strong policy adopted by David in his own time was wrong. Any misunderstanding leading to this inference has been dispelled by the clause, and to each of them We gave wisdom and knowledge, which makes it clear that the policies of both David and Solomon were best in the circumstances and quite suited to the particular occasions.
1907
The words, We subjected the mountains and the birds to David to celebrate God’s praises with him, have been taken literally to mean that the mountains and birds were under David’s control and when he sang the praises of God they actually joined with him in that pious act. The words merely mean that big men (al-Jibal) and highly spiritual men (at-Tair) glorified God and sang Divine praises along with David. At several places in the Qur’an not only mountains and birds but all other things in the heavens and the earth— the sun, the moon, the stars, the day and the night, the animals, the birds, the rivers, the seas, the winds, the clouds, etc. are stated to have been subjected to man (2:165; 7:55; 22:38 & 45:13-14). The word Jibal may also signify 'people living in the mountains' as the name of a place sometimes stands for its people (12:83). Thus the subjection of "the mountains" to David may signify that he conquered and subjugated wild and savage mountain tribes. He
وَعَلَّمْنَٰهُ صَنْعَةَ لَبُوسٍ لَّكُمْ لِتُحْصِنَكُم مِّنۢ بَأْسِكُمْ ۖ فَهَلْ أَنتُمْ شَٰكِرُونَ
The reference in the verse is again to the military might of David and to his great skill in making implements of war and coats of mail. David invented and developed various kinds of armours by means of which he made great conquests. In his reign the Israelite Kingdom had attained the zenith of its power. It was the golden period in Israelite history.
34:12.
Commentary:
The reference in the verse is again to the military might of David and to his great skill in making implements of war and coats of mail. David invented and developed various kinds of armours by means of which he made great conquests. In his reign the Israelite kingdom reached the zenith of its power and dominion. David’s time was the golden period in Israelite history. Never did the Israelites rise to such power again, nor did they enjoy such prestige, prosperity and influence as they did during David’s rule. The verse does not mean that David was the first person to manufacture coats of mail. It only means that the art of making various kinds of armour had greatly developed and improved under his supervision and direction.
a
34:12.
2411
Commentary:
The reference in the verse is again to the military might of David and to his great skill in making implements of war and coats of mail. David invented and developed various kinds of armours by means of which he made great conquests. In his reign the Israelite kingdom reached the zenith of its power and dominion. David’s time was the golden period in Israelite history. Never did the Israelites rise to such power again, nor did they enjoy such prestige, prosperity and influence as they did during David’s rule. The verse does not mean that David was the first person to manufacture coats of mail. It only means that the art of making various kinds of armour had greatly developed and improved under his supervision and direction.
1908
The reference in the verse is again to the military might of David and to his great skill in making implements of war and coats of mail. David invented and developed various kinds of armours by means of which he made great conquests. In his reign the Israelite Kingdom had attained the zenith of its power. It was the golden period in Israelite history.
وَلِسُلَيْمَٰنَ ٱلرِّيحَ عَاصِفَةً تَجْرِى بِأَمْرِهِۦٓ إِلَى ٱلْأَرْضِ ٱلَّتِى بَٰرَكْنَا فِيهَا ۚ وَكُنَّا بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَٰلِمِينَ
34:13; 38:37.
حضرت سلیمان علیہ السلام کے جہاز شام کے اوپر کے علاقہ سے سامان لیکر نیچے آتے تھے یعنی فلسطین کی طرف‘ اس آیت میں اسی طرف اشارہ ہے۔
34:13; 38:37.
It appears that the vessels of Solomon plied in the Persian Gulf, the Red and the Mediterranean Seas and regular trade was carried on between Palestine and the countries lying round the Persian Gulf and these two seas (1 Kings. 10:27-29). 'In partnership with Hiram of Tyre he maintained a fleet of ocean-going ships trading at regular intervals to Mediterranean ports, bringing gold, silver, ivory, apes and peacocks' (1 Kings. 10:22; 10: 27-29; II Chron. 8:18; Enc. Brit. under "Solomon"). Here the adjective used about the wind is ‘Asifah (violent) while in 38:37 it is Rukha’ (gentle) which shows that though the wind blew fast, it was gentle and did no damage to Solomon’s ships.
34:13; 38:37.
Commentary:
The reference in the words, the land which We had blessed, is to Palestine. It appears that the vessels of Solomon plied in the Persian Gulf, the Red Sea and the Mediterranean Sea and regular trade was carried on between Palestine and the countries lying round the Persian Gulf and these two seas.
"The commercial activity of Solomon seems to have been extensive. In this respect, he reminds us of the Pharaohs, who appear almost to have monopolized the foreign commerce of Egypt. His imports were on a scale so lavish that he is said to have made silver as common as stones, cedars as sycamores, in Jerusalem. There was an extensive trade in horses (1 Kings 10:27-29).In partnership with Hiram of Tyre he maintained a fleet of ocean-going ships trading at regular intervals to Mediterranean ports, bringing gold, silver, ivory, apes and peacocks (1 Kings 10:22). In his trading ventures down the Gulf of ‘Akaba he was assisted by skilled Tyrian navigators supplied by Hiram (1 Kings 9:27, 29), his own people never did take kindly to the sea. This passage was evidently misunderstood by the chronicler, who took it to mean that Hiram supplied the ships (2 Chron. 8:18); how they were transported is a problem he leaves unexplained. Ophir, the land to which these vessels ventured, is not identified with certainty, but may be S. Arabia. Solomon brought Israel for the first time fully into a current of oriental commerce and civilization, and during his reign Jerusalem, at any rate, was a city of wealth and luxury" (Enc. Brit, 14th edit. under "Solomon"). In Jew. Enc. under "Solomon" we read: "With the Phoenicians he united in maritime commerce, sending out a fleet once in three years from Ezion-geber, at the head of the gulf of ‘Akaba to Ophir, presumably on the eastern coast of the Arabian peninsula. From this distant port, and others on the way, he derived fabulous amounts of gold and tropical products. These revenues gave him almost unlimited means for increasing the glory of his capital city and palaces, and for the perfection of his civil and military organizations."
In the present verse the adjective used about the wind is عاصفة (violent) while in 38:37 it is رخاء (gentle) which shows that though the wind blew fast, it was gentle and did no damage to Solomon’s ships.
The implied reference in the present and the preceding two verses may be to the great military might and economic progress and prosperity which the Muslims were to attain in the heyday of their glory which they achieved during the reigns of the Omayyad and the Abbasid dynasties.
b
34:13; 38:37.
2
حضرت سلیمان علیہ السلام کے جہاز شام کے اوپر کے علاقہ سے سامان لیکر نیچے آتے تھے یعنی فلسطین کی طرف‘ اس آیت میں اسی طرف اشارہ ہے۔
a
34:13; 38:37.
2412
Commentary:
The reference in the words, the land which We had blessed, is to Palestine. It appears that the vessels of Solomon plied in the Persian Gulf, the Red Sea and the Mediterranean Sea and regular trade was carried on between Palestine and the countries lying round the Persian Gulf and these two seas.
"The commercial activity of Solomon seems to have been extensive. In this respect, he reminds us of the Pharaohs, who appear almost to have monopolized the foreign commerce of Egypt. His imports were on a scale so lavish that he is said to have made silver as common as stones, cedars as sycamores, in Jerusalem. There was an extensive trade in horses (1 Kings 10:27-29).In partnership with Hiram of Tyre he maintained a fleet of ocean-going ships trading at regular intervals to Mediterranean ports, bringing gold, silver, ivory, apes and peacocks (1 Kings 10:22). In his trading ventures down the Gulf of ‘Akaba he was assisted by skilled Tyrian navigators supplied by Hiram (1 Kings 9:27, 29), his own people never did take kindly to the sea. This passage was evidently misunderstood by the chronicler, who took it to mean that Hiram supplied the ships (2 Chron. 8:18); how they were transported is a problem he leaves unexplained. Ophir, the land to which these vessels ventured, is not identified with certainty, but may be S. Arabia. Solomon brought Israel for the first time fully into a current of oriental commerce and civilization, and during his reign Jerusalem, at any rate, was a city of wealth and luxury" (Enc. Brit, 14th edit. under "Solomon"). In Jew. Enc. under "Solomon" we read: "With the Phoenicians he united in maritime commerce, sending out a fleet once in three years from Ezion-geber, at the head of the gulf of ‘Akaba to Ophir, presumably on the eastern coast of the Arabian peninsula. From this distant port, and others on the way, he derived fabulous amounts of gold and tropical products. These revenues gave him almost unlimited means for increasing the glory of his capital city and palaces, and for the perfection of his civil and military organizations."
In the present verse the adjective used about the wind is عاصفة (violent) while in 38:37 it is رخاء (gentle) which shows that though the wind blew fast, it was gentle and did no damage to Solomon’s ships.
The implied reference in the present and the preceding two verses may be to the great military might and economic progress and prosperity which the Muslims were to attain in the heyday of their glory which they achieved during the reigns of the Omayyad and the Abbasid dynasties.
a
34:13; 38:37.
1909
It appears that the vessels of Solomon plied in the Persian Gulf, the Red and the Mediterranean Seas and regular trade was carried on between Palestine and the countries lying round the Persian Gulf and these two seas (1 Kings. 10:27-29). 'In partnership with Hiram of Tyre he maintained a fleet of ocean-going ships trading at regular intervals to Mediterranean ports, bringing gold, silver, ivory, apes and peacocks' (1 Kings. 10:22; 10: 27-29; II Chron. 8:18; Enc. Brit. under "Solomon"). Here the adjective used about the wind is ‘Asifah (violent) while in 38:37 it is Rukha’ (gentle) which shows that though the wind blew fast, it was gentle and did no damage to Solomon’s ships.
وَمِنَ ٱلشَّيَٰطِينِ مَن يَغُوصُونَ لَهُۥ وَيَعْمَلُونَ عَمَلًا دُونَ ذَٰلِكَ ۖ وَكُنَّا لَهُمْ حَٰفِظِينَ
34:13; 38:38-39.
شَيْطَانْ (Shaitan) 的意思是一个反叛和顽抗的人, 但也可以是一个专於任何业务的人 (2:15)。这节经文的意思似乎是在说, 那些被素莱曼征服的非以色列人, 依照他的命令被雇用来做各种费力的工作。他们做木工、铁匠、潜水员等即一般被征服的民族中的人们所可以做的职业 (列王纪上，9:21-22)。“他们为他潜水” 这些字, 可能指巴雷恩 (بَحْرَيْن, Bahrain) 和马斯卡特 (مَسْقَطْ, Masqat) 的潜水员, 他们在波斯湾潜水采集珍珠, 他们是为了这个目的而被素莱曼雇用的。
قرآن مجید میں شیطان کا لفظ باغیوں اور سرکشوں کے لئے استعمال ہوا ہے۔ یہاں بھی یہی مراد ہے۔ خلیج فارس کے ساحلوں پر رہنے والے متمرّد لوگ اس کی خدمت پر مامور تھے اور اس کے لئے موتی نکالتے جو بحرین اور مسقط کے علاقہ سے کثرت سے نکلتے ہیں۔
34:13; 38:38-39.
Shaitan meaning a rebel and recalcitrant person and also one who is expert in anything (2:15), the verse purports to say that the non-Israelite people whom Solomon subjugated were employed on various arduous works by his orders. They worked as carpenters, ironsmiths, divers etc. professions which members of a subject race generally adopt (see 1 Kings. 9:21, 22). The words, who dived for him, may refer to the ivers of Bahrain and Muscat who dived in the Persian Gulf for taking out pearls. They were employed for that purpose by Solomon.
34:13-14; 38:38-39.
Commentary:
The word شیطان meaning a rebel and recalcitrant person and also one who is expert in anything (2:15), the verse means to say that the non-Israelite people whom Solomon subjugated were engaged on several arduous works by his orders. They worked as carpenters, iron-smiths, divers etc., professions which members of a subject race generally adopt when living under a ruling race. The fact that Solomon had subjugated peoples of many communities is evident from I Kings 9:20-21 where we read:" And all the people that were left of the Amorites, Hittites, Perizzites, Hivites and Jebusites, which were not of the children of Israel, their children that were left after them in the land, whom the children of Israel also were not able utterly to destroy, upon those did Solomon levy a tribute of bond service unto this day."
In the words "who dived for him" refer to diving in the Persian Gulf for taking out pearls by divers who were employed for that purpose by Solomon.
c
34:13; 38:38-39.
842
شَيْطَانْ (Shaitan) 的意思是一个反叛和顽抗的人, 但也可以是一个专於任何业务的人 (2:15)。这节经文的意思似乎是在说, 那些被素莱曼征服的非以色列人, 依照他的命令被雇用来做各种费力的工作。他们做木工、铁匠、潜水员等即一般被征服的民族中的人们所可以做的职业 (列王纪上，9:21-22)。“他们为他潜水” 这些字, 可能指巴雷恩 (بَحْرَيْن, Bahrain) 和马斯卡特 (مَسْقَطْ, Masqat) 的潜水员, 他们在波斯湾潜水采集珍珠, 他们是为了这个目的而被素莱曼雇用的。
1
قرآن مجید میں شیطان کا لفظ باغیوں اور سرکشوں کے لئے استعمال ہوا ہے۔ یہاں بھی یہی مراد ہے۔ خلیج فارس کے ساحلوں پر رہنے والے متمرّد لوگ اس کی خدمت پر مامور تھے اور اس کے لئے موتی نکالتے جو بحرین اور مسقط کے علاقہ سے کثرت سے نکلتے ہیں۔
a
34:13-14; 38:38-39.
2413
Commentary:
The word شیطان meaning a rebel and recalcitrant person and also one who is expert in anything (2:15), the verse means to say that the non-Israelite people whom Solomon subjugated were engaged on several arduous works by his orders. They worked as carpenters, iron-smiths, divers etc., professions which members of a subject race generally adopt when living under a ruling race. The fact that Solomon had subjugated peoples of many communities is evident from I Kings 9:20-21 where we read:" And all the people that were left of the Amorites, Hittites, Perizzites, Hivites and Jebusites, which were not of the children of Israel, their children that were left after them in the land, whom the children of Israel also were not able utterly to destroy, upon those did Solomon levy a tribute of bond service unto this day."
In the words "who dived for him" refer to diving in the Persian Gulf for taking out pearls by divers who were employed for that purpose by Solomon.
b
34:13; 38:38-39.
1910
Shaitan meaning a rebel and recalcitrant person and also one who is expert in anything (2:15), the verse purports to say that the non-Israelite people whom Solomon subjugated were employed on various arduous works by his orders. They worked as carpenters, ironsmiths, divers etc. professions which members of a subject race generally adopt (see 1 Kings. 9:21, 22). The words, who dived for him, may refer to the ivers of Bahrain and Muscat who dived in the Persian Gulf for taking out pearls. They were employed for that purpose by Solomon.
۞ وَأَيُّوبَ إِذْ نَادَىٰ رَبَّهُۥٓ أَنِّى مَسَّنِىَ ٱلضُّرُّ وَأَنتَ أَرْحَمُ ٱلرَّٰحِمِينَ
38:42.
38:42.
Job is mentioned in the Bible as having lived in the land of ‘Uz which appeared to have been situated somewhere in the north of Arabia, between Syria and the Gulf of ‘Aqbah. It is said that Job lived there before the departure of the Israelites from Egypt. According to some Jewish writers he lived about 200 years before Moses. According to some other authorities, however, he was a compatriot of Moses, but was not an Israelite Prophet, having descended from Esau, the elder brother of Israel. Of all the Books of the Old Testament, the Book of Job is unique in this respect that with the exception of the word, Jehovah, which is a Jewish name for God, the whole history of the Mosaic Law and that of the Jews is conspicuous by its absence in it. The Qur’an has confined itself to mentioning a few relevant facts about Job in the present and the next verse. It is stated that he was a holy man of God and that he had to suffer great hardships and privations as a result of which he became separated from his famil
38:42.
Commentary:
Job is mentioned in the Bible as having lived in the land of ‘Uz. According to some authorities Mesopotamia was his native place. It appears, however, that ‘Uz was situated somewhere in the north of Arabia, between Syria and the Gulf of ‘Akaba. It is said that Job lived there before the departure of the Israelites from Egypt. According to some Jewish writers he lived about 200 years before Moses. According to some other authorities, however, he was a compatriot of Moses, but he was not an Israelite Prophet, having descended from Esau, the elder brother of Israel. Of all the books of the Old Testament, the Book of Job is unique in this respect that with the exception of the word Jehovah, which is the Jewish name for God, the whole history of the Mosaic Law and that of the Jews is conspicuous by its absence in it. See also 6:85.
The story of Job is said to bear a close resemblance with Harish Chander, a Hindu saint and a rich man. The language of the Book of Job which is Hebrew with various Armaisms and with a faint Arabic tinge is the language which was spoken by the Jews between the 9th and 4th centuries B.C. and that is the time (6th century B.C.) when some Israelite tribes after the Great Dispersion were banished to Afghanistan and Kashmir by Nebuchadnezzar and other Babylonian kings. There they came in contact with the Hindus, and studied their history, mythology and folklore. Whether or not the author of the Book of Job while writing this book borrowed from Hindu popular literature it is difficult to say. But Muslim commentators of the Quran extensively borrowed from the Book of Job, and drawing upon their own imagination added most fantastic and unbelievable details to Job’s account in their commentaries and ended by making the whole account a veritable fairy tale.
The Quran has confined itself to mentioning a few relevant facts about Job in the present and the next verse. It tells us that Job was a holy man of God, that he had to suffer great hardships and privations as a result of which he became separated from his family and followers who subsequently were made to join him, his followers having increased manifold in the meantime.
Job has also been mentioned in vv. 4:164; 6:85 & 38:42 and everywhere he has been mentioned along with the Prophets David and Solomon. This shows that like these two great Prophets he was a man of influence and affluence and like them he had to pass through trials and tribulations which he bore with exemplary patience and fortitude. The courage and fortitude displayed by Job under very severe affliction and distress has become proverbial. See also Jew. Enc., under "Job" and Enc. of Islam under "Ayyub" and explanatory notes under 6:85 & 38:42.
d
38:42.
b
38:42.
2414
Commentary:
Job is mentioned in the Bible as having lived in the land of ‘Uz. According to some authorities Mesopotamia was his native place. It appears, however, that ‘Uz was situated somewhere in the north of Arabia, between Syria and the Gulf of ‘Akaba. It is said that Job lived there before the departure of the Israelites from Egypt. According to some Jewish writers he lived about 200 years before Moses. According to some other authorities, however, he was a compatriot of Moses, but he was not an Israelite Prophet, having descended from Esau, the elder brother of Israel. Of all the books of the Old Testament, the Book of Job is unique in this respect that with the exception of the word Jehovah, which is the Jewish name for God, the whole history of the Mosaic Law and that of the Jews is conspicuous by its absence in it. See also 6:85.
The story of Job is said to bear a close resemblance with Harish Chander, a Hindu saint and a rich man. The language of the Book of Job which is Hebrew with various Armaisms and with a faint Arabic tinge is the language which was spoken by the Jews between the 9th and 4th centuries B.C. and that is the time (6th century B.C.) when some Israelite tribes after the Great Dispersion were banished to Afghanistan and Kashmir by Nebuchadnezzar and other Babylonian kings. There they came in contact with the Hindus, and studied their history, mythology and folklore. Whether or not the author of the Book of Job while writing this book borrowed from Hindu popular literature it is difficult to say. But Muslim commentators of the Quran extensively borrowed from the Book of Job, and drawing upon their own imagination added most fantastic and unbelievable details to Job’s account in their commentaries and ended by making the whole account a veritable fairy tale.
The Quran has confined itself to mentioning a few relevant facts about Job in the present and the next verse. It tells us that Job was a holy man of God, that he had to suffer great hardships and privations as a result of which he became separated from his family and followers who subsequently were made to join him, his followers having increased manifold in the meantime.
Job has also been mentioned in vv. 4:164; 6:85 & 38:42 and everywhere he has been mentioned along with the Prophets David and Solomon. This shows that like these two great Prophets he was a man of influence and affluence and like them he had to pass through trials and tribulations which he bore with exemplary patience and fortitude. The courage and fortitude displayed by Job under very severe affliction and distress has become proverbial. See also Jew. Enc., under "Job" and Enc. of Islam under "Ayyub" and explanatory notes under 6:85 & 38:42.
a
38:42.
1911
Job is mentioned in the Bible as having lived in the land of ‘Uz which appeared to have been situated somewhere in the north of Arabia, between Syria and the Gulf of ‘Aqbah. It is said that Job lived there before the departure of the Israelites from Egypt. According to some Jewish writers he lived about 200 years before Moses. According to some other authorities, however, he was a compatriot of Moses, but was not an Israelite Prophet, having descended from Esau, the elder brother of Israel. Of all the Books of the Old Testament, the Book of Job is unique in this respect that with the exception of the word, Jehovah, which is a Jewish name for God, the whole history of the Mosaic Law and that of the Jews is conspicuous by its absence in it. The Qur’an has confined itself to mentioning a few relevant facts about Job in the present and the next verse. It is stated that he was a holy man of God and that he had to suffer great hardships and privations as a result of which he became separated from his famil
فَٱسْتَجَبْنَا لَهُۥ فَكَشَفْنَا مَا بِهِۦ مِن ضُرٍّ ۖ وَءَاتَيْنَٰهُ أَهْلَهُۥ وَمِثْلَهُم مَّعَهُمْ رَحْمَةً مِّنْ عِندِنَا وَذِكْرَىٰ لِلْعَٰبِدِينَ
38:44.
38:44.
38:44.
a
38:44.
a
38:44.
b
38:44.
وَإِسْمَٰعِيلَ وَإِدْرِيسَ وَذَا ٱلْكِفْلِ ۖ كُلٌّ مِّنَ ٱلصَّٰبِرِينَ
اس جگہ اسماعیلؑ‘ ادریسؑ اور ذوالکفل ؑ کو اکٹھا کر دیا ہے حالانکہ یہ مختلف زمانوں کے نبی ہیں۔ اکٹھا ذکر کرنے کی وجہ یہ ہے کہ یہ سب نبی غیرتشریعی تھے اور مصیبتوں کا شکار ہوئے۔ چنانچہ قرآن کریم نے بھی ان کی قدر مشترک صبر کو قرار دیا ہے۔ ذوالنون ؑ کو بھی مندرجہ بالا وجہ سے اکٹھا بیان کیا گیا ہے۔
6:87; 38:49.
38:49.
The identity of Dhul-Kifl is wrapped in uncertainty. Muslim Commentators of the Qur’an identify him with several persons, chiefly with some biblical Prophets. But the Prophet known by this name appears to be Ezekiel who is called Dhul-Kifl by the Arabs. There seems to exist a close resemblance between the words Dhul-Kifl (Hizqil) and Ezekiel, both in form and meaning, the former word meaning 'possessed of an abundant portion' and the latter 'God gives strength.' Rodwell says that Ezekiel is called Dhul-Kifl by the Arabs. According to Karsten Niebuhr, a little town called Kefil which is situated midway between Najaf and Hilla (Babylon) contains the shrine of Ezekiel which is still visited by Jewish pilgrims. He is further of the view that DhuI-Kifl is the Arabic form of Ezekiel. The Jews too regard Ezekiel as Dhul- Kifl (Enc. of Islam under "Dhul-Kifl" & Niebuhr’s "Travels" ii, 265). Born probably about 622 B.C. in a priestly family Dhul-Kifl had spent the first twenty-five year
6:87; 38:49.
38:49.
Commentary:
For Ishmael see 2:128, 130; and for Idris 19:58.
The identity of Dhul-Kifl is wrapped in uncertainty. Muslim commentators of the Quran identify him with several persons, chiefly with Biblical Prophets. But the Prophet known by this name appears to be Ezekiel who is called Dhul-Kifl by the Arabs. There seems to exist a close resemblance between the words ذوالکفل and حزقیل (Ezekiel), both in form and meaning, the former word meaning "possessed of an abundant portion" and the latter "God gives strength." Thus the two words seem to possess an identical significance. Rodwell says that Ezekiel is called Dhul-Kifl by the Arabs.
According to Karsten Niebuhr, a little town called Kefil which is situated midway between Najaf and Huila (Babylon) contains the shrine of Ezekiel which is still visited by Jewish pilgrims. He is further of the view that Kifl is the Arabic form of Ezekiel. The Jews too regard Ezekiel as Dhul-Kifl (Enc. of Islam under "Dhul-Kifl" and Carsten Niebuhr’s "Travels through Arabia…" ii, 265). See also 38:49.
Born probably about 622 B.C. in a priestly family Dhul-Kifl had spent the first twenty-five years of his life in Judah. In 592 B.C. at the age of thirty he received the Call and began to preach against idol worship and the injustice and immorality of his people. In the meantime, Babylon had taken the place of Assyria as the dominant power in Western Asia and Judah had acknowledged its over lordship. But Jehoiakim, the King of Judah under the influence of his evil councillors revolted against the authority of Babylon, thus drawing upon himself the vengeance of Nebuchadnezzar who successfully besieged Jerusalem in 597 and carried into exile many of her leading citizens, including Ezekiel and Jehoiachin, a king of three months’ standing—his father Jehoiakim having meanwhile died. Jehoiachin was succeeded by his uncle, Zedekiah, who for a time remained faithful to Babylon, but foolishly depending upon the support of Egypt he renounced his allegiance to Babylon, an act which Ezekiel bitterly resented and denounced as treachery to Yahweh Himself. The result was that Jerusalem was invested by Nebuchadnezzar, and after a siege of eighteen months was destroyed amid horrors untold. The Temple on which such a passion of love had been lavished was reduced to ashes and the people deported to Babylon (586 B.C.).
Such was the situation which confronted Ezekiel. In 592 B.C. five years before the downfall he had foreseen it and with some detail had predicted it and had warned the Jews of the impending disaster. The first terrific blow by Babylon in 597 B.C. had left the Jews unconvinced of the probability of their imminent political extinction—a probability which to Ezekiel was a certainty as clear as noonday. But as Ezekiel foretold the destruction of the Jews so did he predict their restoration. The picture drawn by him of the salvation in store for his people is as gracious and brilliant as his forecast of their downfall had been stern. His prophecy of the restoration and return to Jerusalem was based upon a vision which he had seen (Ezekiel, ch. 37) and to which a reference is to be found in the Quran also (2:260). Ezekiel’s book is full of prophecies. He foretold the destruction and eventual restoration and rehabilitation of the Jews. He also made a prophecy about the great rise of Christian nations of the west and of communism and a prophecy about the equally great decline and downfall of both (chapters 38:39).
But he did not live long to see the return of the Jews to Jerusalem, because he died in captivity in 570 B.C. at the age of 52. From the Book of Ezekiel it appears that he was a great admirer of Nebuchadnezzar, the King of Babylon. According to him Nebuchadnezzar was justified in taking the severe steps that he took against Egypt, Tyre and the Israelites. The destruction and sack of Jerusalem was the result of the Israelites’ own iniquity and wickedness. He, along with the Prophet Jeremiah, was in favour
of supporting the Babylonian government and for this support both these Prophets were condemned as traitors by the Jewish priests of the time, just as Jesus was condemned as a traitor for supporting the Roman government in the time of Titus, and the Promised Messiah in our own time was condemned as a traitor and a sycophant for preferring British rule in India to that of the Sikhs. Ezekiel and Daniel are called the Prophets of the Exile (Holy Bible edited by C.I. Scofield and Peak’s "Commentary of the Bible").
b
6:87; 38:49.
c
38:49.
2
اس جگہ اسماعیلؑ‘ ادریسؑ اور ذوالکفل ؑ کو اکٹھا کر دیا ہے حالانکہ یہ مختلف زمانوں کے نبی ہیں۔ اکٹھا ذکر کرنے کی وجہ یہ ہے کہ یہ سب نبی غیرتشریعی تھے اور مصیبتوں کا شکار ہوئے۔ چنانچہ قرآن کریم نے بھی ان کی قدر مشترک صبر کو قرار دیا ہے۔ ذوالنون ؑ کو بھی مندرجہ بالا وجہ سے اکٹھا بیان کیا گیا ہے۔
a
6:87; 38:49.
b
38:49.
2415
Commentary:
For Ishmael see 2:128, 130; and for Idris 19:58.
The identity of Dhul-Kifl is wrapped in uncertainty. Muslim commentators of the Quran identify him with several persons, chiefly with Biblical Prophets. But the Prophet known by this name appears to be Ezekiel who is called Dhul-Kifl by the Arabs. There seems to exist a close resemblance between the words ذوالکفل and حزقیل (Ezekiel), both in form and meaning, the former word meaning "possessed of an abundant portion" and the latter "God gives strength." Thus the two words seem to possess an identical significance. Rodwell says that Ezekiel is called Dhul-Kifl by the Arabs.
According to Karsten Niebuhr, a little town called Kefil which is situated midway between Najaf and Huila (Babylon) contains the shrine of Ezekiel which is still visited by Jewish pilgrims. He is further of the view that Kifl is the Arabic form of Ezekiel. The Jews too regard Ezekiel as Dhul-Kifl (Enc. of Islam under "Dhul-Kifl" and Carsten Niebuhr’s "Travels through Arabia…" ii, 265). See also 38:49.
Born probably about 622 B.C. in a priestly family Dhul-Kifl had spent the first twenty-five years of his life in Judah. In 592 B.C. at the age of thirty he received the Call and began to preach against idol worship and the injustice and immorality of his people. In the meantime, Babylon had taken the place of Assyria as the dominant power in Western Asia and Judah had acknowledged its over lordship. But Jehoiakim, the King of Judah under the influence of his evil councillors revolted against the authority of Babylon, thus drawing upon himself the vengeance of Nebuchadnezzar who successfully besieged Jerusalem in 597 and carried into exile many of her leading citizens, including Ezekiel and Jehoiachin, a king of three months’ standing—his father Jehoiakim having meanwhile died. Jehoiachin was succeeded by his uncle, Zedekiah, who for a time remained faithful to Babylon, but foolishly depending upon the support of Egypt he renounced his allegiance to Babylon, an act which Ezekiel bitterly resented and denounced as treachery to Yahweh Himself. The result was that Jerusalem was invested by Nebuchadnezzar, and after a siege of eighteen months was destroyed amid horrors untold. The Temple on which such a passion of love had been lavished was reduced to ashes and the people deported to Babylon (586 B.C.).
Such was the situation which confronted Ezekiel. In 592 B.C. five years before the downfall he had foreseen it and with some detail had predicted it and had warned the Jews of the impending disaster. The first terrific blow by Babylon in 597 B.C. had left the Jews unconvinced of the probability of their imminent political extinction—a probability which to Ezekiel was a certainty as clear as noonday. But as Ezekiel foretold the destruction of the Jews so did he predict their restoration. The picture drawn by him of the salvation in store for his people is as gracious and brilliant as his forecast of their downfall had been stern. His prophecy of the restoration and return to Jerusalem was based upon a vision which he had seen (Ezekiel, ch. 37) and to which a reference is to be found in the Quran also (2:260). Ezekiel’s book is full of prophecies. He foretold the destruction and eventual restoration and rehabilitation of the Jews. He also made a prophecy about the great rise of Christian nations of the west and of communism and a prophecy about the equally great decline and downfall of both (chapters 38:39).
But he did not live long to see the return of the Jews to Jerusalem, because he died in captivity in 570 B.C. at the age of 52. From the Book of Ezekiel it appears that he was a great admirer of Nebuchadnezzar, the King of Babylon. According to him Nebuchadnezzar was justified in taking the severe steps that he took against Egypt, Tyre and the Israelites. The destruction and sack of Jerusalem was the result of the Israelites’ own iniquity and wickedness. He, along with the Prophet Jeremiah, was in favour
of supporting the Babylonian government and for this support both these Prophets were condemned as traitors by the Jewish priests of the time, just as Jesus was condemned as a traitor for supporting the Roman government in the time of Titus, and the Promised Messiah in our own time was condemned as a traitor and a sycophant for preferring British rule in India to that of the Sikhs. Ezekiel and Daniel are called the Prophets of the Exile (Holy Bible edited by C.I. Scofield and Peak’s "Commentary of the Bible").
a
6:87; 38:49.
b
38:49.
1912
The identity of Dhul-Kifl is wrapped in uncertainty. Muslim Commentators of the Qur’an identify him with several persons, chiefly with some biblical Prophets. But the Prophet known by this name appears to be Ezekiel who is called Dhul-Kifl by the Arabs. There seems to exist a close resemblance between the words Dhul-Kifl (Hizqil) and Ezekiel, both in form and meaning, the former word meaning 'possessed of an abundant portion' and the latter 'God gives strength.' Rodwell says that Ezekiel is called Dhul-Kifl by the Arabs. According to Karsten Niebuhr, a little town called Kefil which is situated midway between Najaf and Hilla (Babylon) contains the shrine of Ezekiel which is still visited by Jewish pilgrims. He is further of the view that DhuI-Kifl is the Arabic form of Ezekiel. The Jews too regard Ezekiel as Dhul- Kifl (Enc. of Islam under "Dhul-Kifl" & Niebuhr’s "Travels" ii, 265). Born probably about 622 B.C. in a priestly family Dhul-Kifl had spent the first twenty-five year
وَأَدْخَلْنَٰهُمْ فِى رَحْمَتِنَآ ۖ إِنَّهُم مِّنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ
وَذَا ٱلنُّونِ إِذ ذَّهَبَ مُغَٰضِبًا فَظَنَّ أَن لَّن نَّقْدِرَ عَلَيْهِ فَنَادَىٰ فِى ٱلظُّلُمَٰتِ أَن لَّآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّآ أَنتَ سُبْحَٰنَكَ إِنِّى كُنتُ مِنَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ
قرآن مجید میں لَنْ نَّقْدِرَ عَلَیْہِ کے الفاظ ہیں۔ مترجموں نے غلطی سے ان کے یہ معنے کئے ہیں کہ یونسؑ نے سمجھا کہ ہم اسے پکڑ نہیں سکیں گے۔ جو کافروں کا خیال ہے۔ نَعُوْذُ بِاللّٰہِ مِنْ ذٰلِکَ۔ مگر لغت میں لکھا ہے کہ قَدَرَ عَلَیْہِ کے معنے تنگی کرنے کے بھی ہوتے ہیں۔ (اقرب) اور یہی معنے یہاں لگتے ہیں یعنی یونسؑ کو یقین تھا کہ ہم اس واقعہ سے اسے تنگ کرنے کا ارادہ نہیں رکھتے بلکہ اسے عزت دینا چاہتے ہیں۔ یہی معنے جو ہم نے کیے ہیں ایک نبی کے مناسب حال ہیں۔
37:140, 141; 68:49.
37:144.
The verse does not specify the cause of Jonah’s anger. Apparently he did not and could not have become angry with God. It must have been the obstinate refusal of his people to accept his message which enraged him, because for a Prophet to become angry with God is inconceivable. The Elect of God do not even speak, nor do they act until God commands them to do so (21:28). The words, Lan Naqdira ‘Alaihi, mean, 'We will not straiten him' or 'We will not decree against him any distress' (Lisan & Aqrab).
37:140-141; 68:49.
37:144.
Important Words:
ظالمین (wrongdoers) is the plural of ظالم which is derived from ظلم which means, he put a thing in the wrong place or in a place not its own; he made one suffer loss; he committed a wrong; it became dark. ظلمه means, he imposed upon him a thing which was beyond his power or ability. ظلمات is plural of ظلمة which means, darkness; error or ignorance; affliction, hardship, distress or danger. ظلم which means transgression or wrong is said to be of three kinds i.e. between God and man; between man and man, and between man and his own self. Every one of these three kinds of ظلم constitutes a wrong done to oneself (Lane, Aqrab, Raghib & Taj). See also 2:18. The word ظلم and its derivatives, as used in five daily Prayers, commonly fall under the third category. Thus when a supplicant uses the word with regard to himself in Prayer, he only means that he has done something which has brought trouble or distress upon him or which has exposed him to danger; it does not necessarily mean that he has committed a sin. It is in this sense that this word has been used in the verse under comment and it is in this sense that Moses used the expression انی ظلمت نفسی i.e. I have wronged my soul (28:17).
Commentary:
ذوالنون (Dhun-Nun) literally meaning "the man of the fish" is the name of the Prophet Jonah or as he is called Yunus in the Quran (10:99). He has also been called صاحب الحوت (Companion of the Fish) in the Quran (68:49).
The verse does not specify the cause of Jonah’s anger. It must be the obstinate refusal of his people to accept his message because for a prophet to become angry with God is inconceivable. The Elect of God do not even speak nor do they act until God commands them to do so (21:28). Most of the English translators of the Quran have translated the words لن نقدر علیه as "We had no power over him. "Of this rendering the author of the Lisan says: "none will interpret it in this way except one who is ignorant of the Arabic language and the meanings of its words. "According to this lexicon the expression means: 'We will not straiten him' or 'We will not decree against him any distress.' Lane also agrees with Lisan in this respect. The word قدر has also been used in this sense elsewhere in the Quran. See 17:31; 28:83; & 65:8. For a fuller account of the Prophet Jonah see 10:99.
d
37:140, 141; 68:49.
e
37:144.
3
قرآن مجید میں لَنْ نَّقْدِرَ عَلَیْہِ کے الفاظ ہیں۔ مترجموں نے غلطی سے ان کے یہ معنے کئے ہیں کہ یونسؑ نے سمجھا کہ ہم اسے پکڑ نہیں سکیں گے۔ جو کافروں کا خیال ہے۔ نَعُوْذُ بِاللّٰہِ مِنْ ذٰلِکَ۔ مگر لغت میں لکھا ہے کہ قَدَرَ عَلَیْہِ کے معنے تنگی کرنے کے بھی ہوتے ہیں۔ (اقرب) اور یہی معنے یہاں لگتے ہیں یعنی یونسؑ کو یقین تھا کہ ہم اس واقعہ سے اسے تنگ کرنے کا ارادہ نہیں رکھتے بلکہ اسے عزت دینا چاہتے ہیں۔ یہی معنے جو ہم نے کیے ہیں ایک نبی کے مناسب حال ہیں۔
a
37:140-141; 68:49.
b
37:144.
2416
Important Words:
ظالمین (wrongdoers) is the plural of ظالم which is derived from ظلم which means, he put a thing in the wrong place or in a place not its own; he made one suffer loss; he committed a wrong; it became dark. ظلمه means, he imposed upon him a thing which was beyond his power or ability. ظلمات is plural of ظلمة which means, darkness; error or ignorance; affliction, hardship, distress or danger. ظلم which means transgression or wrong is said to be of three kinds i.e. between God and man; between man and man, and between man and his own self. Every one of these three kinds of ظلم constitutes a wrong done to oneself (Lane, Aqrab, Raghib & Taj). See also 2:18. The word ظلم and its derivatives, as used in five daily Prayers, commonly fall under the third category. Thus when a supplicant uses the word with regard to himself in Prayer, he only means that he has done something which has brought trouble or distress upon him or which has exposed him to danger; it does not necessarily mean that he has committed a sin. It is in this sense that this word has been used in the verse under comment and it is in this sense that Moses used the expression انی ظلمت نفسی i.e. I have wronged my soul (28:17).
Commentary:
ذوالنون (Dhun-Nun) literally meaning "the man of the fish" is the name of the Prophet Jonah or as he is called Yunus in the Quran (10:99). He has also been called صاحب الحوت (Companion of the Fish) in the Quran (68:49).
The verse does not specify the cause of Jonah’s anger. It must be the obstinate refusal of his people to accept his message because for a prophet to become angry with God is inconceivable. The Elect of God do not even speak nor do they act until God commands them to do so (21:28). Most of the English translators of the Quran have translated the words لن نقدر علیه as "We had no power over him. "Of this rendering the author of the Lisan says: "none will interpret it in this way except one who is ignorant of the Arabic language and the meanings of its words. "According to this lexicon the expression means: 'We will not straiten him' or 'We will not decree against him any distress.' Lane also agrees with Lisan in this respect. The word قدر has also been used in this sense elsewhere in the Quran. See 17:31; 28:83; & 65:8. For a fuller account of the Prophet Jonah see 10:99.
a
37:140, 141; 68:49.
b
37:144.
1913
The verse does not specify the cause of Jonah’s anger. Apparently he did not and could not have become angry with God. It must have been the obstinate refusal of his people to accept his message which enraged him, because for a Prophet to become angry with God is inconceivable. The Elect of God do not even speak, nor do they act until God commands them to do so (21:28). The words, Lan Naqdira ‘Alaihi, mean, 'We will not straiten him' or 'We will not decree against him any distress' (Lisan & Aqrab).
فَٱسْتَجَبْنَا لَهُۥ وَنَجَّيْنَٰهُ مِنَ ٱلْغَمِّ ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُۨجِى ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ
68:50, 51.
68:50, 51.
68:50-51.
f
68:50, 51.
a
68:50-51.
c
68:50, 51.
وَزَكَرِيَّآ إِذْ نَادَىٰ رَبَّهُۥ رَبِّ لَا تَذَرْنِى فَرْدًا وَأَنتَ خَيْرُ ٱلْوَٰرِثِينَ
3:39; 19:3-7.
زکریا علیہ السلام کا ذکر یہاں اس لئے کیا گیا ہے کہ اس کے بعد مریم اور اس کے بیٹے کا ذکر ہے جو زکریاؑ کے زمانہ کے اور اس کے رشتہ دار تھے۔
3:39; 19:3-7.
g
3:39; 19:3-7.
1
زکریا علیہ السلام کا ذکر یہاں اس لئے کیا گیا ہے کہ اس کے بعد مریم اور اس کے بیٹے کا ذکر ہے جو زکریاؑ کے زمانہ کے اور اس کے رشتہ دار تھے۔
a
3:39; 19:3-7.
2416A
Commentary:
For a somewhat detailed account of Zachariah see the first 12 verses of chapter 19 of the Quran.
d
3:39; 19:3-7.
فَٱسْتَجَبْنَا لَهُۥ وَوَهَبْنَا لَهُۥ يَحْيَىٰ وَأَصْلَحْنَا لَهُۥ زَوْجَهُۥٓ ۚ إِنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ يُسَٰرِعُونَ فِى ٱلْخَيْرَٰتِ وَيَدْعُونَنَا رَغَبًا وَرَهَبًا ۖ وَكَانُوا۟ لَنَا خَٰشِعِينَ
32:17.
32:17.
32:17.
Commentary:
The verse shows that from a spiritual point of view Zachariah’s family was an ideal one.
h
32:17.
b
32:17.
2417
Commentary:
The verse shows that from a spiritual point of view Zachariah’s family was an ideal one.
a
32:17.
وَٱلَّتِىٓ أَحْصَنَتْ فَرْجَهَا فَنَفَخْنَا فِيهَا مِن رُّوحِنَا وَجَعَلْنَٰهَا وَٱبْنَهَآ ءَايَةً لِّلْعَٰلَمِينَ
بدقسمتی سے مسلمانوں نے یہ سمجھ لیا ہے کہ مریمؑ اور عیسیٰ ؑ کے سوا کوئی اور شخص نشان نہ تھا۔ حالانکہ قرآن کریم کے ہر ایک ٹکڑے کا نام آیت یعنی نشان رکھا گیا ہے (تاج) پس رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم جن پر سارا قرآن نازل ہوا سب نشانوں کا مجموعہ تھے۔
66:13.
The verse refutes the calumnious charges that the Jews had levelled against Mary. It may also apply to any person who leads a righteous and upright life. In 66:13 a certain class of righteous believers are likened to Mary. Everyone of such righteous believers, so to say, is Mary, and when God breathes into him of His spirit he becomes a "son of Mary," i.e. he acquires the Divine attributes possessed by Jesus.
66:13.
Commentary:
The verse refutes the calumnious charges that the Jews had levelled against Mary. It also has a general application and may apply to any person who leads a righteous and upright life. In 66:13 a certain class of righteous believers are likened to Mary. Everyone of such righteous believers is Mary; and when God breathes into him of His spirit he becomes a 'son of Mary'. It is in this sense that the Promised Messiah has been called 'son of Mary' by the Holy Prophet.
Mary and her son were a sign in the sense that the fatherless birth of Jesus implied a warning to the Israelites that on account of their corruption and depravity and their persistent rejection of God’s Messengers they were to be deprived of the gift of prophethood forever. Jesus’ unusual birth marked a transitional stage. He had an Israelite mother but not an Israelite father. The next prophet was not to be from the House of Israel. With him the gift of prophethood, in accordance with the Biblical prophecy (Deut. 18:18), was to be transferred from the House of Israel to that of Ishmael. That Prophet was the Holy Prophet Muhammad. See also Introduction to the chapter 19.
a
66:13.
843
这节经文驳斥了犹太人对玛尔彦诬蔑性的种种指控。这也可以适用於任何一个过着正直生活的人。66:13 经文中, 某一阶层的正直信者被比作玛尔彦。因此, 每一个这样的正直信者可以说是玛尔彦, 而且当安拉把他的精神灌输给他后, 他就变成了 “玛尔彦的儿子” 也就是说, 他获得了伊撒所具有的安拉的常德。
2
بدقسمتی سے مسلمانوں نے یہ سمجھ لیا ہے کہ مریمؑ اور عیسیٰ ؑ کے سوا کوئی اور شخص نشان نہ تھا۔ حالانکہ قرآن کریم کے ہر ایک ٹکڑے کا نام آیت یعنی نشان رکھا گیا ہے (تاج) پس رسول کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم جن پر سارا قرآن نازل ہوا سب نشانوں کا مجموعہ تھے۔
c
66:13.
2418
Commentary:
The verse refutes the calumnious charges that the Jews had levelled against Mary. It also has a general application and may apply to any person who leads a righteous and upright life. In 66:13 a certain class of righteous believers are likened to Mary. Everyone of such righteous believers is Mary; and when God breathes into him of His spirit he becomes a 'son of Mary'. It is in this sense that the Promised Messiah has been called 'son of Mary' by the Holy Prophet.
Mary and her son were a sign in the sense that the fatherless birth of Jesus implied a warning to the Israelites that on account of their corruption and depravity and their persistent rejection of God’s Messengers they were to be deprived of the gift of prophethood forever. Jesus’ unusual birth marked a transitional stage. He had an Israelite mother but not an Israelite father. The next prophet was not to be from the House of Israel. With him the gift of prophethood, in accordance with the Biblical prophecy (Deut. 18:18), was to be transferred from the House of Israel to that of Ishmael. That Prophet was the Holy Prophet Muhammad. See also Introduction to the chapter 19.
b
66:13.
1914
The verse refutes the calumnious charges that the Jews had levelled against Mary. It may also apply to any person who leads a righteous and upright life. In 66:13 a certain class of righteous believers are likened to Mary. Everyone of such righteous believers, so to say, is Mary, and when God breathes into him of His spirit he becomes a "son of Mary," i.e. he acquires the Divine attributes possessed by Jesus.
إِنَّ هَٰذِهِۦٓ أُمَّتُكُمْ أُمَّةً وَٰحِدَةً وَأَنَا۠ رَبُّكُمْ فَٱعْبُدُونِ
23:53.
23:53.
In the preceding few verses some Prophets of God and some other righteous persons have been mentioned together. This is no mere coincidence. The mentioning together of these Prophets serves a definite purpose. All of them had one thing in common. They all suffered great hardships and distress in one form or another and displayed the highest and noblest form of patience and endurance under severest trials. They also taught the one basic principle of all religions—Divine Unity.
23:53.
Commentary:
In the preceding few verses some Prophets of God and some other righteous persons have been mentioned together. This is no mere coincidence and it has not been done haphazardly. The mentioning together of these Prophets serves a definite purpose and is done deliberately. All of them had one thing in common. They all suffered great hardships and distress in one form or another and displayed the highest and noblest form of patience and endurance under severest trials. First of all, Job is mentioned. The tribulations through which he had to pass were perhaps the severest. Besides 21:84 above, the Quran describes the affliction of Job and the patience with which he bore it in the following verses:
And remember Our servant Job, when he cried to his Lord, Satan has smitten me with affliction and torment…Indeed We found him patient. An excellent servant was he. Surely he always turned to God (38:42-45).
After Job are mentioned Ishmael, Idris and Dhul-Kifl. Ishmael was yet a baby when along with his mother Hagar he was made to live in the arid and bleak valley of Mecca where at that time not a blade of grass grew and not a drop of water was to be found, and he was only a small boy when a most severe trial faced him. His father Abraham saw in a dream that he was slaughtering him. Ishmael evinced complete readiness to give his life in fulfilment of his father’s dream. The Prophet Idris had to face a virulent campaign of denunciation and calumny by his people and he suffered all that abuse with great patience. Dhul-Kifl or Ezekiel was carried away in captivity when Nebuchadnezzar, the King of Babylon, sacked Jerusalem in the 6th century B. C. He passed much of his time in prison. The case of Jonah is well known. He too had to pass through a great ordeal. He remained in the belly of the fish for three consecutive days and when the whale vomited him out it was on a naked tract of land. He put up with his ordeal with becoming fortitude. Zachariah had reached an extreme old age. His wife was barren and he had no son. The grief that there would be no one left after him to perpetuate his line and to lead his people to the way of righteousness, as all his heirs were godless men, consumed him and in the intensity of grief he prayed to God to bless him with a son. Mary gave birth to Jesus without the agency of a husband and on that account she was subjected to abuse and calumny of the most wicked and vicious type. She bore all this agony with a patience that befitted a really godly woman. So it appears that all the above-mentioned prophets and righteous servants of God bore a striking resemblance to one another in this one respect that they all had to face great trials and hardships and like the beloved ones of God all bore them with a brave and resigned heart and a smiling face.
b
23:53.
a
23:53.
2419
Commentary:
In the preceding few verses some Prophets of God and some other righteous persons have been mentioned together. This is no mere coincidence and it has not been done haphazardly. The mentioning together of these Prophets serves a definite purpose and is done deliberately. All of them had one thing in common. They all suffered great hardships and distress in one form or another and displayed the highest and noblest form of patience and endurance under severest trials. First of all, Job is mentioned. The tribulations through which he had to pass were perhaps the severest. Besides 21:84 above, the Quran describes the affliction of Job and the patience with which he bore it in the following verses:
And remember Our servant Job, when he cried to his Lord, Satan has smitten me with affliction and torment…Indeed We found him patient. An excellent servant was he. Surely he always turned to God (38:42-45).
After Job are mentioned Ishmael, Idris and Dhul-Kifl. Ishmael was yet a baby when along with his mother Hagar he was made to live in the arid and bleak valley of Mecca where at that time not a blade of grass grew and not a drop of water was to be found, and he was only a small boy when a most severe trial faced him. His father Abraham saw in a dream that he was slaughtering him. Ishmael evinced complete readiness to give his life in fulfilment of his father’s dream. The Prophet Idris had to face a virulent campaign of denunciation and calumny by his people and he suffered all that abuse with great patience. Dhul-Kifl or Ezekiel was carried away in captivity when Nebuchadnezzar, the King of Babylon, sacked Jerusalem in the 6th century B. C. He passed much of his time in prison. The case of Jonah is well known. He too had to pass through a great ordeal. He remained in the belly of the fish for three consecutive days and when the whale vomited him out it was on a naked tract of land. He put up with his ordeal with becoming fortitude. Zachariah had reached an extreme old age. His wife was barren and he had no son. The grief that there would be no one left after him to perpetuate his line and to lead his people to the way of righteousness, as all his heirs were godless men, consumed him and in the intensity of grief he prayed to God to bless him with a son. Mary gave birth to Jesus without the agency of a husband and on that account she was subjected to abuse and calumny of the most wicked and vicious type. She bore all this agony with a patience that befitted a really godly woman. So it appears that all the above-mentioned prophets and righteous servants of God bore a striking resemblance to one another in this one respect that they all had to face great trials and hardships and like the beloved ones of God all bore them with a brave and resigned heart and a smiling face.
c
23:53.
1915
In the preceding few verses some Prophets of God and some other righteous persons have been mentioned together. This is no mere coincidence. The mentioning together of these Prophets serves a definite purpose. All of them had one thing in common. They all suffered great hardships and distress in one form or another and displayed the highest and noblest form of patience and endurance under severest trials. They also taught the one basic principle of all religions—Divine Unity.
وَتَقَطَّعُوٓا۟ أَمْرَهُم بَيْنَهُمْ ۖ كُلٌّ إِلَيْنَا رَٰجِعُونَ
23:54.
یعنی بعض ٹکڑے کسی حصہ قوم کے فائدے کے لئے بنا دئے تھے اور بعض ٹکڑے کسی حصہ قوم کے فائدہ کے لئے بنا دئے تھے۔ چنانچہ آج کل علماء نے بھی اپنا رُعب جمانے کے لئے کئی قسم کے جمعیتیں بنا لی ہیں۔ کوئی جمعیۃ العلماء کہلاتی ہے کوئی ندوۃ العلماء۔ کوئی حنفیوں‘ بریلویوں اور اہل حدیثوں کی جمعیت ہے اور بظاہر یہ معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ وہ اسلام کی شوکت بڑھانے کے لئے عمل کر رہے ہیں لیکن حقیقت میں وہ اپنی مجلسوں اور اپنے لیڈروں کے اعزاز کو بڑھانے کی کوشش کر رہے ہیں۔
23:54.
One class of people—the righteous servants of God has been mentioned in the preceding few verses. The present verse refers to another class—those who reject God’s Prophets with the result that they fall victim to differences and disagreements among themselves and come to hold mutually antagonistic beliefs and doctrines.
23:54.
Commentary:
One class of people—the righteous servants of God—has been mentioned in the preceding few verses. The present verse refers to another class—those who always reject God’s Prophets—with the result that they fall victim to differences and disagreements among themselves and come to hold mutually antagonistic beliefs and doctrines.
c
23:54.
3
یعنی بعض ٹکڑے کسی حصہ قوم کے فائدے کے لئے بنا دئے تھے اور بعض ٹکڑے کسی حصہ قوم کے فائدہ کے لئے بنا دئے تھے۔ چنانچہ آج کل علماء نے بھی اپنا رُعب جمانے کے لئے کئی قسم کے جمعیتیں بنا لی ہیں۔ کوئی جمعیۃ العلماء کہلاتی ہے کوئی ندوۃ العلماء۔ کوئی حنفیوں‘ بریلویوں اور اہل حدیثوں کی جمعیت ہے اور بظاہر یہ معلوم ہوتا ہے کہ وہ اسلام کی شوکت بڑھانے کے لئے عمل کر رہے ہیں لیکن حقیقت میں وہ اپنی مجلسوں اور اپنے لیڈروں کے اعزاز کو بڑھانے کی کوشش کر رہے ہیں۔
a
23:54.
2420
Commentary:
One class of people—the righteous servants of God—has been mentioned in the preceding few verses. The present verse refers to another class—those who always reject God’s Prophets—with the result that they fall victim to differences and disagreements among themselves and come to hold mutually antagonistic beliefs and doctrines.
d
23:54.
1916
One class of people—the righteous servants of God has been mentioned in the preceding few verses. The present verse refers to another class—those who reject God’s Prophets with the result that they fall victim to differences and disagreements among themselves and come to hold mutually antagonistic beliefs and doctrines.
فَمَن يَعْمَلْ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ وَهُوَ مُؤْمِنٌ فَلَا كُفْرَانَ لِسَعْيِهِۦ وَإِنَّا لَهُۥ كَٰتِبُونَ
4:125; 10:10; 16:98; 20:113.
4:125; 10:10; 16:98; 20:113.
4:125; 10:10; 16:98; 20:113.
Important Words:
کفران (disregard) is noun-infinitive fromکفر . They say کفر بنعمة اللّٰه i.e. he disregarded the favour of God with ingratitude and forgot it. کفران is contrary to شکر (gratitude). کفر بکذا means, he declared that he had absolutely no connection with such a one (Aqrab). See also 2:7,29.
Commentary:
The previous verse dealt with the rejecters of truth; this one deals with the believers.
d
4:125; 10:10; 16:98; 20:113.
b
4:125; 10:10; 16:98; 20:113.
2421
Important Words:
کفران (disregard) is noun-infinitive fromکفر . They say کفر بنعمة اللّٰه i.e. he disregarded the favour of God with ingratitude and forgot it. کفران is contrary to شکر (gratitude). کفر بکذا means, he declared that he had absolutely no connection with such a one (Aqrab). See also 2:7,29.
Commentary:
The previous verse dealt with the rejecters of truth; this one deals with the believers.
a
4:125; 10:10; 16:98; 20:113.
وَحَرَٰمٌ عَلَىٰ قَرْيَةٍ أَهْلَكْنَٰهَآ أَنَّهُمْ لَا يَرْجِعُونَ
23:100, 101; 36:32.
23:100-101; 36:32.
Important Words:
حرام (inviolable law) is inf. noun fromحرم . They say حرم علیه i.e. it was or became forbidden or unlawful to him. It (a place or a right or a function) or he was or became sacred or inviolable or entitled to respect or honour. حرام means, forbidden or prohibited or unlawful; sacred or inviolable (Lane & Aqrab). See also 2:145.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that it is an inviolable divine law that the dead are never sent back to this world. Those who pass away from this world pass away forever (23:100, 101; 39:43). This meaning of the verse is supported by a well-known saying of the Holy Prophet according to which a companion of his named ‘Abdullah was slain in a battle. The Prophet told ‘Abdullah’s son, Jabir, that he had seen in a dream that God was so pleased with his father that He had asked ‘Abdullah what thing he would love to have so that the same might be given to him, and ‘Abdullah replied that he wished to be sent back to the world so that he might fight and be slain again in the cause of truth, to which God the Almighty said: "This cannot be because the word has gone forth from Me that the dead shall not return to the world" (Majah & Nasa’i).
e
23:100, 101; 36:32.
c
23:100-101; 36:32.
2422
Important Words:
حرام (inviolable law) is inf. noun fromحرم . They say حرم علیه i.e. it was or became forbidden or unlawful to him. It (a place or a right or a function) or he was or became sacred or inviolable or entitled to respect or honour. حرام means, forbidden or prohibited or unlawful; sacred or inviolable (Lane & Aqrab). See also 2:145.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that it is an inviolable divine law that the dead are never sent back to this world. Those who pass away from this world pass away forever (23:100, 101; 39:43). This meaning of the verse is supported by a well-known saying of the Holy Prophet according to which a companion of his named ‘Abdullah was slain in a battle. The Prophet told ‘Abdullah’s son, Jabir, that he had seen in a dream that God was so pleased with his father that He had asked ‘Abdullah what thing he would love to have so that the same might be given to him, and ‘Abdullah replied that he wished to be sent back to the world so that he might fight and be slain again in the cause of truth, to which God the Almighty said: "This cannot be because the word has gone forth from Me that the dead shall not return to the world" (Majah & Nasa’i).
b
23:100, 101; 36:32.
1917
It is an inviolable Divine law that the dead are never sent back to this world. Those, who pass away from this world, pass away for ever (23:100, 101).
حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا فُتِحَتْ يَأْجُوجُ وَمَأْجُوجُ وَهُم مِّن كُلِّ حَدَبٍ يَنسِلُونَ
18:95.
这节经文如果和上一节经文结合起来看的话, 它的意思似乎是在说, 自然界的规律是这样地作用的: 一旦一个民族在他们光荣壮丽的极盛时期过了之后就成了死亡和毁灭的牺牲品, 他们再也不会获得 (他们) 已失去了的光荣。即使是雅朱者和马朱者, 尽管他们的物质力量是多么伟大光荣, 也会成为这同一规律的牺牲品。他们将衰落, 再也不会兴起。雅朱者和马朱者, 即西方的基督教国家, 已经达到了所有政治权力的顶峰而且已经遍布整个世界。«古兰经» 的这句话是说, 他们将占有一切有利的地位并将支配全世界。
یہ مرادنہیں کہ یاجوج ماجوج سے پہلی سب قومیں زندہ ہو جائیں گی۔ بلکہ مراد یہ ہے کہ یاجوج ماجوج جب دنیا پر چھا جائیں گے تو مردہ قوموں میں پھر جوش اور غیرت پیدا ہوگی اور وہ پھر بیدار ہونے لگیں گی۔ جیسا کہ آج کل ہو رہا ہے۔ اسی کا نام اس جگہ دوبارہ زندہ کرنا رکھا گیا ہے۔
18:95.
See {1728}.
When read in conjunction with the preceding verse, this verse purports to say that the law of nature works in this way that once a people, after the heyday of their grandeur and glory, fall a victim to death and destruction they never regain their lost glory. Even Gog and Magog, notwithstanding their great material grandeur and glory, will fall a victim to the same law. They will fall, never to rise again. Gog and Magog, or the Christian nations of the West, have already scaled all the heights of political power and have spread over the whole world. The Quranic expression means, they will occupy every point of vantage and will dominate the whole world.
18:95.
Important Words:
حتی (even) is a particle used in several senses. It denotes the end of an extent meaning till, until or to the time of. It is also a conjunction like واو signifying, "and" or rather "even". It is also used as an inceptive article. They say أکلت السمک حتی رأسھا; the word رأس having three readings. According to the first reading it has a kasra (ra’siha), according to the second fatha (ra’saha) and according to the third zamma (ra’soha). The sentence according to these readings respectively means:(1) I ate the fish even to its head; (2) I ate the fish even (and) its head; (3) I ate the fish so that its head was eaten. The particle also denotes a cause or motive signifying, to the end that, or in order that, or so that, as in the saying أسلم حتی تدخل الجنة i.e. be a Muslim so that thou mayest enter Paradise. It is also used in the sense of الا i.e. except (Lane, Aqrab & Mufradat).
یأجوج و مأجوج (Gog and Magog) are both derived from أج (ajja). They sayأجت النار i.e. the fire burned or burned fiercely. أج(ajja) means, he hastened or was quick in his pace; he or it became the flaming fire (Lane & Aqrab). The words: یأجوجand مأجوج are both derived from this root. They refer to the Scythians of the furthest East...or as some say, all nations inhabiting the north of Asia and of Europe (see Enc. Brit. and Jewish Encyclopaedia under "Gog" and "Magog", and " Historians’ History of the World" vol. 2, p. 582 and Ezekiel 38: 2-6 & 39: 6). The words may also apply to the Christian nations of the West as they have made much use of the burning fire and boiling water and because all their material progress and great discoveries and inventions are due to the proper use of these things. Or the words may imply the restlessness of these nations as they are always on the lookout restlessly and impatiently to make new conquests. See also 16:18.
حدب (height) is inf. noun from حدب (hadiba) which means, it rose high or grew up high. حدب (hadabun) means, high or elevated ground. حدب من الارض means, rugged or high ground. The word also means a wave; a slope in a declivity. حدب الماءmeans, the elevated waves of water or the rolling water in waves. The Quranic expression من کل حدب ینسلون means, they will occupy every vantage point and will dominate the whole world and excel all nations (Lane & Aqrab).
ینسلون (shall hasten forth) is formed from نسل. They say نسل الولد i.e. he begot a son. نسل الرجل means, his progeny multiplied. نسل فی مشیه means, he hastened in his walk (Aqrab & Mufradat).
فتحت (let loose) signifies that the Christian nations of the West will spread all over the world and dominate it.
Commentary:
The description of Gog and Magog as given in the Bible leaves no doubt about the fact that it applies to some Christian powers of the west: Firstly, because they are represented as very numerous and powerful and mighty and their numbers as further swelling by their allies. Says the Bible:
Thou shalt ascend, and come like a storm, Thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land, thou, and all thy bands and many people with thee (Ezek. 38:9). Gog and Magog... the number of whom is as the sand of the sea (Rev. 20:8). Every feathered fowl, and every beast of the field is thus addressed, ye shall eat the flesh of the mighty, and drink the blood of the princes of the earth (Ezek. 39:18,19).
Secondly, they are shown coming forth from the northern parts of the earth, and from the isles: "And thou (o Gog) shalt come from thy place out of the north, thou, and many people with thee" (Ezek. 38:15). Thirdly, they will spread all over the world: "They went up on the breadth of the earth" (Rev. 20:9). Fourthly, from their home in the north, they will migrate to other lands and settle in all the four corners of the earth and in time of war they will gather together from their distant colonies: "Satan.... shall go out to deceive the nations which are in the four quarters of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them together to battle" (Rev. 20:8).Fifthly, the very root meaning of the words 'Gog' and 'Magog,' as shown under "Important Words," points to western Christian nations as the nations referred to in the above Biblical prophecies.
The name Gog first occurs in 1 Chr. 5:4, where he is mentioned as a descendant of Joel.
But Ezek. 38:3, and 39: 1, speak of Gog as 'prince of Rosh, Meshech and Tubal', evidently Rosh standing for Russia, Meshech for Moscow and Tubal for To bolsk. Gog is also spoken of as 'of the land of Magog' (Ezek. 38:2) and Magog, in this verse of the Bible, according to the commentators of the Bible represents the regions which of old went by the name of Scythia (including Russia and Tartary), from which in the past issued many hordes of barbarians. As Russia was included in the land of Magog, Rosh, Meshech and Tubal must be taken as standing for Russia, Moscow and Tobolsk.
Magog was the second of Japheth’s sons (Gen. 10:2) and his descendants seem to have given their name to the land referred to in Ezek. 38:2. But Magog has also been spoken of as the name of a people in Ezek. 39:6 and in Rev. 20:8. In the former, Magog has been mentioned along with those 'that dwell carelessly in the isles.' These passages also show that Gog and Magog represent some of the great Powers of Europe, including Russia.
Gog and Magog have also been mentioned elsewhere in the Quran (18:95). There they have been spoken of as making raids into territories on the northern border of Iran, which means that they were the tribes generally known as Scythians. It is a known historical fact that in olden times the Scythians continued to move in large bodies from Asia into Europe, their route lying north of the Caucasus. (Enc. Brit. vol. 12, p. 263. 14th edit.). As one horde settled down in Europe new hordes came forth from the east, pushing their predecessors further and further West. Thus the nations of Europe have been legitimately called Gog and Magog in the Biblical prophecy. It is curious that the memory of two heroes named Gog and Magog is preserved to this day in Guild Hall (London) in the form of two statues. The original effigies which were destroyed in the Great Fire in the sixteenth century are known to have existed in the time of Henry V. These heroes seem to have been connected with Britain from very ancient times.
Again, from "Ezekiel" and "Revelation" it appears that Gog and Magog will make their appearance in the Latter Days i.e. in the time just before the second coming of the Messiah: "After many years thou shalt be visited: in the latter years thou shalt come into the land that is brought back from the sword" (Ezek. 38:8). "It shall be in the latter days, and I will bring thee against my land" (Ezek. 38:16). See also Rev. 20:7-10. These verses show that the prophecy refers to a people who were to have appeared in the distant future. That distant future is the time through which we are now passing and the mighty people of whom the prophecy speaks are the great Christian powers of the west. The following prophecy in Ezekiel shows that the age in which Gog and Magog were to make their appearance was to be marked by wars, earthquakes, pestilences and terrible catastrophes:
And it shall come to pass at the same time when Gog shall come against the land of Israel, (by Israel is here meant the true Israel—the followers of Islam) saith the Lord God, that my fury shall come up in my face. For in my jealousy and in the fire of my wrath have I spoken, surely in that day there shall be a great shaking in the land of Israel. So that the fishes of the sea, and the fowls of the heaven, and the beasts of the field, and all creeping things that creep upon the earth, and all the men that are upon the face of the earth, shall shake at my presence, and the mountains shall be thrown down, and the steep places shall fall, and every wall shall fall to the ground. And I will call for a sword against him throughout all my mountains, saith the Lord God: every man’s sword shall be against his brother (And on that day We shall leave some of them to surge against others—Quran, 18:100). And I will plead against him with pestilence and with blood; and I will rain upon him, and upon his bands, and upon the many people that are with him, an overflowing rain, and great hailstones, fire, and brimstone. Thus will I magnify myself, and sanctify myself; and I will be known in the eyes of many nations, and they shall know that I am the Lord" (38:18-23). See also 18:84, 100 & 102.
The present verse when read in conjunction with its predecessor purports to say that the law of nature works in this way that once a people after the heyday of their grandeur and glory, fall a victim to death and destruction they never regain their lost glory. But it further says that a new phenomenon will take place in the time of Gog and Magog. After their power and might will have gone to pieces and their glory departed the followers of Islam will again come into their own and regain their former greatness, grandeur and glory after they had lost all hope of regeneration. Gog and Magog or the Christian nations of the west have now scaled all the heights of political power and have spread over the whole world which has become divided into two opposite armed camps, viz. Western democracies and their allies on one side and communism and its satellites on the other. One part of the prophecy has been fulfilled, the other part about the complete and utter destruction of Gog and Magog is awaiting fulfilment. The signs of its fulfilment are already apparent on the horizon.
The verse may also signify that the nations that had been subjugated by western Christian powers and had groaned under their cruel exploitation and heartless tyranny will rise to new life again when Christian Powers will begin to deteriorate and fall, after having attained to the highest pinnacles of material glory.
f
18:95.
844
这节经文如果和上一节经文结合起来看的话, 它的意思似乎是在说, 自然界的规律是这样地作用的: 一旦一个民族在他们光荣壮丽的极盛时期过了之后就成了死亡和毁灭的牺牲品, 他们再也不会获得 (他们) 已失去了的光荣。即使是雅朱者和马朱者, 尽管他们的物质力量是多么伟大光荣, 也会成为这同一规律的牺牲品。他们将衰落, 再也不会兴起。雅朱者和马朱者, 即西方的基督教国家, 已经达到了所有政治权力的顶峰而且已经遍布整个世界。«古兰经» 的这句话是说, 他们将占有一切有利的地位并将支配全世界。
1
یہ مرادنہیں کہ یاجوج ماجوج سے پہلی سب قومیں زندہ ہو جائیں گی۔ بلکہ مراد یہ ہے کہ یاجوج ماجوج جب دنیا پر چھا جائیں گے تو مردہ قوموں میں پھر جوش اور غیرت پیدا ہوگی اور وہ پھر بیدار ہونے لگیں گی۔ جیسا کہ آج کل ہو رہا ہے۔ اسی کا نام اس جگہ دوبارہ زندہ کرنا رکھا گیا ہے۔
a
18:95.
2423
Important Words:
حتی (even) is a particle used in several senses. It denotes the end of an extent meaning till, until or to the time of. It is also a conjunction like واو signifying, "and" or rather "even". It is also used as an inceptive article. They say أکلت السمک حتی رأسھا; the word رأس having three readings. According to the first reading it has a kasra (ra’siha), according to the second fatha (ra’saha) and according to the third zamma (ra’soha). The sentence according to these readings respectively means:(1) I ate the fish even to its head; (2) I ate the fish even (and) its head; (3) I ate the fish so that its head was eaten. The particle also denotes a cause or motive signifying, to the end that, or in order that, or so that, as in the saying أسلم حتی تدخل الجنة i.e. be a Muslim so that thou mayest enter Paradise. It is also used in the sense of الا i.e. except (Lane, Aqrab & Mufradat).
یأجوج و مأجوج (Gog and Magog) are both derived from أج (ajja). They sayأجت النار i.e. the fire burned or burned fiercely. أج(ajja) means, he hastened or was quick in his pace; he or it became the flaming fire (Lane & Aqrab). The words: یأجوجand مأجوج are both derived from this root. They refer to the Scythians of the furthest East...or as some say, all nations inhabiting the north of Asia and of Europe (see Enc. Brit. and Jewish Encyclopaedia under "Gog" and "Magog", and " Historians’ History of the World" vol. 2, p. 582 and Ezekiel 38: 2-6 & 39: 6). The words may also apply to the Christian nations of the West as they have made much use of the burning fire and boiling water and because all their material progress and great discoveries and inventions are due to the proper use of these things. Or the words may imply the restlessness of these nations as they are always on the lookout restlessly and impatiently to make new conquests. See also 16:18.
حدب (height) is inf. noun from حدب (hadiba) which means, it rose high or grew up high. حدب (hadabun) means, high or elevated ground. حدب من الارض means, rugged or high ground. The word also means a wave; a slope in a declivity. حدب الماءmeans, the elevated waves of water or the rolling water in waves. The Quranic expression من کل حدب ینسلون means, they will occupy every vantage point and will dominate the whole world and excel all nations (Lane & Aqrab).
ینسلون (shall hasten forth) is formed from نسل. They say نسل الولد i.e. he begot a son. نسل الرجل means, his progeny multiplied. نسل فی مشیه means, he hastened in his walk (Aqrab & Mufradat).
فتحت (let loose) signifies that the Christian nations of the West will spread all over the world and dominate it.
Commentary:
The description of Gog and Magog as given in the Bible leaves no doubt about the fact that it applies to some Christian powers of the west: Firstly, because they are represented as very numerous and powerful and mighty and their numbers as further swelling by their allies. Says the Bible:
Thou shalt ascend, and come like a storm, Thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land, thou, and all thy bands and many people with thee (Ezek. 38:9). Gog and Magog... the number of whom is as the sand of the sea (Rev. 20:8). Every feathered fowl, and every beast of the field is thus addressed, ye shall eat the flesh of the mighty, and drink the blood of the princes of the earth (Ezek. 39:18,19).
Secondly, they are shown coming forth from the northern parts of the earth, and from the isles: "And thou (o Gog) shalt come from thy place out of the north, thou, and many people with thee" (Ezek. 38:15). Thirdly, they will spread all over the world: "They went up on the breadth of the earth" (Rev. 20:9). Fourthly, from their home in the north, they will migrate to other lands and settle in all the four corners of the earth and in time of war they will gather together from their distant colonies: "Satan.... shall go out to deceive the nations which are in the four quarters of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them together to battle" (Rev. 20:8).Fifthly, the very root meaning of the words 'Gog' and 'Magog,' as shown under "Important Words," points to western Christian nations as the nations referred to in the above Biblical prophecies.
The name Gog first occurs in 1 Chr. 5:4, where he is mentioned as a descendant of Joel.
But Ezek. 38:3, and 39: 1, speak of Gog as 'prince of Rosh, Meshech and Tubal', evidently Rosh standing for Russia, Meshech for Moscow and Tubal for To bolsk. Gog is also spoken of as 'of the land of Magog' (Ezek. 38:2) and Magog, in this verse of the Bible, according to the commentators of the Bible represents the regions which of old went by the name of Scythia (including Russia and Tartary), from which in the past issued many hordes of barbarians. As Russia was included in the land of Magog, Rosh, Meshech and Tubal must be taken as standing for Russia, Moscow and Tobolsk.
Magog was the second of Japheth’s sons (Gen. 10:2) and his descendants seem to have given their name to the land referred to in Ezek. 38:2. But Magog has also been spoken of as the name of a people in Ezek. 39:6 and in Rev. 20:8. In the former, Magog has been mentioned along with those 'that dwell carelessly in the isles.' These passages also show that Gog and Magog represent some of the great Powers of Europe, including Russia.
Gog and Magog have also been mentioned elsewhere in the Quran (18:95). There they have been spoken of as making raids into territories on the northern border of Iran, which means that they were the tribes generally known as Scythians. It is a known historical fact that in olden times the Scythians continued to move in large bodies from Asia into Europe, their route lying north of the Caucasus. (Enc. Brit. vol. 12, p. 263. 14th edit.). As one horde settled down in Europe new hordes came forth from the east, pushing their predecessors further and further West. Thus the nations of Europe have been legitimately called Gog and Magog in the Biblical prophecy. It is curious that the memory of two heroes named Gog and Magog is preserved to this day in Guild Hall (London) in the form of two statues. The original effigies which were destroyed in the Great Fire in the sixteenth century are known to have existed in the time of Henry V. These heroes seem to have been connected with Britain from very ancient times.
Again, from "Ezekiel" and "Revelation" it appears that Gog and Magog will make their appearance in the Latter Days i.e. in the time just before the second coming of the Messiah: "After many years thou shalt be visited: in the latter years thou shalt come into the land that is brought back from the sword" (Ezek. 38:8). "It shall be in the latter days, and I will bring thee against my land" (Ezek. 38:16). See also Rev. 20:7-10. These verses show that the prophecy refers to a people who were to have appeared in the distant future. That distant future is the time through which we are now passing and the mighty people of whom the prophecy speaks are the great Christian powers of the west. The following prophecy in Ezekiel shows that the age in which Gog and Magog were to make their appearance was to be marked by wars, earthquakes, pestilences and terrible catastrophes:
And it shall come to pass at the same time when Gog shall come against the land of Israel, (by Israel is here meant the true Israel—the followers of Islam) saith the Lord God, that my fury shall come up in my face. For in my jealousy and in the fire of my wrath have I spoken, surely in that day there shall be a great shaking in the land of Israel. So that the fishes of the sea, and the fowls of the heaven, and the beasts of the field, and all creeping things that creep upon the earth, and all the men that are upon the face of the earth, shall shake at my presence, and the mountains shall be thrown down, and the steep places shall fall, and every wall shall fall to the ground. And I will call for a sword against him throughout all my mountains, saith the Lord God: every man’s sword shall be against his brother (And on that day We shall leave some of them to surge against others—Quran, 18:100). And I will plead against him with pestilence and with blood; and I will rain upon him, and upon his bands, and upon the many people that are with him, an overflowing rain, and great hailstones, fire, and brimstone. Thus will I magnify myself, and sanctify myself; and I will be known in the eyes of many nations, and they shall know that I am the Lord" (38:18-23). See also 18:84, 100 & 102.
The present verse when read in conjunction with its predecessor purports to say that the law of nature works in this way that once a people after the heyday of their grandeur and glory, fall a victim to death and destruction they never regain their lost glory. But it further says that a new phenomenon will take place in the time of Gog and Magog. After their power and might will have gone to pieces and their glory departed the followers of Islam will again come into their own and regain their former greatness, grandeur and glory after they had lost all hope of regeneration. Gog and Magog or the Christian nations of the west have now scaled all the heights of political power and have spread over the whole world which has become divided into two opposite armed camps, viz. Western democracies and their allies on one side and communism and its satellites on the other. One part of the prophecy has been fulfilled, the other part about the complete and utter destruction of Gog and Magog is awaiting fulfilment. The signs of its fulfilment are already apparent on the horizon.
The verse may also signify that the nations that had been subjugated by western Christian powers and had groaned under their cruel exploitation and heartless tyranny will rise to new life again when Christian Powers will begin to deteriorate and fall, after having attained to the highest pinnacles of material glory.
c
18:95.
1918
See {1728}.
1919
When read in conjunction with the preceding verse, this verse purports to say that the law of nature works in this way that once a people, after the heyday of their grandeur and glory, fall a victim to death and destruction they never regain their lost glory. Even Gog and Magog, notwithstanding their great material grandeur and glory, will fall a victim to the same law. They will fall, never to rise again. Gog and Magog, or the Christian nations of the West, have already scaled all the heights of political power and have spread over the whole world. The Quranic expression means, they will occupy every point of vantage and will dominate the whole world.
وَٱقْتَرَبَ ٱلْوَعْدُ ٱلْحَقُّ فَإِذَا هِىَ شَٰخِصَةٌ أَبْصَٰرُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ يَٰوَيْلَنَا قَدْ كُنَّا فِى غَفْلَةٍ مِّنْ هَٰذَا بَلْ كُنَّا ظَٰلِمِينَ
یعنی کفار میں سے جو لوگ سمجھتے ہیں کہ مردہ قوموں کو ہم نے ہمیشہ کے لئے ختم کر دیا ہے ان کو زندہ ہوتے اور اٹھتے دیکھ کر حیران رہ جائیں گے۔
14:43.
The domination of Gog and Magog will be followed by catastrophic occurrences in the world which eventually will result in the triumph of Islam (61:10) and the vanquishment of the forces of falsehood and materialism as represented by Gog and Magog.
When after the complete destruction of Gog and Magog Islam will regain its former greatness and glory, those who had lost all hope of its regeneration, will scarcely believe their eyes.
14:43.
Commentary:
The words, the fulfilment of true promise draws nigh, refer to the destruction of the power of Gog and Magog and the triumph of Islam through the Promised Messiah whose advent by the consensus of Muslim scholarly opinion has been foretold in the verse, "He it is Who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the Religion of truth that He may cause it to prevail over all religions" (61:10). The domination of Gog and Magog will be followed by catastrophic occurrences in the world which eventually will result in the triumph of Islam and the vanquishment of the forces of falsehood and materialism as represented by Gog and Magog.
a
14:43.
845
在雅朱者和马朱者统治之后, 紧接着的将是世界发生许多大灾难, 其结果将是伊斯兰教的胜利 (61:10) 以及由雅朱者和马朱者代表的虚假的势力和唯物主义的失败。
846
雅朱者和马朱者彻底毁灭之后, 伊斯兰教将重新得到它过去的光荣伟大; 那些对它复兴丧失了一切希望的人们简直不能相信自己的眼睛。
2
یعنی کفار میں سے جو لوگ سمجھتے ہیں کہ مردہ قوموں کو ہم نے ہمیشہ کے لئے ختم کر دیا ہے ان کو زندہ ہوتے اور اٹھتے دیکھ کر حیران رہ جائیں گے۔
a
14:43.
2424
Commentary:
The words, the fulfilment of true promise draws nigh, refer to the destruction of the power of Gog and Magog and the triumph of Islam through the Promised Messiah whose advent by the consensus of Muslim scholarly opinion has been foretold in the verse, "He it is Who has sent His Messenger with the guidance and the Religion of truth that He may cause it to prevail over all religions" (61:10). The domination of Gog and Magog will be followed by catastrophic occurrences in the world which eventually will result in the triumph of Islam and the vanquishment of the forces of falsehood and materialism as represented by Gog and Magog.
d
14:43.
1920
The domination of Gog and Magog will be followed by catastrophic occurrences in the world which eventually will result in the triumph of Islam (61:10) and the vanquishment of the forces of falsehood and materialism as represented by Gog and Magog.
1920A
When after the complete destruction of Gog and Magog Islam will regain its former greatness and glory, those who had lost all hope of its regeneration, will scarcely believe their eyes.
إِنَّكُمْ وَمَا تَعْبُدُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ حَصَبُ جَهَنَّمَ أَنتُمْ لَهَا وَٰرِدُونَ
19:72.
اگلے جہان کی جہنم تو نظر نہیں آتی‘ لیکن اس آیت میں کفار پر حجت تمام کی گئی ہے اس لئے دوزخ سے مراد اس جگہ وہ ذلت ہے جو قرآن مجید کے نازل ہونے کے بعد ان کو پہنچنے والی تھی اور ایک لمبے عرصہ تک ان کے ساتھ لگی رہنی تھی۔ چنانچہ دنیا کی تاریخ اس پر شاہد ہے۔
19:72.
19:72.
Important Words:
حصب (fuel) is noun-infinitive from حصب (hasaba). They say حصبه i.e. he threw at him, or pelted him with pebbles. حصب به النارmeans, he threw it into the fire. حصب means, stones, pebbles, firewood or firewood prepared for fuel (Lane).
Commentary:
Compare this verse with 18:101:"And on that day We shall present Hell, face to face, to the disbelievers."
The words that which you worship refer both to the idols which the idolaters worship beside God (2:24) and to those persons who allow themselves to be worshipped as God (2:167, 168).
b
19:72.
3
اگلے جہان کی جہنم تو نظر نہیں آتی‘ لیکن اس آیت میں کفار پر حجت تمام کی گئی ہے اس لئے دوزخ سے مراد اس جگہ وہ ذلت ہے جو قرآن مجید کے نازل ہونے کے بعد ان کو پہنچنے والی تھی اور ایک لمبے عرصہ تک ان کے ساتھ لگی رہنی تھی۔ چنانچہ دنیا کی تاریخ اس پر شاہد ہے۔
b
19:72.
2425
Important Words:
حصب (fuel) is noun-infinitive from حصب (hasaba). They say حصبه i.e. he threw at him, or pelted him with pebbles. حصب به النارmeans, he threw it into the fire. حصب means, stones, pebbles, firewood or firewood prepared for fuel (Lane).
Commentary:
Compare this verse with 18:101:"And on that day We shall present Hell, face to face, to the disbelievers."
The words that which you worship refer both to the idols which the idolaters worship beside God (2:24) and to those persons who allow themselves to be worshipped as God (2:167, 168).
a
19:72.
لَوْ كَانَ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ ءَالِهَةً مَّا وَرَدُوهَا ۖ وَكُلٌّ فِيهَا خَٰلِدُونَ
Commentary:
The verse means to say that if those who have been made the object of worship had been really worthy of worship and had deserved the veneration in which they were held or which they themselves demanded, they would not have been thrown into Hell.
2426
Commentary:
The verse means to say that if those who have been made the object of worship had been really worthy of worship and had deserved the veneration in which they were held or which they themselves demanded, they would not have been thrown into Hell.
لَهُمْ فِيهَا زَفِيرٌ وَهُمْ فِيهَا لَا يَسْمَعُونَ
11:107; 25:14; 67:8.
یعنی اس وقت ایمان لانا کوئی نفع نہ دے گا۔
11:107; 25:13; 67:8.
Commentary:
The words وھم فیھا لا یسمعون besides the meaning given in the text may also mean, they will not hear anything that will give solace and comfort to them; and (2) there will be so much crying and shrieking and wailing in Hell that its inmates will not hear each other’s voice.
If "the fire of Hell" referred to in the preceding two verses may mean the fire of disgrace and humiliation in this world, then the words "they will not hear" would mean that they (the disbelievers) would not listen to the voice of God’s Messengers.
c
11:107; 25:14; 67:8.
1
یعنی اس وقت ایمان لانا کوئی نفع نہ دے گا۔
a
11:107; 25:13; 67:8.
2427
Commentary:
The words وھم فیھا لا یسمعون besides the meaning given in the text may also mean, they will not hear anything that will give solace and comfort to them; and (2) there will be so much crying and shrieking and wailing in Hell that its inmates will not hear each other’s voice.
If "the fire of Hell" referred to in the preceding two verses may mean the fire of disgrace and humiliation in this world, then the words "they will not hear" would mean that they (the disbelievers) would not listen to the voice of God’s Messengers.
b
11:107; 25:14; 67:8.
1921
They will not hear anything that will give them solace and comfort; or there will be so much crying and shrieking and wailing in Hell that its inmates will not hear each other’s voice.
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ سَبَقَتْ لَهُم مِّنَّا ٱلْحُسْنَىٰٓ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ عَنْهَا مُبْعَدُونَ
19:73.
19:73.
19:73; 39:62.
Commentary:
This and the next verse show that the righteous servants of God will be kept far away from Hell, and will not even hear its slightest sound, much less enter it as is generally misunderstood from 19:72. This and the following verse explain that much-misunderstood verse of the Quran.
d
19:73.
b
19:73; 39:62.
2428
Commentary:
This and the next verse show that the righteous servants of God will be kept far away from Hell, and will not even hear its slightest sound, much less enter it as is generally misunderstood from 19:72. This and the following verse explain that much-misunderstood verse of the Quran.
c
19:73.
لَا يَسْمَعُونَ حَسِيسَهَا ۖ وَهُمْ فِى مَا ٱشْتَهَتْ أَنفُسُهُمْ خَٰلِدُونَ
41:32.
41:32.
This and the next verse show that the righteous servants of God will be kept far away from Hell, and will not even hear its slightest sound, much less enter it as is generally misunderstood from 19:72.
e
41:32.
c
41:32.
2429
Important Words:
For حسیس see 19:99.
d
41:32.
1922
This and the next verse show that the righteous servants of God will be kept far away from Hell, and will not even hear its slightest sound, much less enter it as is generally misunderstood from 19:72.
لَا يَحْزُنُهُمُ ٱلْفَزَعُ ٱلْأَكْبَرُ وَتَتَلَقَّىٰهُمُ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ هَٰذَا يَوْمُكُمُ ٱلَّذِى كُنتُمْ تُوعَدُونَ
41:31.
41:31.
41:31.
f
41:31.
d
41:31.
a
41:31.
يَوْمَ نَطْوِى ٱلسَّمَآءَ كَطَىِّ ٱلسِّجِلِّ لِلْكُتُبِ ۚ كَمَا بَدَأْنَآ أَوَّلَ خَلْقٍ نُّعِيدُهُۥ ۚ وَعْدًا عَلَيْنَآ ۚ إِنَّا كُنَّا فَٰعِلِينَ
39:68.
20:56; 29:20; 30:12.
“把天卷起” 的意思可以是, 伟大的帝国将被消灭, 强大的国家将被摧毁, 而其他的民族将代替它们取得政权。或者是, 通过穆圣, 将产生一次伟大的改革, 旧的天地将被卷起, 代替它的将是一个新创造出来的天地。旧的秩序将消亡, 将出现一种新的和较好的秩序来代替它。这个世界从来没有见到过像穆圣时代那样的一个民族生活会有如此彻底的变革。
“我再创造它” 这句话意示, 穆圣实现的秩序将会受到生于西方无神论和机械论文化对穆斯林生活所产生的追求实利观点所造成的挫折和倒退。但是这种挫折和倒退将是暂短的, 而伊斯兰教将经历一次新的精神复兴而重新获得胜利。
یعنی اس زمانہ کی دنیا تباہ کرکے اور نئی قومیں جنم لیں گی اور زندہ ہوں گی۔ جیسا کہ اس زمانہ میں ظاہر ہے کہ افریقہ جو مجہول براعظم کہلاتا ہے زندہ ہو رہا ہے۔
39:68.
20:56; 29:20; 30:12.
'The rolling up of the heavens' may mean that great empires will be swept away and powerful nations will be destroyed and other peoples will rise to power in their place. Or, the meaning may be that through the Holy Prophet a great transformation will come about and the old heaven will he rolled up and in its place a new heaven and a new earth will be created. The old order will die and in its place a new and better order will come into being. Never had the world witnessed such a complete transformation in the lives of a people as it did in the Holy Prophet’s time.
The expression, so shall We repeal it, implies that the order brought into being by the Holy Prophet will receive a setback through the material outlook on life of Muslims created by the godless and mechanistic Western civilisation. But this setback will be temporary and Islam will experience a new spiritual awakening and will again emerge triumphant.
39:68.
20:56; 29:20; 30:12.
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that at that time the great empires will be rolled up like the rolling up of written scrolls by a scribe i.e. they shall be destroyed. But taken in a metaphorical sense it may signify that through the Holy Prophet a complete transformation will come about and the old heaven will be rolled up and in its place a new heaven and a new earth will be created. And so it came to pass. The old order died and with the Holy Prophet a new and better order came into being. Never had heaven witnessed such a complete transformation in the lives of a people as it did in the Holy Prophet’s time.
The expression نعیدہ (so shall We repeat it) implies that the order brought into being by the Holy Prophet will receive a setback through the material outlook on life created by the godless and mechanistic Western civilization. But this setback will be temporary and a new spiritual awakening will be brought about by the selfless efforts of a great follower of the Holy Prophet (the Promised Messiah) and his devoted followers, and Islam will again emerge triumphant. The verse may also mean that at the time to which reference has been made in the preceding verses, great empires will be reduced to ashes and powerful nations will be destroyed and other nations will rise to power in their place.
a
39:68.
b
20:56; 29:20; 30:12.
847
“把天卷起” 的意思可以是, 伟大的帝国将被消灭, 强大的国家将被摧毁, 而其他的民族将代替它们取得政权。或者是, 通过穆圣, 将产生一次伟大的改革, 旧的天地将被卷起, 代替它的将是一个新创造出来的天地。旧的秩序将消亡, 将出现一种新的和较好的秩序来代替它。这个世界从来没有见到过像穆圣时代那样的一个民族生活会有如此彻底的变革。
848
“我再创造它” 这句话意示, 穆圣实现的秩序将会受到生于西方无神论和机械论文化对穆斯林生活所产生的追求实利观点所造成的挫折和倒退。但是这种挫折和倒退将是暂短的, 而伊斯兰教将经历一次新的精神复兴而重新获得胜利。
2
یعنی اس زمانہ کی دنیا تباہ کرکے اور نئی قومیں جنم لیں گی اور زندہ ہوں گی۔ جیسا کہ اس زمانہ میں ظاہر ہے کہ افریقہ جو مجہول براعظم کہلاتا ہے زندہ ہو رہا ہے۔
a
39:68.
b
20:56; 29:20; 30:12.
2430
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that at that time the great empires will be rolled up like the rolling up of written scrolls by a scribe i.e. they shall be destroyed. But taken in a metaphorical sense it may signify that through the Holy Prophet a complete transformation will come about and the old heaven will be rolled up and in its place a new heaven and a new earth will be created. And so it came to pass. The old order died and with the Holy Prophet a new and better order came into being. Never had heaven witnessed such a complete transformation in the lives of a people as it did in the Holy Prophet’s time.
The expression نعیدہ (so shall We repeat it) implies that the order brought into being by the Holy Prophet will receive a setback through the material outlook on life created by the godless and mechanistic Western civilization. But this setback will be temporary and a new spiritual awakening will be brought about by the selfless efforts of a great follower of the Holy Prophet (the Promised Messiah) and his devoted followers, and Islam will again emerge triumphant. The verse may also mean that at the time to which reference has been made in the preceding verses, great empires will be reduced to ashes and powerful nations will be destroyed and other nations will rise to power in their place.
b
39:68.
c
20:56; 29:20; 30:12.
1923
'The rolling up of the heavens' may mean that great empires will be swept away and powerful nations will be destroyed and other peoples will rise to power in their place. Or, the meaning may be that through the Holy Prophet a great transformation will come about and the old heaven will he rolled up and in its place a new heaven and a new earth will be created. The old order will die and in its place a new and better order will come into being. Never had the world witnessed such a complete transformation in the lives of a people as it did in the Holy Prophet’s time.
1924
The expression, so shall We repeal it, implies that the order brought into being by the Holy Prophet will receive a setback through the material outlook on life of Muslims created by the godless and mechanistic Western civilisation. But this setback will be temporary and Islam will experience a new spiritual awakening and will again emerge triumphant.
وَلَقَدْ كَتَبْنَا فِى ٱلزَّبُورِ مِنۢ بَعْدِ ٱلذِّكْرِ أَنَّ ٱلْأَرْضَ يَرِثُهَا عِبَادِىَ ٱلصَّٰلِحُونَ
By "the land" is meant Palestine. Christian writers have also interpreted the words 'inherit the land' or 'inherit the earth' in the Psalms as meaning, inherit Canaan, 'the pledge of God’s covenant.' The reference in the words, 'in the Book of David' is to Psalms. 37:9, 11, 22 & 29. There is also a prophecy in Deuteronomy (28:11 & 34:4) that Palestine will be given to the Israelites. Palestine remained in the hands of Christians till Muslims conquered it in the Caliphate of ‘Umar, the Second Successor of the Holy Prophet. It is to this conquest of Palestine by Muslim arms that the prophecy embodied in the verse under comment may refer. It remained under Muslim possession for about 1350 years with the exception of a brief space of 92 years, when during the Crusades it changed hands, till in our own time through the evil designs of some so-called democratic Christian Powers, the country of the name of Palestine has altogether ceased to exist and on its ruins the State of Israel has been built. Th
Commentary:
By الارض (the land) is meant Palestine. It is worthy of note that Christian commentators themselves have interpreted the phrase 'inherit the land' or 'inherit the earth' in the Psalms as meaning, 'inherit Canaan, the pledge of God’s covenant.' ("Commentary on the Old Testament," published by The Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, London, notes on Ps. 37:3, 9). The reference in the words, "in the Book of David" is to Psalms 37: 9,11,18,22 & 29, where it is stated:
For evildoers shall be cut off; but those that wait upon the Lord, they shall inherit the earth. But the meek shall inherit the earth; and shall delight themselves in the abundance of peace. The Lord knoweth the days of the upright: and their inheritance shall be forever... For such as be blessed of him shall inherit the earth; and they that be cursed of him shall be cut; The righteous shall inherit the land, and dwell therein forever.
The word الذکر may also refer to Torah, the Book of Moses. There is a prophecy in Deuteronomy (28: 11 & 34: 4) that Palestine was to be given to the Israelites:
For when I shall have brought them into the land which I swore unto their fathers, that floweth with milk and honey; and they shall have eaten and filled themselves, and waxen fat; then will they turn unto other gods, and serve them, and provoke me, and break my covenant .... And the Lord said unto him, this is the land which I swore unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob, saying, I will give it unto thy seed.
The Israelites rose to great power after Moses and in the time of David and Solomon their rule extended far and wide till it embraced in its orbit far-off lands. Then they fell on evil days. They sinned and transgressed and killed God’s Prophets with the result that Divine nemesis overtook them. First Samaria was conquered and ravaged by the Assyrians about 733 B.C. and the whole country north of Israel was annexed by them. Then under Pharaoh Necho, the Egyptians ravaged Judah in 608 B.C. and last of all the greatest blow fell on Israel when Nebuchadnezzar, the Babylonian king, laid waste Judah, killed in cold blood the inhabitants of Jerusalem and burned and razed the holy Temple of Solomon to the ground and carried away in captivity the members of the royal family and their Prophets. After wandering in wilderness for about a century the Israelites were restored to Jerusalem and to some of their lost glory through the instrumentality of Cyrus, the Persian king and his successors. To this restoration the following passage of the Bible makes a prophetic reference from the mouth of Moses:
And it shall come to pass, when all these things are come upon thee—thou shalt return unto the Lord thy God, and shalt obey his voice according to all that I command thee this day, thou and thy children, with all thine heart, and with all thy soul; that then the Lord thy God will turn thy captivity, and have compassion upon thee, and will return and gather thee from all the nations, whither the Lord thy God hath scattered thee.... And the Lord thy God will bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed, and thou shalt possess it; and He will do thee good, and multiply thee above thy fathers (Deut. 30:1-5).
Again the Israelites relapsed into sin and iniquity. They opposed and persecuted God’s Messengers and the cup of their wickedness became full to the brim when they hung on the cross Jesus, their last great Prophet. Then God’s wrath fell upon them. The Roman hordes under Titus attacked them in 70 A.D. and amid circumstances of unparalleled horror Jerusalem was destroyed and the Temple of Solomon was burnt down for the second time (Enc. Bib. & Jew. Enc. under "Jerusalem"). To this double disaster of the Israelites vv. 17:5-8 of the Quran make a pointed reference.
Palestine, the Holy Land, remained in the hands of Christians till Muslims conquered it in the Caliphate of ‘Umar, the Second Successor of the Holy Prophet, and unlike Nebuchadnezzar and Titus he accorded such benign and kind treatment to the inhabitants of Jerusalem and showed such respect and reverence to the Temple of Solomon as are unparalleled in the whole annals of foreign conquest. It is to this conquest of Palestine by Muslim arms that the prophecy embodied in the verse under comment particularly refers. Palestine remained under Muslim possession for about 1350 years with the exception of a brief space of 92 years when during the Crusades it changed hands, till in our own time through the evil designs of some so-called democratic Christian powers, the country of the name of Palestine has altogether ceased to exist and on its ruins the State of Israel has been built. The Jews have come to their own after wandering in wilderness for about 2000 years. But this great historical event, too, has taken place in fulfilment of a Quranic prophecy. The Muslims were told that in the time of the Promised Messiah, the Jews will be made to come back to their Holy Land from the ends of the earth (17:105). But this is only a temporary phase. The Muslims are destined to win it back. Let the whole world know that sooner or later—sooner rather than later—Palestine will revert to Muslim possession. This is a Divine decree and nobody can alter God’s decree.
2431
Commentary:
By الارض (the land) is meant Palestine. It is worthy of note that Christian commentators themselves have interpreted the phrase 'inherit the land' or 'inherit the earth' in the Psalms as meaning, 'inherit Canaan, the pledge of God’s covenant.' ("Commentary on the Old Testament," published by The Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, London, notes on Ps. 37:3, 9). The reference in the words, "in the Book of David" is to Psalms 37: 9,11,18,22 & 29, where it is stated:
For evildoers shall be cut off; but those that wait upon the Lord, they shall inherit the earth. But the meek shall inherit the earth; and shall delight themselves in the abundance of peace. The Lord knoweth the days of the upright: and their inheritance shall be forever... For such as be blessed of him shall inherit the earth; and they that be cursed of him shall be cut; The righteous shall inherit the land, and dwell therein forever.
The word الذکر may also refer to Torah, the Book of Moses. There is a prophecy in Deuteronomy (28: 11 & 34: 4) that Palestine was to be given to the Israelites:
For when I shall have brought them into the land which I swore unto their fathers, that floweth with milk and honey; and they shall have eaten and filled themselves, and waxen fat; then will they turn unto other gods, and serve them, and provoke me, and break my covenant .... And the Lord said unto him, this is the land which I swore unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob, saying, I will give it unto thy seed.
The Israelites rose to great power after Moses and in the time of David and Solomon their rule extended far and wide till it embraced in its orbit far-off lands. Then they fell on evil days. They sinned and transgressed and killed God’s Prophets with the result that Divine nemesis overtook them. First Samaria was conquered and ravaged by the Assyrians about 733 B.C. and the whole country north of Israel was annexed by them. Then under Pharaoh Necho, the Egyptians ravaged Judah in 608 B.C. and last of all the greatest blow fell on Israel when Nebuchadnezzar, the Babylonian king, laid waste Judah, killed in cold blood the inhabitants of Jerusalem and burned and razed the holy Temple of Solomon to the ground and carried away in captivity the members of the royal family and their Prophets. After wandering in wilderness for about a century the Israelites were restored to Jerusalem and to some of their lost glory through the instrumentality of Cyrus, the Persian king and his successors. To this restoration the following passage of the Bible makes a prophetic reference from the mouth of Moses:
And it shall come to pass, when all these things are come upon thee—thou shalt return unto the Lord thy God, and shalt obey his voice according to all that I command thee this day, thou and thy children, with all thine heart, and with all thy soul; that then the Lord thy God will turn thy captivity, and have compassion upon thee, and will return and gather thee from all the nations, whither the Lord thy God hath scattered thee.... And the Lord thy God will bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed, and thou shalt possess it; and He will do thee good, and multiply thee above thy fathers (Deut. 30:1-5).
Again the Israelites relapsed into sin and iniquity. They opposed and persecuted God’s Messengers and the cup of their wickedness became full to the brim when they hung on the cross Jesus, their last great Prophet. Then God’s wrath fell upon them. The Roman hordes under Titus attacked them in 70 A.D. and amid circumstances of unparalleled horror Jerusalem was destroyed and the Temple of Solomon was burnt down for the second time (Enc. Bib. & Jew. Enc. under "Jerusalem"). To this double disaster of the Israelites vv. 17:5-8 of the Quran make a pointed reference.
Palestine, the Holy Land, remained in the hands of Christians till Muslims conquered it in the Caliphate of ‘Umar, the Second Successor of the Holy Prophet, and unlike Nebuchadnezzar and Titus he accorded such benign and kind treatment to the inhabitants of Jerusalem and showed such respect and reverence to the Temple of Solomon as are unparalleled in the whole annals of foreign conquest. It is to this conquest of Palestine by Muslim arms that the prophecy embodied in the verse under comment particularly refers. Palestine remained under Muslim possession for about 1350 years with the exception of a brief space of 92 years when during the Crusades it changed hands, till in our own time through the evil designs of some so-called democratic Christian powers, the country of the name of Palestine has altogether ceased to exist and on its ruins the State of Israel has been built. The Jews have come to their own after wandering in wilderness for about 2000 years. But this great historical event, too, has taken place in fulfilment of a Quranic prophecy. The Muslims were told that in the time of the Promised Messiah, the Jews will be made to come back to their Holy Land from the ends of the earth (17:105). But this is only a temporary phase. The Muslims are destined to win it back. Let the whole world know that sooner or later—sooner rather than later—Palestine will revert to Muslim possession. This is a Divine decree and nobody can alter God’s decree.
1925
By "the land" is meant Palestine. Christian writers have also interpreted the words 'inherit the land' or 'inherit the earth' in the Psalms as meaning, inherit Canaan, 'the pledge of God’s covenant.' The reference in the words, 'in the Book of David' is to Psalms. 37:9, 11, 22 & 29. There is also a prophecy in Deuteronomy (28:11 & 34:4) that Palestine will be given to the Israelites. Palestine remained in the hands of Christians till Muslims conquered it in the Caliphate of ‘Umar, the Second Successor of the Holy Prophet. It is to this conquest of Palestine by Muslim arms that the prophecy embodied in the verse under comment may refer. It remained under Muslim possession for about 1350 years with the exception of a brief space of 92 years, when during the Crusades it changed hands, till in our own time through the evil designs of some so-called democratic Christian Powers, the country of the name of Palestine has altogether ceased to exist and on its ruins the State of Israel has been built. Th
إِنَّ فِى هَٰذَا لَبَلَٰغًا لِّقَوْمٍ عَٰبِدِينَ
یعنی مسلمانوں کو اس سے سبق لینا چاہیئے اگر فلسطین چاہتے ہیں تو نیک بنیں۔
3
یعنی مسلمانوں کو اس سے سبق لینا چاہیئے اگر فلسطین چاہتے ہیں تو نیک بنیں۔
وَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَٰكَ إِلَّا رَحْمَةً لِّلْعَٰلَمِينَ
یعنی بے شک آخری ایام میں ایک دفعہ یہودی فلسطین پر قابض ہو جائیں گے۔ مگر مسلمانوں کو مایوس نہیں ہونا چاہیے۔ کیونکہ ان کا نبی رحمت ہو کر آیا ہے۔ اس کے ساتھ تعلق ان کو گھاٹے میں نہیں ڈالے گا۔
34:29.
Commentary:
The Holy Prophet was an embodiment of Divine mercy. He was a mercy for his followers and a mercy for his opponents. He was a mercy for the unlettered Arabs whom he raised from the lowest depths of moral depravity to the highest pinnacles of spiritual eminence and he was a mercy for the coming generations inasmuch as he left in the Quran and in his teachings safe and sure guidance for them. He was a mercy for the whole of mankind as his message is not confined to any particular country or people while every other Prophet before him was sent as a mercy for a particular people. Through him the nations of the world have been blessed as they were not blessed through any other Prophet. There could be no greater praise of the Holy Prophet than the one which God has bestowed upon him in the Quran in the words:
"There has indeed come to you a messenger from among yourselves; grievous to him is that you fall into trouble; he is ardently desirous of your welfare; and to the believers he is particularly compassionate and merciful" (9:128).
c
34:29.
849
由於穆圣的使命并不局限于一个特定的国家和民族, 他对全人类都是仁慈的。通过他, 全世界各国都将得到过去从未得到过的幸福。
4
یعنی بے شک آخری ایام میں ایک دفعہ یہودی فلسطین پر قابض ہو جائیں گے۔ مگر مسلمانوں کو مایوس نہیں ہونا چاہیے۔ کیونکہ ان کا نبی رحمت ہو کر آیا ہے۔ اس کے ساتھ تعلق ان کو گھاٹے میں نہیں ڈالے گا۔
a
34:29.
2432
Commentary:
The Holy Prophet was an embodiment of Divine mercy. He was a mercy for his followers and a mercy for his opponents. He was a mercy for the unlettered Arabs whom he raised from the lowest depths of moral depravity to the highest pinnacles of spiritual eminence and he was a mercy for the coming generations inasmuch as he left in the Quran and in his teachings safe and sure guidance for them. He was a mercy for the whole of mankind as his message is not confined to any particular country or people while every other Prophet before him was sent as a mercy for a particular people. Through him the nations of the world have been blessed as they were not blessed through any other Prophet. There could be no greater praise of the Holy Prophet than the one which God has bestowed upon him in the Quran in the words:
"There has indeed come to you a messenger from among yourselves; grievous to him is that you fall into trouble; he is ardently desirous of your welfare; and to the believers he is particularly compassionate and merciful" (9:128).
a
34:29.
1926
The Holy Prophet was a mercy for the whole of mankind as his Message is not confined to any particular country or people. Through him the nations of the world have been blessed as they were never blessed before.
قُلْ إِنَّمَا يُوحَىٰٓ إِلَىَّ أَنَّمَآ إِلَٰهُكُمْ إِلَٰهٌ وَٰحِدٌ ۖ فَهَلْ أَنتُم مُّسْلِمُونَ
18:111; 41:7.
18:111; 41:7.
18:111; 41:7.
Commentary:
As against the religion which Gog and Magog profess and preach and which teaches belief in three gods, to declare and proclaim and preach that our God is one God and the belief in the Trinity is false is indeed a difficult task.
d
18:111; 41:7.
a
18:111; 41:7.
2433
Commentary:
As against the religion which Gog and Magog profess and preach and which teaches belief in three gods, to declare and proclaim and preach that our God is one God and the belief in the Trinity is false is indeed a difficult task.
b
18:111; 41:7.
فَإِن تَوَلَّوْا۟ فَقُلْ ءَاذَنتُكُمْ عَلَىٰ سَوَآءٍ ۖ وَإِنْ أَدْرِىٓ أَقَرِيبٌ أَم بَعِيدٌ مَّا تُوعَدُونَ
72:26.
Commentary:
The verse makes it clear that God is not bound by dates and hours for the fulfilment of His promises. He knows best if and when a certain prophecy is to be fulfilled.
e
72:26.
850
安拉实现他的许约不限时日。他最知道, 是否以及何时将实现某一预言。
b
72:26.
2434
Commentary:
The verse makes it clear that God is not bound by dates and hours for the fulfilment of His promises. He knows best if and when a certain prophecy is to be fulfilled.
c
72:26.
1927
God is not bound by days and hours for the fulfilment of His promises. He knows best if and when a certain prophecy is to be fulfilled.
إِنَّهُۥ يَعْلَمُ ٱلْجَهْرَ مِنَ ٱلْقَوْلِ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا تَكْتُمُونَ
2:34; 20:8; 87:8.
2:34; 20:8; 87:8.
2:34; 20:8; 87:8.
a
2:34; 20:8; 87:8.
c
2:34; 20:8; 87:8.
d
2:34; 20:8; 87:8.
وَإِنْ أَدْرِى لَعَلَّهُۥ فِتْنَةٌ لَّكُمْ وَمَتَٰعٌ إِلَىٰ حِينٍ
یعنی پھر کبھی یہود فلسطین میں داخل نہ ہوں گے۔
1
یعنی پھر کبھی یہود فلسطین میں داخل نہ ہوں گے۔
قَٰلَ رَبِّ ٱحْكُم بِٱلْحَقِّ ۗ وَرَبُّنَا ٱلرَّحْمَٰنُ ٱلْمُسْتَعَانُ عَلَىٰ مَا تَصِفُونَ
اس آیت میں اللہ تعالیٰ نے محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کی زبان سے مسلمانوں کے لئے پہلے ہی دعا کروا دی ہے کہ خداتعالیٰ فلسطین ان کو دے دے اور ان کی صداقت ثابت کر دے۔ ہمیں یقین کامل ہے کہ محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کی دعا کبھی رد ّ نہیں ہوگی اور دنیا اس کا قبول ہونا اپنی آنکھوں سے دیکھ لے گی نہ روس اسرائیل کو فائدہ دے گا اور نہ امریکہ۔
7:90.
The Holy Prophet is commanded to offer the prayer contained in this verse as a protection against the powers of evil that were to be let loose upon the world in the Latter Days in the form of Gog and Magog. It is clear from the Bible that in the time of Gog and Magog physical force will not be the only danger to Islam. There will be other factors which will constitute a far greater source of danger to it. The Holy Prophet may also be represented as praying in this verse that the duration of the possession of Palestine by the Jews may be the shortest possible and that it may revert to its legitimate heirs—the Muslims.
7:90.
Commentary:
The Holy Prophet is commanded to offer the prayer contained in this verse as a protection against the onslaughts of the powers of evil that were to be let loose upon the world in the latter days in the form of Gog and Magog. It is clear from the Bible that in the time of Gog and Magog physical force will not be the only danger. There will be other factors which will constitute a far greater source of danger to Islam. Islam will suffer more from the attacks of the pen and the tongue than from physical attacks. These attacks will excite God’s anger against the guilty. In Ezek. 39:7 we have: "I will not let them pollute my holy name any more: and the heathens shall know that I am the Lord, the Holy One in Israel." Again, "I will be jealous for my holy name" (Ezek. 39:25). These, quotations show that Gog and Magog will profane God’s holy name and against this profanation of God’s name the Prophet is commanded to seek Divine help.
The Holy Prophet may also be represented as praying in this verse that the duration of the possession of Palestine by the Jews may be as short as possible and that it may revert to its legitimate heirs—the Muslims.
b
7:90.
851
穆圣受命作经文中的这一祈祷作为免受邪恶势力侵害的一种保护。这种邪恶势力将在后世由雅朱者和马朱者在世界上形成。在 «圣经» 中可以清楚地看到, 物质力量在雅朱者和马朱者时代不是伊斯兰教唯一的危险。将有其他因素成为对伊斯兰教要危险得多的根源。也有人说, 穆圣在这节经文中祈祷犹太人占领巴勒斯坦的时期要尽可能地短, 让巴勒斯坦重新回到它的合法继承者--------穆斯林的手中。
2
اس آیت میں اللہ تعالیٰ نے محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کی زبان سے مسلمانوں کے لئے پہلے ہی دعا کروا دی ہے کہ خداتعالیٰ فلسطین ان کو دے دے اور ان کی صداقت ثابت کر دے۔ ہمیں یقین کامل ہے کہ محمد رسول اللہ صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کی دعا کبھی رد ّ نہیں ہوگی اور دنیا اس کا قبول ہونا اپنی آنکھوں سے دیکھ لے گی نہ روس اسرائیل کو فائدہ دے گا اور نہ امریکہ۔
d
7:90.
2435
Commentary:
The Holy Prophet is commanded to offer the prayer contained in this verse as a protection against the onslaughts of the powers of evil that were to be let loose upon the world in the latter days in the form of Gog and Magog. It is clear from the Bible that in the time of Gog and Magog physical force will not be the only danger. There will be other factors which will constitute a far greater source of danger to Islam. Islam will suffer more from the attacks of the pen and the tongue than from physical attacks. These attacks will excite God’s anger against the guilty. In Ezek. 39:7 we have: "I will not let them pollute my holy name any more: and the heathens shall know that I am the Lord, the Holy One in Israel." Again, "I will be jealous for my holy name" (Ezek. 39:25). These, quotations show that Gog and Magog will profane God’s holy name and against this profanation of God’s name the Prophet is commanded to seek Divine help.
The Holy Prophet may also be represented as praying in this verse that the duration of the possession of Palestine by the Jews may be as short as possible and that it may revert to its legitimate heirs—the Muslims.
a
7:90.
1928
The Holy Prophet is commanded to offer the prayer contained in this verse as a protection against the powers of evil that were to be let loose upon the world in the Latter Days in the form of Gog and Magog. It is clear from the Bible that in the time of Gog and Magog physical force will not be the only danger to Islam. There will be other factors which will constitute a far greater source of danger to it. The Holy Prophet may also be represented as praying in this verse that the duration of the possession of Palestine by the Jews may be the shortest possible and that it may revert to its legitimate heirs—the Muslims.
الحج
Al-Hajj
The Pilgrimage • madinah • 78 Verses
بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ
1:1.
1:1.
a
1:1.
a
See 1:1.
2436
Commentary:
See 1:1.
a
1:1.
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ ٱتَّقُوا۟ رَبَّكُمْ ۚ إِنَّ زَلْزَلَةَ ٱلسَّاعَةِ شَىْءٌ عَظِيمٌ
اَلسَّاعَة (As-Sa‘ah, 审判日) 或 ( اَلْقِيَامَةal-Qiyamah) 表示三种意思: (1)伟大而著名人物的逝世日 (اَلسَّاعَةُ الصُّغْرَى, as-Sa‘atus-Sughra) (2)民族的灾难时刻 (اَلسَّاعَةُ الْوُسْطَى, as-Sa‘atul-Wusta) (3) 赏罚的日子 (اَلسَّاعَةُ الْكُبْرَى, as-Sa‘atul-Kubra)。审判日这一单词在 «古兰经» 中用于后两种意思。根据上下文, 该单词的意思是指震撼一个民族基础的民族灾难。它与阿拉伯人濒临毁灭的厄运特别有关, 当时, 他们政权的所在地麦加即将陷落; 他们的政权以及整个社会体系也将瓦解、崩溃; 它是指全球大战突然袭击人类所造成的可怕灾难以及战争所带来的一切灾难性的变化。这一节经文以及2:213经文对下述论断提供了进一步依据。“审判日” 或 “赏罚日” 在 «古兰经» 中一般是指袭击整个民族的民族大灾难。
یعنی آخری مصیبت جس سے دنیا کے جھگڑے ختم ہو جائیں گے۔
As-Sa‘ah (the Hour), or al-Qiyamah, is used in three senses: (a) Death of a great and famous person (as-Sa‘atus-Sughra); (b) a national calamity (as-Sa‘atul-Wusta): (c) the Day of Judgment (as-Sa‘atul-Kubra). The word has been used in the Qur’an in the last two senses. The context shows that here it has been used in the sense of a national calamity that shakes the very foundations of a people. It may have particular reference to the impending doom of the Arabs when Mecca, the citadel of their political power, was to fall and their political power and their social system were to break and crumble; or it may refer to a terrible calamity that would overtake mankind in the form of a global war and would bring calamitous changes in its wake. The present verse, read along with 2:213, lends further support to the inference that the words "the Hour" or "the Day of Judgment" used in the Qur’an generally signify a great national calamity that overtakes a whole people.</
Important Words:
زلزلة (earthquake) is derived from زلزل. They say زلزل اللّٰه الارض i.e. God shook the earth. زلزله means, he frightened him. زلزل الابل means, he drove the camels harshly. زلزلة means, a shaking of the earth; an earthquake; a calamity; a terrible visitation; زلازل (plural) i.e. calamities, miseries, trials, afflictions (Aqrab). The word also means: a war or the effects of war. The last two World Wars were called زلزلة (an earthquake) because they shook the foundation of human society and brought about new political and social changes and also a revolutionary change in the beliefs, ideas and ideals of men. The word has been used in the Quran in the sense of a calamity (2:215) and also in the sense of war or the effects of war (33:11, 12).
الساعة (Hour) is derived from ساع. They say ساع الشیء i.e. the thing was lost, it degraded. ساعت الابل means, the camels went away grazing without a driver. ساعة means, an hour; a part of time; a while or a little while; a space; a period; an indefinite time; a watch. الساعة means, the present time; now; just now; this moment. It also means, difficulty, distress or affliction; distance; remoteness. الساعة (Hour) or القیامة is used in three senses: (a) death of a great and famous person. It is called القیامة الصغری or الساعةالصغری i.e. the small resurrection; (b) a national calamity or the doom that overtakes a whole people on account of their evil deeds. It is called الساعة الوسطی i.e. the Middle Hour; (c) the Day of Judgement. It is called القیامة الکبری or الساعة الکبری i.e. the Great Hour (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The word الساعة has been used in the Quran in the last two senses mentioned under "Important Words" above. The context shows that in the verse under comment it has been used in the second sense, i.e. in the sense of a national calamity that shakes the very foundation of a people. It may have particular reference to the impending doom of the Arabs when Mecca, the citadel of their political power, would fall and their political power and whole social system would break and crumble or it may refer to a terrible calamity that would overtake mankind in the form of a global war and would bring calamitous changes in its wake. The present verse read along with 2:213 lends further support to the inference that the words الساعة (the Hour) or یوم القیامة (the Day of Judgement) used in the Quran generally signify a great national calamity that overtakes a people.
852
اَلسَّاعَة (As-Sa‘ah, 审判日) 或 ( اَلْقِيَامَةal-Qiyamah) 表示三种意思: (1)伟大而著名人物的逝世日 (اَلسَّاعَةُ الصُّغْرَى, as-Sa‘atus-Sughra) (2)民族的灾难时刻 (اَلسَّاعَةُ الْوُسْطَى, as-Sa‘atul-Wusta) (3) 赏罚的日子 (اَلسَّاعَةُ الْكُبْرَى, as-Sa‘atul-Kubra)。审判日这一单词在 «古兰经» 中用于后两种意思。根据上下文, 该单词的意思是指震撼一个民族基础的民族灾难。它与阿拉伯人濒临毁灭的厄运特别有关, 当时, 他们政权的所在地麦加即将陷落; 他们的政权以及整个社会体系也将瓦解、崩溃; 它是指全球大战突然袭击人类所造成的可怕灾难以及战争所带来的一切灾难性的变化。这一节经文以及2:213经文对下述论断提供了进一步依据。“审判日” 或 “赏罚日” 在 «古兰经» 中一般是指袭击整个民族的民族大灾难。
1
یعنی آخری مصیبت جس سے دنیا کے جھگڑے ختم ہو جائیں گے۔
2437
Important Words:
زلزلة (earthquake) is derived from زلزل. They say زلزل اللّٰه الارض i.e. God shook the earth. زلزله means, he frightened him. زلزل الابل means, he drove the camels harshly. زلزلة means, a shaking of the earth; an earthquake; a calamity; a terrible visitation; زلازل (plural) i.e. calamities, miseries, trials, afflictions (Aqrab). The word also means: a war or the effects of war. The last two World Wars were called زلزلة (an earthquake) because they shook the foundation of human society and brought about new political and social changes and also a revolutionary change in the beliefs, ideas and ideals of men. The word has been used in the Quran in the sense of a calamity (2:215) and also in the sense of war or the effects of war (33:11, 12).
الساعة (Hour) is derived from ساع. They say ساع الشیء i.e. the thing was lost, it degraded. ساعت الابل means, the camels went away grazing without a driver. ساعة means, an hour; a part of time; a while or a little while; a space; a period; an indefinite time; a watch. الساعة means, the present time; now; just now; this moment. It also means, difficulty, distress or affliction; distance; remoteness. الساعة (Hour) or القیامة is used in three senses: (a) death of a great and famous person. It is called القیامة الصغری or الساعةالصغری i.e. the small resurrection; (b) a national calamity or the doom that overtakes a whole people on account of their evil deeds. It is called الساعة الوسطی i.e. the Middle Hour; (c) the Day of Judgement. It is called القیامة الکبری or الساعة الکبری i.e. the Great Hour (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The word الساعة has been used in the Quran in the last two senses mentioned under "Important Words" above. The context shows that in the verse under comment it has been used in the second sense, i.e. in the sense of a national calamity that shakes the very foundation of a people. It may have particular reference to the impending doom of the Arabs when Mecca, the citadel of their political power, would fall and their political power and whole social system would break and crumble or it may refer to a terrible calamity that would overtake mankind in the form of a global war and would bring calamitous changes in its wake. The present verse read along with 2:213 lends further support to the inference that the words الساعة (the Hour) or یوم القیامة (the Day of Judgement) used in the Quran generally signify a great national calamity that overtakes a people.
1929
As-Sa‘ah (the Hour), or al-Qiyamah, is used in three senses: (a) Death of a great and famous person (as-Sa‘atus-Sughra); (b) a national calamity (as-Sa‘atul-Wusta): (c) the Day of Judgment (as-Sa‘atul-Kubra). The word has been used in the Qur’an in the last two senses. The context shows that here it has been used in the sense of a national calamity that shakes the very foundations of a people. It may have particular reference to the impending doom of the Arabs when Mecca, the citadel of their political power, was to fall and their political power and their social system were to break and crumble; or it may refer to a terrible calamity that would overtake mankind in the form of a global war and would bring calamitous changes in its wake. The present verse, read along with 2:213, lends further support to the inference that the words "the Hour" or "the Day of Judgment" used in the Qur’an generally signify a great national calamity that overtakes a whole people.</
يَوْمَ تَرَوْنَهَا تَذْهَلُ كُلُّ مُرْضِعَةٍ عَمَّآ أَرْضَعَتْ وَتَضَعُ كُلُّ ذَاتِ حَمْلٍ حَمْلَهَا وَتَرَى ٱلنَّاسَ سُكَٰرَىٰ وَمَا هُم بِسُكَٰرَىٰ وَلَٰكِنَّ عَذَابَ ٱللَّهِ شَدِيدٌ
یعنی جب وہ دن ہوگا تو دنیا کا یہ حال ہوگا۔
The verse has used three metaphors or similes to express the extreme severity of the earthquake of the Hour, referred to in the preceding verse. Nothing is dearer to a mother than the baby to which she gives suck, and there could be no terror more dreadful in its effects than the one that makes a woman cast down her burden and which drives men to frenzy, and yet the verse says that the suddenness and severity of the terror inspired by the dreadful event would be such that mothers would abandon the babes at their breasts and pregnant women would cast down their burdens and people would go mad with fright and, like drunken men, would lose all control over their actions.
Important Words:
تذھل (forget) is derived from ذھل. They say ذھل عنه i.e. he forgot it or neglected it; he was or became unmindful of it; he neglected it intentionally or in consequence of his being diverted by something. ذھول is the neglecting of a thing, dismissing it from the mind; or the quitting of a thing with confusion or perplexity or alienation of mind such as arises from fear etc. or being diverted from one’s constant companion so as to forget him (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse has used three metaphors or similes to express the extreme severity of "the earthquake of the Hour," referred to in the preceding verse. Nothing is dearer to a mother than the babe to which she gives suck and there could be no terror more dreadful in its effects than the one that makes a woman cast down her burden and which drives men to frenzy and yet, the verse says, the suddenness and severity of the terror inspired by the dreadful event would be such that mothers would abandon the babes at their breasts and pregnant women would cast down their burdens and people would go mad with fright and like a drunken man would lose all control over their actions. The wording of the verse incidentally implies that the "Hour" referred to in the preceding verse is not the final Day of Judgement but, as stated in the preceding verse, is the destruction of the political power of Meccans in the form of the Fall of Mecca and other calamities that would overtake them, and the victory of Islam.
2
یعنی جب وہ دن ہوگا تو دنیا کا یہ حال ہوگا۔
2438
Important Words:
تذھل (forget) is derived from ذھل. They say ذھل عنه i.e. he forgot it or neglected it; he was or became unmindful of it; he neglected it intentionally or in consequence of his being diverted by something. ذھول is the neglecting of a thing, dismissing it from the mind; or the quitting of a thing with confusion or perplexity or alienation of mind such as arises from fear etc. or being diverted from one’s constant companion so as to forget him (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse has used three metaphors or similes to express the extreme severity of "the earthquake of the Hour," referred to in the preceding verse. Nothing is dearer to a mother than the babe to which she gives suck and there could be no terror more dreadful in its effects than the one that makes a woman cast down her burden and which drives men to frenzy and yet, the verse says, the suddenness and severity of the terror inspired by the dreadful event would be such that mothers would abandon the babes at their breasts and pregnant women would cast down their burdens and people would go mad with fright and like a drunken man would lose all control over their actions. The wording of the verse incidentally implies that the "Hour" referred to in the preceding verse is not the final Day of Judgement but, as stated in the preceding verse, is the destruction of the political power of Meccans in the form of the Fall of Mecca and other calamities that would overtake them, and the victory of Islam.
1930
The verse has used three metaphors or similes to express the extreme severity of the earthquake of the Hour, referred to in the preceding verse. Nothing is dearer to a mother than the baby to which she gives suck, and there could be no terror more dreadful in its effects than the one that makes a woman cast down her burden and which drives men to frenzy, and yet the verse says that the suddenness and severity of the terror inspired by the dreadful event would be such that mothers would abandon the babes at their breasts and pregnant women would cast down their burdens and people would go mad with fright and, like drunken men, would lose all control over their actions.
وَمِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ مَن يُجَٰدِلُ فِى ٱللَّهِ بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ وَيَتَّبِعُ كُلَّ شَيْطَٰنٍ مَّرِيدٍ
13:14; 22:9; 31:21; 40:70.
13:14; 22:9; 31:21; 40:70.
13:14; 22:9; 31:21; 40:70.
Important Words:
مرید (rebellious) is derived from مرد (marada) which means, he exalted himself; he was insolent and audacious in pride and in acts of disobedience; he was excessively proud or disobedient or rebellious; he was refractory; he outstripped others in pride or disobedience. مرد (marida), means it (the tree) became denuded of its leaves. شجر أمرد means, a tree devoid of leaves, المارد or المرید means, one who is destitute of good (Lane & Aqrab). See also 9:101.
Commentary:
The verse shows that true knowledge is a great divine boon and all misguidance is the result of the lack of it. At another place (35:29) the Quran states that the realization of the Diving Being is vouchsafed only to those who are possessed of true knowledge. The present verse is of general application and applies to no particular person. The words فی الله (concerning Allah) mean, concerning the person, power and attribute of God.
It may be noted here that شیطان (Satan) or ابلیس (Iblis) is the being who has been created by God to incite men to do evil deeds as angels have been created to exhort them to do good deeds and thus he is the exact opposite of the angels, and the object of his creation is to try and test the mettle of men. He has his representatives in every time and age. It is this inciter to evil deeds and his representatives who have been mentioned in the Quran in connection with Adam’s story. This inciter to evil deeds will live as long as the world lasts but his representatives in the form of wicked men die and others take their place.
It may also be mentioned here that Satan will not be punished for inciting men to evil deeds as angels will not be rewarded for exhorting them to do good deeds. Punishment is awarded for deeds which are against the laws of nature or of the Shari‘ah but to incite men to bad deeds is ingrained in the very nature of Satan and is a part of his being. So the question of punishment in regard to him does not arise. It is true that according to the Quran, Satan will go to Hell just as the angels will go to Heaven but the fire of Hell will cause him no pain or suffering just as the rewards of heaven will give no joy or happiness to the angels. Having been created of fire (7:13) Satan is immune from the effects of burning. He is no doubt hated and condemned and denounced because he represents evil and sin but he deserves and will receive no punishment for what is a part of his nature and what he has been created to do. His representatives from among men, however, will certainly be punished for their wicked deeds. See also 2:35, 37.
b
13:14; 22:9; 31:21; 40:70.
a
13:14; 22:9; 31:21; 40:70.
2439
Important Words:
مرید (rebellious) is derived from مرد (marada) which means, he exalted himself; he was insolent and audacious in pride and in acts of disobedience; he was excessively proud or disobedient or rebellious; he was refractory; he outstripped others in pride or disobedience. مرد (marida), means it (the tree) became denuded of its leaves. شجر أمرد means, a tree devoid of leaves, المارد or المرید means, one who is destitute of good (Lane & Aqrab). See also 9:101.
Commentary:
The verse shows that true knowledge is a great divine boon and all misguidance is the result of the lack of it. At another place (35:29) the Quran states that the realization of the Diving Being is vouchsafed only to those who are possessed of true knowledge. The present verse is of general application and applies to no particular person. The words فی الله (concerning Allah) mean, concerning the person, power and attribute of God.
It may be noted here that شیطان (Satan) or ابلیس (Iblis) is the being who has been created by God to incite men to do evil deeds as angels have been created to exhort them to do good deeds and thus he is the exact opposite of the angels, and the object of his creation is to try and test the mettle of men. He has his representatives in every time and age. It is this inciter to evil deeds and his representatives who have been mentioned in the Quran in connection with Adam’s story. This inciter to evil deeds will live as long as the world lasts but his representatives in the form of wicked men die and others take their place.
It may also be mentioned here that Satan will not be punished for inciting men to evil deeds as angels will not be rewarded for exhorting them to do good deeds. Punishment is awarded for deeds which are against the laws of nature or of the Shari‘ah but to incite men to bad deeds is ingrained in the very nature of Satan and is a part of his being. So the question of punishment in regard to him does not arise. It is true that according to the Quran, Satan will go to Hell just as the angels will go to Heaven but the fire of Hell will cause him no pain or suffering just as the rewards of heaven will give no joy or happiness to the angels. Having been created of fire (7:13) Satan is immune from the effects of burning. He is no doubt hated and condemned and denounced because he represents evil and sin but he deserves and will receive no punishment for what is a part of his nature and what he has been created to do. His representatives from among men, however, will certainly be punished for their wicked deeds. See also 2:35, 37.
a
13:14; 22:9; 31:21; 40:70.
كُتِبَ عَلَيْهِ أَنَّهُۥ مَن تَوَلَّاهُ فَأَنَّهُۥ يُضِلُّهُۥ وَيَهْدِيهِ إِلَىٰ عَذَابِ ٱلسَّعِيرِ
4:39, 120.
4:39, 120.
Only those are led astray by Satan who make friends with him and follow him. At another place the Qur’an says that Satan has no power over righteous servants of God. It is only those who accept his evil suggestions that are led astray (16:100, 101; 17:66).
4:39,120.
Commentary:
The verse makes it clear that only those are led astray by Satan who first make friends with him and follow him. At another place the Quran says that Satan has no power over the true servants of God. It is only those who accept his evil suggestions and follow him that fall victim to him (16:100-101; 17:66).
The expression یھدیه (guides him) contains a beautiful irony. i.e. Satan 'guides' disbelievers to the fire of Hell as if the fire of Hell is a thing to which they would like to be guided. It is of interest to note that whereas for the righteous it is said that "are on guidance" or, in other words, they are mounted on guidance, for the wicked it is said that they are led or driven to Hell.
c
4:39, 120.
a
4:39,120.
2440
Commentary:
The verse makes it clear that only those are led astray by Satan who first make friends with him and follow him. At another place the Quran says that Satan has no power over the true servants of God. It is only those who accept his evil suggestions and follow him that fall victim to him (16:100-101; 17:66).
The expression یھدیه (guides him) contains a beautiful irony. i.e. Satan 'guides' disbelievers to the fire of Hell as if the fire of Hell is a thing to which they would like to be guided. It is of interest to note that whereas for the righteous it is said that "are on guidance" or, in other words, they are mounted on guidance, for the wicked it is said that they are led or driven to Hell.
b
4:39, 120.
1931
Only those are led astray by Satan who make friends with him and follow him. At another place the Qur’an says that Satan has no power over righteous servants of God. It is only those who accept his evil suggestions that are led astray (16:100, 101; 17:66).
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ إِن كُنتُمْ فِى رَيْبٍ مِّنَ ٱلْبَعْثِ فَإِنَّا خَلَقْنَٰكُم مِّن تُرَابٍ ثُمَّ مِن نُّطْفَةٍ ثُمَّ مِنْ عَلَقَةٍ ثُمَّ مِن مُّضْغَةٍ مُّخَلَّقَةٍ وَغَيْرِ مُخَلَّقَةٍ لِّنُبَيِّنَ لَكُمْ ۚ وَنُقِرُّ فِى ٱلْأَرْحَامِ مَا نَشَآءُ إِلَىٰٓ أَجَلٍ مُّسَمًّى ثُمَّ نُخْرِجُكُمْ طِفْلًا ثُمَّ لِتَبْلُغُوٓا۟ أَشُدَّكُمْ ۖ وَمِنكُم مَّن يُتَوَفَّىٰ وَمِنكُم مَّن يُرَدُّ إِلَىٰٓ أَرْذَلِ ٱلْعُمُرِ لِكَيْلَا يَعْلَمَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ عِلْمٍ شَيْـًٔا ۚ وَتَرَى ٱلْأَرْضَ هَامِدَةً فَإِذَآ أَنزَلْنَا عَلَيْهَا ٱلْمَآءَ ٱهْتَزَّتْ وَرَبَتْ وَأَنۢبَتَتْ مِن كُلِّ زَوْجٍۭ بَهِيجٍ
13:9; 35:12; 41:48.
16:71; 36:69.
16:66; 27:61; 30:49-51; 35:28; 45:6.
人类的创造与身体的成长, 形成了有死后生命的强有力的依据。人类的创造是一种演化过程, 是逐步形成的, 是阶段性逐步发展的。它从无生命物质发展成种子, 受精卵, 胎儿的发育, 直到完美形体的人出生为止。然而, 演化过程并不随着人类的产生而停止。演化过程不断继续。从无生命物质发展成为一个完善的人。人类身体的奇妙成长是一个无可辩驳的证据。它证明了人类的创造主和使人类具有这些演化阶段的创造者具有在人们死后仍能给他们新生命的权能。这一论断也说明精神世界的发展也同人类的创造与身体的成长一样, 是逐步演化、发展而成的。另一依据来自自然界, 当雨水落到地上时, 荒芜、凄凉、死气沉沉的大地由于新的生命开始而苏醒过来。这里可得出同样的结论: 安拉, 他具有使死寂与荒芜的大地由于新生命的出现而复苏的权能, 也具有在人们死后再给他们新生命的权能。
16:71; 36:69.
16:66; 27:61; 30:49-51; 35:28; 45:6.
13:9; 35:12; 41:48.
Man’s creation and physical development constitutes a strong argument in favour of Life after death. This creation is a process of evolution, a gradual unfolding, a development from one stage to another, from lifeless matter to a seed, then to a fertilised ovum, then to a foetus and then it culminates in the birth of a perfectly formed human being. This process of evolution, however, does not stop with man’s birth. It continues. The wonderful physical growth of man from lifeless matter to a fully developed human being constitutes an irrefutable proof that the Creator of man and the Author of all these stages of his development possesses the power to give him a new life after he is dead. The inference also seems to be that just as the creation and physical development of man is a process of evolution and gradual growth, so is his spiritual development. Another argument is taken from nature, viz. that the barren, bleak or dead earth vibrates with new life when rain falls upon it. This phenomenon also lea
13:9; 35:12; 41:48.
16:71; 36:69.
16:66; 27:61; 30:49-51; 35:28; 45:6.
Important Words:
تراب (dust) is derived from ترب which means, it became dusted or dusty; he had dust in his hand; he clove to dust or earth; he clove to the dust or earth by means of poverty. تراب means, dust, earth (Lane).
علقة (clotted blood) is derived from علق which has several meanings. علق به means, it stuck fast, clung or adhered to it; it was or became suspended by it; it concerned him or it. علقت المرأة means, the woman became pregnant. علق means, blood or intensely red blood or thick or clotted blood because of its clinging together. علقة signifies a portion of clotted blood or the seminal fluid when it becomes thick clotted blood after which it passes to another stage termed مضغة (Lane).
مضغة (lump of flesh) is derived from مضغ. They say مضغ الطعام i.e. he chewed the food. مضغة means, a piece or bit of flesh or a morsel of flesh; a foetus when it has become like a lump or flesh (Lane & Aqrab).
مخلقة (formed) is derived form خلق for which see 3:50. مضغة مخلقة signifies a foetus when it has become like a lump of flesh perfect or complete in make or of which the make has become apparent (Lane).
ھامدة (lifeless) is active participle in the feminine gender from ھمد which means, he or it died or perished. ھمدت الریح means, the wind became still. ھمدت الارض means, the land became lifeless, without herbage and without rain (Lane & Aqrab).
اھتزت (stirs) is derived from ھز. They say ھزہ i.e. he shook it. اھتز النبات means, the plant or herbage became tall. اھتزت الارضmeans, the land produced herbage or became in motion and produced plants or herbage (Lane & Aqrab). When Sa‘d, a very prominent companion of the Holy Prophet died, he is reported to have exclaimed, اھتز عرش الرحمان لموت سعد بن معاذ i.e. the Throne of the Gracious God shook on account of the death of Sa‘d bin Ma‘adh.
ربت (swells) is fromربا meaning, it increased or augmented; it became high. ربت الارض means, the earth became large and swelled (Lane). See also 2:266 & 3:131.
بھیج (beauteous) is derived from بھج (bahuja) i.e. he or it was or became beauteous or beautiful or goodly or beautiful and bright or splendid; or from بھج (bahija) which means, he was or became joyful, glad or happy. بھج به means, he rejoiced in it or at it. Or it may also be said to have been derived from بھج (bahaja). They say بھجه (bahaja) i.e. it made him joyful, glad or happy. بھیج means, beauteous or beautiful and bright or splendid, having a joyful, glad or happy appearance. بھجة means, beauty or goodliness of a thing or its beauty and brightness or splendour; joyfulness, gladness or happiness of appearance (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse proceeds to give arguments to show that life after death or the resurrection is an established fact. Man’s own creation and physical development is the first argument given in this verse to prove this theme. This creation is a process of evolution, a gradual unfolding, a development from one stage to another, from lifeless matter to a seed, then to a fertilized ovum, then to a foetus and then it culminates in the birth of a perfectly formed human being. But this process of evolution and growth does not stop with man’s birth. It continues. A child grows into a full grown man and then he passes on to old age and then to death which is the flight of the human soul from its physical habitat. This wonderful physical growth of man from a lifeless piece of matter to a fully developed human being constitutes an irrefutable proof that the Creator of man and the Author of all these stages of development possesses the power to give him a new life after he is dead.
The inference seems to be that just as the creation and development of man is a process of evolution and gradual growth, in the same way the progress of Islam will also be gradual and in stages.
After this argument in favour of life after death, another argument given in this verse is taken from nature. The verse says that the earth becomes barren, bleak or dead on account of a long period of drought. There is not a blade of grass to be seen on it. Then God sends down rain. The bleak and barren earth begins to vibrate with new life. This phenomenon also leads to the same conclusion that God Who has the power to make the dead and barren earth vibrate with new life has the power to bring man to life after his death. It also leads to the implied inference that by the advent of Islam, a spiritually dead Arabia will bloom and blossom into new life. See also 23:13-15.
a
13:9; 35:12; 41:48.
b
16:71; 36:69.
c
16:66; 27:61; 30:49-51; 35:28; 45:6.
853
人类的创造与身体的成长, 形成了有死后生命的强有力的依据。人类的创造是一种演化过程, 是逐步形成的, 是阶段性逐步发展的。它从无生命物质发展成种子, 受精卵, 胎儿的发育, 直到完美形体的人出生为止。然而, 演化过程并不随着人类的产生而停止。演化过程不断继续。从无生命物质发展成为一个完善的人。人类身体的奇妙成长是一个无可辩驳的证据。它证明了人类的创造主和使人类具有这些演化阶段的创造者具有在人们死后仍能给他们新生命的权能。这一论断也说明精神世界的发展也同人类的创造与身体的成长一样, 是逐步演化、发展而成的。另一依据来自自然界, 当雨水落到地上时, 荒芜、凄凉、死气沉沉的大地由于新的生命开始而苏醒过来。这里可得出同样的结论: 安拉, 他具有使死寂与荒芜的大地由于新生命的出现而复苏的权能, 也具有在人们死后再给他们新生命的权能。
a
13:9; 35:12; 41:48.
b
16:71; 36:69.
c
16:66; 27:61; 30:49-51; 35:28; 45:6.
2441
Important Words:
تراب (dust) is derived from ترب which means, it became dusted or dusty; he had dust in his hand; he clove to dust or earth; he clove to the dust or earth by means of poverty. تراب means, dust, earth (Lane).
علقة (clotted blood) is derived from علق which has several meanings. علق به means, it stuck fast, clung or adhered to it; it was or became suspended by it; it concerned him or it. علقت المرأة means, the woman became pregnant. علق means, blood or intensely red blood or thick or clotted blood because of its clinging together. علقة signifies a portion of clotted blood or the seminal fluid when it becomes thick clotted blood after which it passes to another stage termed مضغة (Lane).
مضغة (lump of flesh) is derived from مضغ. They say مضغ الطعام i.e. he chewed the food. مضغة means, a piece or bit of flesh or a morsel of flesh; a foetus when it has become like a lump or flesh (Lane & Aqrab).
مخلقة (formed) is derived form خلق for which see 3:50. مضغة مخلقة signifies a foetus when it has become like a lump of flesh perfect or complete in make or of which the make has become apparent (Lane).
ھامدة (lifeless) is active participle in the feminine gender from ھمد which means, he or it died or perished. ھمدت الریح means, the wind became still. ھمدت الارض means, the land became lifeless, without herbage and without rain (Lane & Aqrab).
اھتزت (stirs) is derived from ھز. They say ھزہ i.e. he shook it. اھتز النبات means, the plant or herbage became tall. اھتزت الارضmeans, the land produced herbage or became in motion and produced plants or herbage (Lane & Aqrab). When Sa‘d, a very prominent companion of the Holy Prophet died, he is reported to have exclaimed, اھتز عرش الرحمان لموت سعد بن معاذ i.e. the Throne of the Gracious God shook on account of the death of Sa‘d bin Ma‘adh.
ربت (swells) is fromربا meaning, it increased or augmented; it became high. ربت الارض means, the earth became large and swelled (Lane). See also 2:266 & 3:131.
بھیج (beauteous) is derived from بھج (bahuja) i.e. he or it was or became beauteous or beautiful or goodly or beautiful and bright or splendid; or from بھج (bahija) which means, he was or became joyful, glad or happy. بھج به means, he rejoiced in it or at it. Or it may also be said to have been derived from بھج (bahaja). They say بھجه (bahaja) i.e. it made him joyful, glad or happy. بھیج means, beauteous or beautiful and bright or splendid, having a joyful, glad or happy appearance. بھجة means, beauty or goodliness of a thing or its beauty and brightness or splendour; joyfulness, gladness or happiness of appearance (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse proceeds to give arguments to show that life after death or the resurrection is an established fact. Man’s own creation and physical development is the first argument given in this verse to prove this theme. This creation is a process of evolution, a gradual unfolding, a development from one stage to another, from lifeless matter to a seed, then to a fertilized ovum, then to a foetus and then it culminates in the birth of a perfectly formed human being. But this process of evolution and growth does not stop with man’s birth. It continues. A child grows into a full grown man and then he passes on to old age and then to death which is the flight of the human soul from its physical habitat. This wonderful physical growth of man from a lifeless piece of matter to a fully developed human being constitutes an irrefutable proof that the Creator of man and the Author of all these stages of development possesses the power to give him a new life after he is dead.
The inference seems to be that just as the creation and development of man is a process of evolution and gradual growth, in the same way the progress of Islam will also be gradual and in stages.
After this argument in favour of life after death, another argument given in this verse is taken from nature. The verse says that the earth becomes barren, bleak or dead on account of a long period of drought. There is not a blade of grass to be seen on it. Then God sends down rain. The bleak and barren earth begins to vibrate with new life. This phenomenon also leads to the same conclusion that God Who has the power to make the dead and barren earth vibrate with new life has the power to bring man to life after his death. It also leads to the implied inference that by the advent of Islam, a spiritually dead Arabia will bloom and blossom into new life. See also 23:13-15.
a
16:71; 36:69.
b
16:66; 27:61; 30:49-51; 35:28; 45:6.
c
13:9; 35:12; 41:48.
1932
Man’s creation and physical development constitutes a strong argument in favour of Life after death. This creation is a process of evolution, a gradual unfolding, a development from one stage to another, from lifeless matter to a seed, then to a fertilised ovum, then to a foetus and then it culminates in the birth of a perfectly formed human being. This process of evolution, however, does not stop with man’s birth. It continues. The wonderful physical growth of man from lifeless matter to a fully developed human being constitutes an irrefutable proof that the Creator of man and the Author of all these stages of his development possesses the power to give him a new life after he is dead. The inference also seems to be that just as the creation and physical development of man is a process of evolution and gradual growth, so is his spiritual development. Another argument is taken from nature, viz. that the barren, bleak or dead earth vibrates with new life when rain falls upon it. This phenomenon also lea
ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ هُوَ ٱلْحَقُّ وَأَنَّهُۥ يُحْىِ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ وَأَنَّهُۥ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ
2:74; 30:51; 35:10; 41:40; 42:10; 57:18.
2:74; 30:51; 35:10; 41:40; 42:10; 57:18.
2:74; 30:51; 35:10; 41:40; 42:10; 57:18.
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that the inescapable inference from the preceding verse is (1) that God is الحق i.e. His existence is an established fact and He is the Creator Who creates according to the requirements of wisdom and justice; (2) that He infuses new life into a spiritually dead people and (3) that He has the power to do all things which are in accordance with His design and device and which fulfil His purpose.
The word الموتی (the dead) here specially signifies those who are spiritually dead. The physically dead are mentioned in the next verse.
d
2:74; 30:51; 35:10; 41:40; 42:10; 57:18.
a
2:74; 30:51; 35:10; 41:40; 42:10; 57:18.
2442
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that the inescapable inference from the preceding verse is (1) that God is الحق i.e. His existence is an established fact and He is the Creator Who creates according to the requirements of wisdom and justice; (2) that He infuses new life into a spiritually dead people and (3) that He has the power to do all things which are in accordance with His design and device and which fulfil His purpose.
The word الموتی (the dead) here specially signifies those who are spiritually dead. The physically dead are mentioned in the next verse.
c
2:74; 30:51; 35:10; 41:40; 42:10; 57:18.
وَأَنَّ ٱلسَّاعَةَ ءَاتِيَةٌ لَّا رَيْبَ فِيهَا وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَبْعَثُ مَن فِى ٱلْقُبُورِ
15:86; 18:22; 20:16; 40:60; 45:33.
اس آیت میں اَلسَّاعَۃ کا لفظ ہے۔ اور اَلْ اس بات پر دلالت کرتا ہے کہ اس کے بعد کا لفظ لوگوں کے ذہنوں میں ہے۔ اس لئے ہم نے ’’وقت مقرر‘‘کے الفاظ سے ترجمہ کیا ہے۔
15:86; 18:22; 20:16; 40:60; 45:33.
15:86; 18:22; 20:16; 40:60; 45:33.
Commentary:
The verse continues the theme of its predecessor and like it constitutes an inevitable conclusion to v. 6 viz. "that the Hour will certainly come and that Allah will raise up those who are in the graves." The expression "who are in the graves" may also refer to those who are spiritually dead and are waiting for a Divine Reformer to come and raise them from their graves, i.e. their spiritual death. This expression and the word الموتی (the dead) in the preceding verse may be taken as depicting two aspects of the spiritually dead people.
e
15:86; 18:22; 20:16; 40:60; 45:33.
1
اس آیت میں اَلسَّاعَۃ کا لفظ ہے۔ اور اَلْ اس بات پر دلالت کرتا ہے کہ اس کے بعد کا لفظ لوگوں کے ذہنوں میں ہے۔ اس لئے ہم نے ’’وقت مقرر‘‘کے الفاظ سے ترجمہ کیا ہے۔
a
15:86; 18:22; 20:16; 40:60; 45:33.
2443
Commentary:
The verse continues the theme of its predecessor and like it constitutes an inevitable conclusion to v. 6 viz. "that the Hour will certainly come and that Allah will raise up those who are in the graves." The expression "who are in the graves" may also refer to those who are spiritually dead and are waiting for a Divine Reformer to come and raise them from their graves, i.e. their spiritual death. This expression and the word الموتی (the dead) in the preceding verse may be taken as depicting two aspects of the spiritually dead people.
d
15:86; 18:22; 20:16; 40:60; 45:33.
وَمِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ مَن يُجَٰدِلُ فِى ٱللَّهِ بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ وَلَا هُدًى وَلَا كِتَٰبٍ مُّنِيرٍ
22:4.
22:4.
Commentary:
The verse stresses the importance of true knowledge and reiterates the fact that all deviation from the right path is due to the lack of it. It purports to say that the inference from v. 6 viz. that God is and that He has the power to bring the dead to life, is so patent and manifest that it is only perverse thinking, born of lack of true knowledge that can deny it.
علم (knowledge) signifies intellectual proof and arguments, ھدی Divine guidance and کتاب منیر signifies scriptural evidence.
a
22:4.
b
22:4.
2444
Commentary:
The verse stresses the importance of true knowledge and reiterates the fact that all deviation from the right path is due to the lack of it. It purports to say that the inference from v. 6 viz. that God is and that He has the power to bring the dead to life, is so patent and manifest that it is only perverse thinking, born of lack of true knowledge that can deny it.
علم (knowledge) signifies intellectual proof and arguments, ھدی Divine guidance and کتاب منیر signifies scriptural evidence.
a
22:4.
1933
‘Ilm (knowledge) signifies, intellectual proofs and arguments, Huda Divine guidance and Kitabu Munir scriptural evidence.
ثَانِىَ عِطْفِهِۦ لِيُضِلَّ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ لَهُۥ فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا خِزْىٌ ۖ وَنُذِيقُهُۥ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ عَذَابَ ٱلْحَرِيقِ
Two kinds of punishment are in store for the deniers of truth, viz. defeat and discomfiture in the present life and disgrace and ignominy in the life to come. The punishment in this life constitutes a proof of punishment in the life to come.
Important Words:
ثانی (turning) is derived from ثنی. They say ثناہ i.e. he doubled it or folded it; he bent it; he turned him or turned him away or back. ثناہ من حاجته he turned him or turned him away or back from the object of his want. ثانی عطفه meaning twisting or bending his back and turning his side, is a metaphor for "behaving proudly." See also 11:6 & 15:88.
Commentary:
Two kinds of punishment are in store for the deniers of truth, viz. defeat and discomfiture in the present life and disgrace and ignominy in the life to come. The punishment in this life constitutes a proof of punishment in the life to come.
2445
Important Words:
ثانی (turning) is derived from ثنی. They say ثناہ i.e. he doubled it or folded it; he bent it; he turned him or turned him away or back. ثناہ من حاجته he turned him or turned him away or back from the object of his want. ثانی عطفه meaning twisting or bending his back and turning his side, is a metaphor for "behaving proudly." See also 11:6 & 15:88.
Commentary:
Two kinds of punishment are in store for the deniers of truth, viz. defeat and discomfiture in the present life and disgrace and ignominy in the life to come. The punishment in this life constitutes a proof of punishment in the life to come.
1934
Two kinds of punishment are in store for the deniers of truth, viz. defeat and discomfiture in the present life and disgrace and ignominy in the life to come. The punishment in this life constitutes a proof of punishment in the life to come.
ذَٰلِكَ بِمَا قَدَّمَتْ يَدَاكَ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَيْسَ بِظَلَّٰمٍ لِّلْعَبِيدِ
3:183; 8:52; 41:47.
3:183; 8:52; 41:47.
3:183; 8:52; 41:47.
b
3:183; 8:52; 41:47.
a
3:183; 8:52; 41:47.
b
3:183; 8:52; 41:47.
وَمِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ مَن يَعْبُدُ ٱللَّهَ عَلَىٰ حَرْفٍ ۖ فَإِنْ أَصَابَهُۥ خَيْرٌ ٱطْمَأَنَّ بِهِۦ ۖ وَإِنْ أَصَابَتْهُ فِتْنَةٌ ٱنقَلَبَ عَلَىٰ وَجْهِهِۦ خَسِرَ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱلْءَاخِرَةَ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ هُوَ ٱلْخُسْرَانُ ٱلْمُبِينُ
70:21, 22.
آیت میں مَنْ کا لفظ ہے جس کے معنے جمع کے بھی ہو سکتے ہیں اور مفرد کے بھی۔
70:21, 22.
The Arabs say, Fulanun ‘Ala Harfin min Amrihi, i.e. such a one is in a vacillating condition, looking to the result of an affair he turns to it if he sees what he likes and turns away from it if he sees what does not please him (Lane). The Quranic expression means, one who serves Allah standing aloof with respect to religion, in a fluctuating state, like the person who is in the outskirts of the army, so that if he is sure of victory and spoil, he stands firm, otherwise he flees away. The sense of the expression 'on the verge' is explained in the very next sentence, viz. "if good befalls him, he is content therewith; and if there befalls him a trial, he returns to his former way." Or, the expression may signify that people of weak faith are always in a state of doubt and suspense. If, by accepting the truth, they hope to get some material benefit they remain and behave as believers, but if belief is attended with trials and tribulations, they turn back on their heels.
33:20; 70:21-22.
Important Words:
حرف (verge) is infinitive noun from حرف (harafa). They say حرف الشیء عن وجھه i.e. he turned the thing from its proper way or manner or altered it therefrom. حرف means, the extremity, verge, border, margin, brink, side or edge of anything, as for instance the side of a river, the edge of a sword or the ridge of a mountain. علی حرف من امرہ means, such a one is in a vacillating condition, looking to the result of an affair, he turns to it if he sees what he likes, and turns away from it if he sees what does not please him. من یعبد اللّٰه علی حرف means, one who serves Allah standing aloof with respect to religion, in a fluctuating state, like the person who is in the outskirts of the army, so that if he is sure of victory and spoil, he stands firm, otherwise he flees away; or the meaning is, he who serves God in doubt or suspense being unsteady like him who is on the ridge of a mountain; or the meaning is, one who serves God in one mode of circumstances i.e. when in ample circumstances and not when in straitened circumstances (Lane).
Commentary:
The sense of the expression علی حرف (on the verge) is explained in the very next sentence, viz. if good befall him, he is content therewith; and if there befall him a trial, he returns to his former way. Taking the word حرف in the sense of suspense, the expression would signify that people of weak faith are always in a state of doubt and suspense. If by accepting the message of truth they hope to get some material benefit, they remain and act as believers but if belief is attended with trials and tribulations then they turn back on their heels. Taking this word in the sense of edge or brink, the expression would mean that such people have only a superficial knowledge of religion. They do not enter into its spirit and have no insight into it. Such waverers and doubters are always deprived of the very benefits they hope to get by their insincere faith.
c
70:21, 22.
1
آیت میں مَنْ کا لفظ ہے جس کے معنے جمع کے بھی ہو سکتے ہیں اور مفرد کے بھی۔
b
33:20; 70:21-22.
2446
Important Words:
حرف (verge) is infinitive noun from حرف (harafa). They say حرف الشیء عن وجھه i.e. he turned the thing from its proper way or manner or altered it therefrom. حرف means, the extremity, verge, border, margin, brink, side or edge of anything, as for instance the side of a river, the edge of a sword or the ridge of a mountain. علی حرف من امرہ means, such a one is in a vacillating condition, looking to the result of an affair, he turns to it if he sees what he likes, and turns away from it if he sees what does not please him. من یعبد اللّٰه علی حرف means, one who serves Allah standing aloof with respect to religion, in a fluctuating state, like the person who is in the outskirts of the army, so that if he is sure of victory and spoil, he stands firm, otherwise he flees away; or the meaning is, he who serves God in doubt or suspense being unsteady like him who is on the ridge of a mountain; or the meaning is, one who serves God in one mode of circumstances i.e. when in ample circumstances and not when in straitened circumstances (Lane).
Commentary:
The sense of the expression علی حرف (on the verge) is explained in the very next sentence, viz. if good befall him, he is content therewith; and if there befall him a trial, he returns to his former way. Taking the word حرف in the sense of suspense, the expression would signify that people of weak faith are always in a state of doubt and suspense. If by accepting the message of truth they hope to get some material benefit, they remain and act as believers but if belief is attended with trials and tribulations then they turn back on their heels. Taking this word in the sense of edge or brink, the expression would mean that such people have only a superficial knowledge of religion. They do not enter into its spirit and have no insight into it. Such waverers and doubters are always deprived of the very benefits they hope to get by their insincere faith.
a
70:21, 22.
1935
The Arabs say, Fulanun ‘Ala Harfin min Amrihi, i.e. such a one is in a vacillating condition, looking to the result of an affair he turns to it if he sees what he likes and turns away from it if he sees what does not please him (Lane). The Quranic expression means, one who serves Allah standing aloof with respect to religion, in a fluctuating state, like the person who is in the outskirts of the army, so that if he is sure of victory and spoil, he stands firm, otherwise he flees away. The sense of the expression 'on the verge' is explained in the very next sentence, viz. "if good befalls him, he is content therewith; and if there befalls him a trial, he returns to his former way." Or, the expression may signify that people of weak faith are always in a state of doubt and suspense. If, by accepting the truth, they hope to get some material benefit they remain and behave as believers, but if belief is attended with trials and tribulations, they turn back on their heels.
يَدْعُوا۟ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا يَضُرُّهُۥ وَمَا لَا يَنفَعُهُۥ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ هُوَ ٱلضَّلَٰلُ ٱلْبَعِيدُ
6:72; 10:107; 21:67; 25:56.
6:72; 10:107; 21:67; 25:56.
6:72; 10:107; 21:67; 25:56.
d
6:72; 10:107; 21:67; 25:56.
a
6:72; 10:107; 21:67; 25:56.
b
6:72; 10:107; 21:67; 25:56.
يَدْعُوا۟ لَمَن ضَرُّهُۥٓ أَقْرَبُ مِن نَّفْعِهِۦ ۚ لَبِئْسَ ٱلْمَوْلَىٰ وَلَبِئْسَ ٱلْعَشِيرُ
The moral injury which the worship of false gods does to their votaries is immediate and patent inasmuch as they degrade themselves before lifeless things and thus do a great injury to their own dignity and self-respect, but any benefit that they hope to get from it is only illusory and far-fetched.
Commentary:
There may seem to be some contradiction between the subject-matter of this and the previous verse. But in reality there is none. The preceding verse only means that false gods are devoid of all power to do any good or ill to anybody, so it is foolish to worship such worthless objects. The present verse, however, means that the moral injury that the worship of false gods does to their votaries is immediate and quite patent inasmuch as the worshippers degrade themselves before lifeless things and thus do a great injury to their dignity and self-respect, but any benefit that they hope to get from it is imaginary and far-fetched. The verse may also signify that the unreal, temporary and insubstantial worldly gain that the idolaters hope to gain by associating themselves with the community of polytheists is nothing compared with the moral and spiritual injury they do to themselves by their worship of the idols.
2447
Commentary:
There may seem to be some contradiction between the subject-matter of this and the previous verse. But in reality there is none. The preceding verse only means that false gods are devoid of all power to do any good or ill to anybody, so it is foolish to worship such worthless objects. The present verse, however, means that the moral injury that the worship of false gods does to their votaries is immediate and quite patent inasmuch as the worshippers degrade themselves before lifeless things and thus do a great injury to their dignity and self-respect, but any benefit that they hope to get from it is imaginary and far-fetched. The verse may also signify that the unreal, temporary and insubstantial worldly gain that the idolaters hope to gain by associating themselves with the community of polytheists is nothing compared with the moral and spiritual injury they do to themselves by their worship of the idols.
1936
The moral injury which the worship of false gods does to their votaries is immediate and patent inasmuch as they degrade themselves before lifeless things and thus do a great injury to their own dignity and self-respect, but any benefit that they hope to get from it is only illusory and far-fetched.
إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُدْخِلُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ جَنَّٰتٍ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَفْعَلُ مَا يُرِيدُ
2:278; 4:176; 10:10; 13:30; 14:24.
2:278; 4:176; 10:10; 13:30; 14:24.
2:278; 4:176; 10:10; 13:30; 14:24.
Commentary:
Whereas the preceding two verses purport to say that idol worshippers get no gain from their evil practices or if at all they happen to derive any benefit from them it is quite insubstantial and transitory, the present verse says that the advantages of true faith and good works are manifold and enduring.
a
2:278; 4:176; 10:10; 13:30; 14:24.
a
2:278; 4:176; 10:10; 13:30; 14:24.
2448
Commentary:
Whereas the preceding two verses purport to say that idol worshippers get no gain from their evil practices or if at all they happen to derive any benefit from them it is quite insubstantial and transitory, the present verse says that the advantages of true faith and good works are manifold and enduring.
c
2:278; 4:176; 10:10; 13:30; 14:24.
مَن كَانَ يَظُنُّ أَن لَّن يَنصُرَهُ ٱللَّهُ فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱلْءَاخِرَةِ فَلْيَمْدُدْ بِسَبَبٍ إِلَى ٱلسَّمَآءِ ثُمَّ لْيَقْطَعْ فَلْيَنظُرْ هَلْ يُذْهِبَنَّ كَيْدُهُۥ مَا يَغِيظُ
اور زمین پر گر کر مر جائے۔ کیونکہ اس کی امید کبھی بر نہ آئے گی۔ پس اس کی موت ہی اسے مایوسی دیکھنے سے بچا سکتی ہے۔
The verse seems to hold out a challenge to disbelievers to do their worst against the Holy Prophet and then see if they can stop Divine help which he is constantly receiving and will continue to receive from On High. It is decreed in the heavens that Islam shall make steady and uninterrupted progress and that no one can alter the Divine decree; and that only death will save disbelievers from the humiliating and painful sight of seeing Islam making rapid progress. If the word Sama’ be interpreted as "roof" or "ceiling" (Lane), the verse would signify, 'If the opponents of the Holy Prophet are enraged at the success of his mission, then let them hang themselves by fixing a rope to the ceiling and cutting it off, even then Divine assistance will not stop coming.' This meaning is supported by 3:120 where disbelievers are reproved and reprimanded in the words, Perish in your rage. Surely, Allah has full knowledge of what is hidden in your breasts.
Commentary:
This verse is generally misunderstood and misinterpreted. We have tried to make the meaning clear by supplying the words "the Prophet" within brackets and the expressions "the Divine help" and "if he can" and the pronoun "him" in italics. The verse seems to hold out a challenge to disbelievers to do their worst against the Holy Prophet; and then see if they can stop Divine help which he is constantly receiving and will continue to receive from on high. It is decreed in the heavens that Islam will make steady and uninterrupted progress and that no one can alter the Divine decree; and that only death will save disbelievers from the humiliating and painful sight of seeing Islam making rapid progress. If the word سـمـاء be interpreted as "roof" or "ceiling" the verse would signify, "if the opponents of the Holy Prophetare enraged at the success of his mission, then let them hang themselves by fixing a rope to the ceiling and cutting it off. But even then Divine assistance will not stop coming." This meaning is supported by 3:120 where disbelievers are reproved and reprimanded in the words, "Die in your rage, surely Allah knows full well what is in your hearts."
1
اور زمین پر گر کر مر جائے۔ کیونکہ اس کی امید کبھی بر نہ آئے گی۔ پس اس کی موت ہی اسے مایوسی دیکھنے سے بچا سکتی ہے۔
2449
Commentary:
This verse is generally misunderstood and misinterpreted. We have tried to make the meaning clear by supplying the words "the Prophet" within brackets and the expressions "the Divine help" and "if he can" and the pronoun "him" in italics. The verse seems to hold out a challenge to disbelievers to do their worst against the Holy Prophet; and then see if they can stop Divine help which he is constantly receiving and will continue to receive from on high. It is decreed in the heavens that Islam will make steady and uninterrupted progress and that no one can alter the Divine decree; and that only death will save disbelievers from the humiliating and painful sight of seeing Islam making rapid progress. If the word سـمـاء be interpreted as "roof" or "ceiling" the verse would signify, "if the opponents of the Holy Prophetare enraged at the success of his mission, then let them hang themselves by fixing a rope to the ceiling and cutting it off. But even then Divine assistance will not stop coming." This meaning is supported by 3:120 where disbelievers are reproved and reprimanded in the words, "Die in your rage, surely Allah knows full well what is in your hearts."
1937
The verse seems to hold out a challenge to disbelievers to do their worst against the Holy Prophet and then see if they can stop Divine help which he is constantly receiving and will continue to receive from On High. It is decreed in the heavens that Islam shall make steady and uninterrupted progress and that no one can alter the Divine decree; and that only death will save disbelievers from the humiliating and painful sight of seeing Islam making rapid progress. If the word Sama’ be interpreted as "roof" or "ceiling" (Lane), the verse would signify, 'If the opponents of the Holy Prophet are enraged at the success of his mission, then let them hang themselves by fixing a rope to the ceiling and cutting it off, even then Divine assistance will not stop coming.' This meaning is supported by 3:120 where disbelievers are reproved and reprimanded in the words, Perish in your rage. Surely, Allah has full knowledge of what is hidden in your breasts.
وَكَذَٰلِكَ أَنزَلْنَٰهُ ءَايَٰتٍۭ بَيِّنَٰتٍ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَهْدِى مَن يُرِيدُ
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَٱلَّذِينَ هَادُوا۟ وَٱلصَّٰبِـِٔينَ وَٱلنَّصَٰرَىٰ وَٱلْمَجُوسَ وَٱلَّذِينَ أَشْرَكُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَفْصِلُ بَيْنَهُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ شَهِيدٌ
在以后的阿拉伯文学中萨比教徒 صَابِئِيْن (Sabians) 一词也可指北欧人 (Enc. of Islam)。
这一节以及2:63与5:70等节经文说明基督教徒、犹太教徒与萨比教徒不能和真正的 (伊斯兰教) 信者一样得到拯救。«古兰经» 并不支持对上述其他宗教的信仰。据此, 安拉所推崇的唯一宗教就是伊斯兰教 (3:20, 86)。这节经文中制定了一条用来检验各种宗教真伪的准则, 它认为其他教派都是不正确的。其准则是: 在各种宗教中, 正确的宗教将在 “作决定的审判日” 战胜其他各种宗教。或则, 这节经文的意思可以是说, 一个人的错误信仰并不一定在此生就受到惩罚。问题将在赏罚日得到解决。
In later Arabic literature, the word has been also used to denote the people of northern Europe (Enc. of Islam).
This verse and vv. 2:63 and 5:70 do not signify that Christians, Jews and Sabians are equally eligible to salvation along with true believers. The Qur’an does not support any such belief. According to it the only religion acceptable to God is Islam (3:20, 86). The present verse only lays down a criterion to test the truth of all the different religions and not that it regards all of them as true. The implied criterion is, that of all religions the true one will prevail over others in the "Hour of Decision." Or, the verse may mean that false beliefs of a person constitute no reason that he should be punished in this life. That matter will be decided on the Day of Judgment.
Important Words:
المجوس (Magians) is derived from مجس (majjasa). They say مجسه i.e. he made him a Magian. The Holy Prophet is reported to have said,
ما من مولود الا یولد علی الفطرة فأبواہ یھودانه و ینصرانه و یمجسانه
i.e." Every child is born on the true Islamic nature but his parents make him a Jew, Christian or Magian" (Bukhari, Kitabul-Jana’iz & Muslim). المجوس (Magians) are a people who worship the sun and the fire; sometimes the word مجوسی is used for a magician or a philosopher. It applies particularly to the Zoroastrians whose sacred Book is Zend-Avesta. In later Arabic literature, the word is also used to denote the people of northern Europe (Aqrab & Enc. of Islam).
Commentary:
The present verse read in conjunction with 2:63 and 5:70, clears the misunderstanding to which these two verses are mistakenly understood to give rise. These verses do not bear the construction put upon them by some Christian writers, viz. that Christians, Jews and Sabians are equally eligible to salvation along with true believers. The Quran lends support to no such belief. According to it the only religion acceptable to God is Islam (3:20, 86). The present verse lays down only a criterion to test the truth of all these religions and not that it regards all of them as true. The implied criterion is that of all these religions the true one will prevail over others in the "Hour of Decision."
854
在以后的阿拉伯文学中萨比教徒 صَابِئِيْن (Sabians) 一词也可指北欧人 (Enc. of Islam)。
855
这一节以及2:63与5:70等节经文说明基督教徒、犹太教徒与萨比教徒不能和真正的 (伊斯兰教) 信者一样得到拯救。«古兰经» 并不支持对上述其他宗教的信仰。据此, 安拉所推崇的唯一宗教就是伊斯兰教 (3:20, 86)。这节经文中制定了一条用来检验各种宗教真伪的准则, 它认为其他教派都是不正确的。其准则是: 在各种宗教中, 正确的宗教将在 “作决定的审判日” 战胜其他各种宗教。或则, 这节经文的意思可以是说, 一个人的错误信仰并不一定在此生就受到惩罚。问题将在赏罚日得到解决。
2450
Important Words:
المجوس (Magians) is derived from مجس (majjasa). They say مجسه i.e. he made him a Magian. The Holy Prophet is reported to have said,
ما من مولود الا یولد علی الفطرة فأبواہ یھودانه و ینصرانه و یمجسانه
i.e." Every child is born on the true Islamic nature but his parents make him a Jew, Christian or Magian" (Bukhari, Kitabul-Jana’iz & Muslim). المجوس (Magians) are a people who worship the sun and the fire; sometimes the word مجوسی is used for a magician or a philosopher. It applies particularly to the Zoroastrians whose sacred Book is Zend-Avesta. In later Arabic literature, the word is also used to denote the people of northern Europe (Aqrab & Enc. of Islam).
Commentary:
The present verse read in conjunction with 2:63 and 5:70, clears the misunderstanding to which these two verses are mistakenly understood to give rise. These verses do not bear the construction put upon them by some Christian writers, viz. that Christians, Jews and Sabians are equally eligible to salvation along with true believers. The Quran lends support to no such belief. According to it the only religion acceptable to God is Islam (3:20, 86). The present verse lays down only a criterion to test the truth of all these religions and not that it regards all of them as true. The implied criterion is that of all these religions the true one will prevail over others in the "Hour of Decision."
1938
In later Arabic literature, the word has been also used to denote the people of northern Europe (Enc. of Islam).
1939
This verse and vv. 2:63 and 5:70 do not signify that Christians, Jews and Sabians are equally eligible to salvation along with true believers. The Qur’an does not support any such belief. According to it the only religion acceptable to God is Islam (3:20, 86). The present verse only lays down a criterion to test the truth of all the different religions and not that it regards all of them as true. The implied criterion is, that of all religions the true one will prevail over others in the "Hour of Decision." Or, the verse may mean that false beliefs of a person constitute no reason that he should be punished in this life. That matter will be decided on the Day of Judgment.
أَلَمْ تَرَ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَسْجُدُ لَهُۥ مَن فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَن فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَٱلشَّمْسُ وَٱلْقَمَرُ وَٱلنُّجُومُ وَٱلْجِبَالُ وَٱلشَّجَرُ وَٱلدَّوَآبُّ وَكَثِيرٌ مِّنَ ٱلنَّاسِ ۖ وَكَثِيرٌ حَقَّ عَلَيْهِ ٱلْعَذَابُ ۗ وَمَن يُهِنِ ٱللَّهُ فَمَا لَهُۥ مِن مُّكْرِمٍ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَفْعَلُ مَا يَشَآءُ ۩
13:16; 16:49, 50; 55:7.
安拉已确定了一种规律--------一切被创造的事物, 生物或非生物都得服从的自然规律。服从这些规律是绝对的, 然而还存在某些其他规律--------宗教规律。安拉已赐示指引人们的规律。人们服从或不服从, 乃至反抗这些规律, 都要承受自己违抗所造成的后果。这节经文使除了安拉以外, 以自然界物体作为崇拜对象的多神教徒更清楚地认识到自己是多么愚蠢与无益。这节经文说明世上万物存在都取决于安拉。万物都得服从安拉所制定的规律, 生活中无时无刻都不能没有安拉。因此, 敬慕与崇拜那些本身就该服从安拉所制定规律的事物与生灵, 是十分愚蠢的。
13:16; 16:49, 50; 55:7.
God has fixed certain laws—natural laws, which all created things, animate or inanimate, have to obey. There is no escape from submission to these laws. There are, however, certain other laws—the laws of the Shari‘ah which God has revealed for the guidance of man. Man may obey or disobey and defy these laws and may suffer the consequences of his defiance. The verse further brings home to idolaters the folly and futility of their taking the objects of nature for worship beside Allah. It says that all these things depend upon Him for their very existence. They submit to the laws He has fixed for them and cannot live independently of God for a moment. It is sheer folly, therefore, to adore and worship things and beings which are themselves subject to God-made laws.
13:16; 16:49-50; 55:7.
Commentary:
God has fixed certain laws—natural laws, which all created things, animate or inanimate, have to obey. There is no escape from submission to these laws. There are, however, certain other laws—the laws of the Shari‘ah—which God has made for the guidance of man. These laws man may obey or disobey and defy and thus may suffer the consequences of his defiance.
The verse further brings home to idolaters the folly and futility of their taking the objects of nature for worship besides Allah. It says that all these things depend upon Him for their very existence. They all submit to the laws He has fixed for them and cannot live independently of God for a moment. It is sheer folly, therefore, to adore and worship things and beings which are themselves subject to God-made laws. The expression یسجد له کثیر من الناس و کثیر حق علیه العذاب besides the meaning given in the text, may also mean that many from among men submit to Allah and many others incur His displeasure and punishment because they do not submit to laws made by Him.
a
13:16; 16:49, 50; 55:7.
856
安拉已确定了一种规律--------一切被创造的事物, 生物或非生物都得服从的自然规律。服从这些规律是绝对的, 然而还存在某些其他规律--------宗教规律。安拉已赐示指引人们的规律。人们服从或不服从, 乃至反抗这些规律, 都要承受自己违抗所造成的后果。这节经文使除了安拉以外, 以自然界物体作为崇拜对象的多神教徒更清楚地认识到自己是多么愚蠢与无益。这节经文说明世上万物存在都取决于安拉。万物都得服从安拉所制定的规律, 生活中无时无刻都不能没有安拉。因此, 敬慕与崇拜那些本身就该服从安拉所制定规律的事物与生灵, 是十分愚蠢的。
a
13:16; 16:49-50; 55:7.
2451
Commentary:
God has fixed certain laws—natural laws, which all created things, animate or inanimate, have to obey. There is no escape from submission to these laws. There are, however, certain other laws—the laws of the Shari‘ah—which God has made for the guidance of man. These laws man may obey or disobey and defy and thus may suffer the consequences of his defiance.
The verse further brings home to idolaters the folly and futility of their taking the objects of nature for worship besides Allah. It says that all these things depend upon Him for their very existence. They all submit to the laws He has fixed for them and cannot live independently of God for a moment. It is sheer folly, therefore, to adore and worship things and beings which are themselves subject to God-made laws. The expression یسجد له کثیر من الناس و کثیر حق علیه العذاب besides the meaning given in the text, may also mean that many from among men submit to Allah and many others incur His displeasure and punishment because they do not submit to laws made by Him.
a
13:16; 16:49, 50; 55:7.
1940
God has fixed certain laws—natural laws, which all created things, animate or inanimate, have to obey. There is no escape from submission to these laws. There are, however, certain other laws—the laws of the Shari‘ah which God has revealed for the guidance of man. Man may obey or disobey and defy these laws and may suffer the consequences of his defiance. The verse further brings home to idolaters the folly and futility of their taking the objects of nature for worship beside Allah. It says that all these things depend upon Him for their very existence. They submit to the laws He has fixed for them and cannot live independently of God for a moment. It is sheer folly, therefore, to adore and worship things and beings which are themselves subject to God-made laws.
۞ هَٰذَانِ خَصْمَانِ ٱخْتَصَمُوا۟ فِى رَبِّهِمْ ۖ فَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ قُطِّعَتْ لَهُمْ ثِيَابٌ مِّن نَّارٍ يُصَبُّ مِن فَوْقِ رُءُوسِهِمُ ٱلْحَمِيمُ
44:49; 55:45; 56:43-54.
یعنی مومن اور کافر۔
44:49; 55:45; 56:43-54.
The reference in the words "These are two" is to two classes of men—the believers and disbelievers.
Commentary:
The reference in the words "These two" is to two classes of men—the believers and disbelievers, i.e. those who obey and willingly submit to the laws of nature and those of the Shari‘ah and those who flout, disobey and defy these laws. The verse means to say that the second class of men will suffer the evil consequences of their disobedience and defiance.
b
44:49; 55:45; 56:43-54.
2
یعنی مومن اور کافر۔
a
44:49; 55:45; 56:43-44.2452
Commentary:
The reference in the words "These two" is to two classes of men—the believers and disbelievers, i.e. those who obey and willingly submit to the laws of nature and those of the Shari‘ah and those who flout, disobey and defy these laws. The verse means to say that the second class of men will suffer the evil consequences of their disobedience and defiance.
b
44:49; 55:45; 56:43-54.
1941
The reference in the words "These are two" is to two classes of men—the believers and disbelievers.
يُصْهَرُ بِهِۦ مَا فِى بُطُونِهِمْ وَٱلْجُلُودُ
44:46.
44:46.
44:46.
Important Words:
یصھر (will be melted) is formed from صھر which means, he melted or liquefied fat or a thing; he or it burned; he thoroughly cooked with fire. صھرته الشمس means, the sun affected him severely by its heat (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that the flouters and defiers of Divine Laws will suffer both internal and external punishment, i.e. they will lose their peace of mind and will also suffer corporal punishment. The verse also seems to point, on the one hand, to the extreme severity of the punishment of Hell and on the other to its temporary nature. It purports to say that the fire of Hell will burn and melt whatever there would be in the bellies and skins of disbelievers, i.e. it will melt away the inward and outward dross and impurities of the sins committed by them and thus after cleansing and purifying them of their impurities and dross will make them deserving of salvation.
c
44:46.
a
44:46.
2453
Important Words:
یصھر (will be melted) is formed from صھر which means, he melted or liquefied fat or a thing; he or it burned; he thoroughly cooked with fire. صھرته الشمس means, the sun affected him severely by its heat (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that the flouters and defiers of Divine Laws will suffer both internal and external punishment, i.e. they will lose their peace of mind and will also suffer corporal punishment. The verse also seems to point, on the one hand, to the extreme severity of the punishment of Hell and on the other to its temporary nature. It purports to say that the fire of Hell will burn and melt whatever there would be in the bellies and skins of disbelievers, i.e. it will melt away the inward and outward dross and impurities of the sins committed by them and thus after cleansing and purifying them of their impurities and dross will make them deserving of salvation.
c
44:46.
وَلَهُم مَّقَٰمِعُ مِنْ حَدِيدٍ
Important Words:
مقامع (maces) is the plural of مقمعة which is derived from قمع. They say قمعه i.e. he beat him with a mace or iron rod; he prevented him by force from what he intended; he dominated him and disgraced him; he struck on the upper part of his head. مقمعة means, a mace; an iron rod or club to lead an elephant; a hooked staff (Aqrab).
2454
Important Words:
مقامع (maces) is the plural of مقمعة which is derived from قمع. They say قمعه i.e. he beat him with a mace or iron rod; he prevented him by force from what he intended; he dominated him and disgraced him; he struck on the upper part of his head. مقمعة means, a mace; an iron rod or club to lead an elephant; a hooked staff (Aqrab).
كُلَّمَآ أَرَادُوٓا۟ أَن يَخْرُجُوا۟ مِنْهَا مِنْ غَمٍّ أُعِيدُوا۟ فِيهَا وَذُوقُوا۟ عَذَابَ ٱلْحَرِيقِ
5:38; 32:21.
8:15; 34:43.
Commentary:
The expression من غم may also mean, on account of غم (anguish), or غم being case in apposition with the pronoun ھا (ha), the expression may mean, whenever they will seek to get out of it, i.e. out of غم (anguish).
d
5:38; 32:21.
e
8:15; 34:43.
b
5:38; 32:21.
c
8:15; 34:43.
2455
Commentary:
The expression من غم may also mean, on account of غم (anguish), or غم being case in apposition with the pronoun ھا (ha), the expression may mean, whenever they will seek to get out of it, i.e. out of غم (anguish).
a
5:38; 32:21.
b
8:15; 34:43.
إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُدْخِلُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ جَنَّٰتٍ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ يُحَلَّوْنَ فِيهَا مِنْ أَسَاوِرَ مِن ذَهَبٍ وَلُؤْلُؤًا ۖ وَلِبَاسُهُمْ فِيهَا حَرِيرٌ
18:32; 35:34; 76:22.
76:13.
The Holy Prophet is reported to have said, 'The Nile and the Euphrates are two of the streams of Paradise' (Muslim, ch. al-Jannah). The Holy Prophet and his Companions knew that they were promised "gardens" not only in the next life but in this world also and they also knew that by "gardens" in this world were meant rich and fertile lands once ruled by the Kings of Persia and the Emperors of the Eastern Roman Empire. During the Caliphate of ‘Umar, Muslim armies fought on two fronts, in Mesopotamia and Syria, and when some Arab chiefs presented themselves before him and offered their services, he asked them to which of "the two promised lands" (Mesopotamia or Syria) they would like to go. The prophecy was literally fulfilled when ‘Umar asked Suraqah bin Malik to wear the bracelets of gold which the Kings of Iran used to wear on special State ceremonies.
18:32; 35:34; 76:22.
76:13.
Commentary:
This verse refers to the believers, the second of the two classes of men referred to in v. 20 above. The first class of men—the disbelievers, have been referred to in vv. 20-23 above.
The verse embodies a prophecy which met with remarkable fulfilment. It was made at a time when the very fate of Islam hung in the balance and there was no safety or security for Muslims anywhere. But afterwards in fulfilment of this prophecy they were given most fertile and beautiful countries to rule. They had the choicest of fruits to eat and they lived in gardens beneath which streams flowed. The Holy Prophet is reported to have said, "The Nile and the Euphrates are two of the streams of Paradise" (Muslim, ch. Al-Jannah). So it is clear that the Holy Prophet and his Companions knew that they were promised 'gardens' not only in the next life but in this world also and that they also knew that by 'gardens' in this life were meant rich and fertile lands once ruled by the Kings of Persia and the Emperors of the eastern Roman Empire. During the Caliphate of ‘Umar, Muslim armies fought on two fronts, in Mesopotamia and Syria, and when Arab chiefs with their respective claims presented themselves before him and offered their services, he asked them to which of "the two promised lands," Mesopotamia or Syria, they would like to go. This shows that the Companions of the Holy Prophet knew and understood that the 'gardens' promised them in the Quran were the rich provinces of the Persian Empire and of Syria and Egypt. The prophecy was literally fulfilled. When Persia was conquered, bracelets of gold and pearl and silken garments formed part of the booty. These things were distributed among the Muslims and Suraqah, a companion of the Holy Prophet, was made by ‘Umar to wear the bracelets of gold which the kings of Persia used to wear on special State occasions. Thus was fulfilled another prophecy of the Holy Prophet according to which he is reported to have once said to Suraqah, "How would you feel when you will be made to wear the golden bracelets of Chosroes (Al-Khasa’isul-Kubra, vol. II, p. 113).
a
18:32; 35:34; 76:22.
b
76:13.
a
18:32; 35:34; 76:22.
b
76:13.
2456
Commentary:
This verse refers to the believers, the second of the two classes of men referred to in v. 20 above. The first class of men—the disbelievers, have been referred to in vv. 20-23 above.
The verse embodies a prophecy which met with remarkable fulfilment. It was made at a time when the very fate of Islam hung in the balance and there was no safety or security for Muslims anywhere. But afterwards in fulfilment of this prophecy they were given most fertile and beautiful countries to rule. They had the choicest of fruits to eat and they lived in gardens beneath which streams flowed. The Holy Prophet is reported to have said, "The Nile and the Euphrates are two of the streams of Paradise" (Muslim, ch. Al-Jannah). So it is clear that the Holy Prophet and his Companions knew that they were promised 'gardens' not only in the next life but in this world also and that they also knew that by 'gardens' in this life were meant rich and fertile lands once ruled by the Kings of Persia and the Emperors of the eastern Roman Empire. During the Caliphate of ‘Umar, Muslim armies fought on two fronts, in Mesopotamia and Syria, and when Arab chiefs with their respective claims presented themselves before him and offered their services, he asked them to which of "the two promised lands," Mesopotamia or Syria, they would like to go. This shows that the Companions of the Holy Prophet knew and understood that the 'gardens' promised them in the Quran were the rich provinces of the Persian Empire and of Syria and Egypt. The prophecy was literally fulfilled. When Persia was conquered, bracelets of gold and pearl and silken garments formed part of the booty. These things were distributed among the Muslims and Suraqah, a companion of the Holy Prophet, was made by ‘Umar to wear the bracelets of gold which the kings of Persia used to wear on special State occasions. Thus was fulfilled another prophecy of the Holy Prophet according to which he is reported to have once said to Suraqah, "How would you feel when you will be made to wear the golden bracelets of Chosroes (Al-Khasa’isul-Kubra, vol. II, p. 113).
c
18:32; 35:34; 76:22.
d
76:13.
1942
The Holy Prophet is reported to have said, 'The Nile and the Euphrates are two of the streams of Paradise' (Muslim, ch. al-Jannah). The Holy Prophet and his Companions knew that they were promised "gardens" not only in the next life but in this world also and they also knew that by "gardens" in this world were meant rich and fertile lands once ruled by the Kings of Persia and the Emperors of the Eastern Roman Empire. During the Caliphate of ‘Umar, Muslim armies fought on two fronts, in Mesopotamia and Syria, and when some Arab chiefs presented themselves before him and offered their services, he asked them to which of "the two promised lands" (Mesopotamia or Syria) they would like to go. The prophecy was literally fulfilled when ‘Umar asked Suraqah bin Malik to wear the bracelets of gold which the Kings of Iran used to wear on special State ceremonies.
وَهُدُوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱلطَّيِّبِ مِنَ ٱلْقَوْلِ وَهُدُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطِ ٱلْحَمِيدِ
Commentary:
The verse shows that Paradise will not be a place of inactivity or idleness. On the other hand it will be a place of continuous work. Only the nature of the work will be different and there will be no fear of failure or fall as in this life. The spiritual progress of the righteous will be uniform and uninterrupted.
2456A
Commentary:
The verse shows that Paradise will not be a place of inactivity or idleness. On the other hand it will be a place of continuous work. Only the nature of the work will be different and there will be no fear of failure or fall as in this life. The spiritual progress of the righteous will be uniform and uninterrupted.
إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَيَصُدُّونَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَٱلْمَسْجِدِ ٱلْحَرَامِ ٱلَّذِى جَعَلْنَٰهُ لِلنَّاسِ سَوَآءً ٱلْعَٰكِفُ فِيهِ وَٱلْبَادِ ۚ وَمَن يُرِدْ فِيهِ بِإِلْحَادٍۭ بِظُلْمٍ نُّذِقْهُ مِنْ عَذَابٍ أَلِيمٍ
8:35; 16:89; 43:38; 48:26.
8:35; 16:89; 43:38; 48:26.
8:35; 16:89; 43:38; 48:26.
Important Words:
عاکف means, one who dwells in a place or dwells there permanently. Here it means one who dwells in Mecca or dwells in it constantly. See also 2:126 & 21:53.
الباد (visitor from the desert) is derived from بدا. They say بدا القوم الی البادیة i.e. people went forth to the desert, or they went forth from the region of the towns to the pasturing places in the desert. حضارة which means, life in the towns, is contrary to بداوة which means, life in the desert. باد means, one who dwells in بادیة i.e. desert or tents; not remaining in his place; one who comes from outside the town, i.e. a visitor or an occasional visitor (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
This verse serves as an introduction to the subject of pilgrimage which is the central theme of this Surah. Circumambulation of the Sacred Mosque is the most important of the rituals and ceremonies of Pilgrimage, so a brief reference to the sacredness and importance of the Ka‘bah forms a befitting introduction to the subject of Hajj.
The reference in words "those who hinder men from the way of Allah and from the Sacred Mosque" may also be to a well-known incident connected with the Truce of Hudaibiyyah. In the 7th year of the Hijrah, the Holy Prophet, in fulfilment of a vision, left Medina with 1400 Companions to pay a visit to Mecca and perform ‘Umrah or the Lesser Pilgrimage. When he reached a place called Hudaibiyyah, he was prevented by the Meccans from proceeding further. He returned to Medina after having signed a truce known as the Truce of Hudaibiyyah. This Truce, known after the name of the place at which it was signed, led to the conquest of Mecca and eventually of the whole of Arabia.
The verse also points to the Islamic principle of the equality of status of all men in a place of worship and by implication to the inherent equality of all human beings.
c
8:35; 16:89; 43:38; 48:26.
a
8:35; 16:89; 43:38; 48:26.
2457
Important Words:
عاکف means, one who dwells in a place or dwells there permanently. Here it means one who dwells in Mecca or dwells in it constantly. See also 2:126 & 21:53.
الباد (visitor from the desert) is derived from بدا. They say بدا القوم الی البادیة i.e. people went forth to the desert, or they went forth from the region of the towns to the pasturing places in the desert. حضارة which means, life in the towns, is contrary to بداوة which means, life in the desert. باد means, one who dwells in بادیة i.e. desert or tents; not remaining in his place; one who comes from outside the town, i.e. a visitor or an occasional visitor (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
This verse serves as an introduction to the subject of pilgrimage which is the central theme of this Surah. Circumambulation of the Sacred Mosque is the most important of the rituals and ceremonies of Pilgrimage, so a brief reference to the sacredness and importance of the Ka‘bah forms a befitting introduction to the subject of Hajj.
The reference in words "those who hinder men from the way of Allah and from the Sacred Mosque" may also be to a well-known incident connected with the Truce of Hudaibiyyah. In the 7th year of the Hijrah, the Holy Prophet, in fulfilment of a vision, left Medina with 1400 Companions to pay a visit to Mecca and perform ‘Umrah or the Lesser Pilgrimage. When he reached a place called Hudaibiyyah, he was prevented by the Meccans from proceeding further. He returned to Medina after having signed a truce known as the Truce of Hudaibiyyah. This Truce, known after the name of the place at which it was signed, led to the conquest of Mecca and eventually of the whole of Arabia.
The verse also points to the Islamic principle of the equality of status of all men in a place of worship and by implication to the inherent equality of all human beings.
a
8:35; 16:89; 43:38; 48:26.
وَإِذْ بَوَّأْنَا لِإِبْرَٰهِيمَ مَكَانَ ٱلْبَيْتِ أَن لَّا تُشْرِكْ بِى شَيْـًٔا وَطَهِّرْ بَيْتِىَ لِلطَّآئِفِينَ وَٱلْقَآئِمِينَ وَٱلرُّكَّعِ ٱلسُّجُودِ
2:126.
这节经文说明天房的所在地早在伊布拉欣时代之前就已存在。事实上, 天房是阿丹所建立的。这是世界上所建成的第一座朝拜的天房 (3:97)。到伊布拉欣时代早已成为废墟, 由于得到启示, 伊布拉欣发现了这一所在地。他和他的儿子伊司马仪, 神圣先知的伟大祖先重建了天房。
كَعْبَة(Ka‘bah) 在 «古兰经» 里有各种不同的说法, 如 “我的房子” (2:126和22:27); “禁房” (14:38); “禁寺” (2:151); “天房” (2:128, 159; 3:98; 8:36; 22:27); “古寺” (22:30, 34) 和 “经常朝拜的房子” (52:5) 等。这些不同的名称都说明了作为人们礼拜的最伟大中心 كَعْبَة (Ka‘bah) 的显赫名声。
这节经文可作为朝觐这一课题的引论, 它是这一章的中心论题。巡游禁寺是朝觐的最重要仪式。因此, 简要地介绍天房 كَعْبَة (Ka‘bah)的神圣与重要性可以作为朝觐课题的引论。
اس میں اسلامی عبادت کا نقشہ کھینچا گیا ہے جس میں قیام رکوع اور سجود ہوتا ہے۔ یہودی اور عیسائی نمازیں ان کا مجموعہ نہیں ہوتیں۔
2:126.
The verse shows that the site of the Ka‘bah had existed long before Abraham’s time. In fact, the Ka‘bah was built by Adam. It was the first House of worship built in the world (3:97). By the time of Abraham it had fallen into ruins and its site, having been disclosed to him by revelation, he and his son Ishmael, the Holy Prophet’s great progenitor, rebuilt it. See also {146}.
The Ka‘bah is variously mentioned in the Qur’an as "My House" (2:126 & 22:27), "The Sacred House" (14:38), "The Sacred Mosque" (2:151), "The House" (2:128,159; 3:98; 8:36; 22:27), "The Ancient House" (22:30, 34), and "The Frequented House" (52:5). All these different appellations point to the eminence of the Ka‘bah as the greatest centre of worship for mankind.
The words, keep My house clean, embodied both a commandment and a prophecy. The commandment was that the Ka‘bah was not to be polluted with idol-worship as it had been built for the worship of the One True God, and the prophecy lay in the fact that this commandment would be defied and the House of God would become a house of idols but would eventually be completely cleared of them.
This verse serves as an introduction to the subject of Pilgrimage which is the central theme of this Surah. Circumambulation of the Sacred Mosque is the most important ceremony of the Pilgrimage, so a brief reference to the sanctity and importance of the Ka‘bah forms a befitting introduction to the subject of Hajj.
2:126.
Commentary:
The Ka‘bah is variously mentioned in the Quran as بیتی i.e. My House (2:126 & 22:27), as البیت المحرم i.e. the Sacred House (14:38), as المسجد الحرام i.e. the Sacred Mosque (2:151), as البیت i.e. the House (2:128, 159; 3:98; 8:36; 22:27), as البیت العتیق i.e. the Ancient House (22:30, 34), as البیت المعمور i.e. the Frequented House (52:5) and as اول بیت i.e. the First House (3:97). All these different appellations point to the eminence of the Ka‘bah as being the greatest centre of worship for mankind.
The words "We assigned to Abraham the site of the House" show that the site of the Ka‘bah had existed before Abraham’s time. In fact the Ka‘bah was built by Adam and as it appears from 3:97, it was the first House of worship built in the world. By the time of Abraham it had fallen into ruins and its site having been disclosed to him by revelation he and his son Ishmael, the Holy Prophet’s great progenitor, rebuilt it.
The words "keep My House clean" embodied both a commandment and a prophecy. The commandment was that the Ka‘bah was not to be polluted with idol worship as it had been built for the worship of the One True God and the prophecy lay in the fact that this commandment would be defied and the House of God would become the house of idols but would eventually be completely cleared of them. The prophecy was fulfilled when at the Fall of Mecca the Ka‘bah was cleared by the Holy Prophet of all the abominations and of the 360 idols that were kept in it. Thus the commandment, in a way, embodied a prophecy about the advent of the Holy Prophet; and the rebuilding of the Ka‘bah by Abraham and Ishmael was, in fact, the first step towards the fulfilment of that great prophecy. See also 2:128-130.
d
2:126.
857
这节经文说明天房的所在地早在伊布拉欣时代之前就已存在。事实上, 天房是阿丹所建立的。这是世界上所建成的第一座朝拜的天房 (3:97)。到伊布拉欣时代早已成为废墟, 由于得到启示, 伊布拉欣发现了这一所在地。他和他的儿子伊司马仪, 神圣先知的伟大祖先重建了天房。
858
كَعْبَة(Ka‘bah) 在 «古兰经» 里有各种不同的说法, 如 “我的房子” (2:126和22:27); “禁房” (14:38); “禁寺” (2:151); “天房” (2:128, 159; 3:98; 8:36; 22:27); “古寺” (22:30, 34) 和 “经常朝拜的房子” (52:5) 等。这些不同的名称都说明了作为人们礼拜的最伟大中心 كَعْبَة (Ka‘bah) 的显赫名声。
859
这节经文可作为朝觐这一课题的引论, 它是这一章的中心论题。巡游禁寺是朝觐的最重要仪式。因此, 简要地介绍天房 كَعْبَة (Ka‘bah)的神圣与重要性可以作为朝觐课题的引论。
1
اس میں اسلامی عبادت کا نقشہ کھینچا گیا ہے جس میں قیام رکوع اور سجود ہوتا ہے۔ یہودی اور عیسائی نمازیں ان کا مجموعہ نہیں ہوتیں۔
a
2:126.
2458
Commentary:
The Ka‘bah is variously mentioned in the Quran as بیتی i.e. My House (2:126 & 22:27), as البیت المحرم i.e. the Sacred House (14:38), as المسجد الحرام i.e. the Sacred Mosque (2:151), as البیت i.e. the House (2:128, 159; 3:98; 8:36; 22:27), as البیت العتیق i.e. the Ancient House (22:30, 34), as البیت المعمور i.e. the Frequented House (52:5) and as اول بیت i.e. the First House (3:97). All these different appellations point to the eminence of the Ka‘bah as being the greatest centre of worship for mankind.
The words "We assigned to Abraham the site of the House" show that the site of the Ka‘bah had existed before Abraham’s time. In fact the Ka‘bah was built by Adam and as it appears from 3:97, it was the first House of worship built in the world. By the time of Abraham it had fallen into ruins and its site having been disclosed to him by revelation he and his son Ishmael, the Holy Prophet’s great progenitor, rebuilt it.
The words "keep My House clean" embodied both a commandment and a prophecy. The commandment was that the Ka‘bah was not to be polluted with idol worship as it had been built for the worship of the One True God and the prophecy lay in the fact that this commandment would be defied and the House of God would become the house of idols but would eventually be completely cleared of them. The prophecy was fulfilled when at the Fall of Mecca the Ka‘bah was cleared by the Holy Prophet of all the abominations and of the 360 idols that were kept in it. Thus the commandment, in a way, embodied a prophecy about the advent of the Holy Prophet; and the rebuilding of the Ka‘bah by Abraham and Ishmael was, in fact, the first step towards the fulfilment of that great prophecy. See also 2:128-130.
b
2:126.
1943
The verse shows that the site of the Ka‘bah had existed long before Abraham’s time. In fact, the Ka‘bah was built by Adam. It was the first House of worship built in the world (3:97). By the time of Abraham it had fallen into ruins and its site, having been disclosed to him by revelation, he and his son Ishmael, the Holy Prophet’s great progenitor, rebuilt it. See also {146}.
1943A
The Ka‘bah is variously mentioned in the Qur’an as "My House" (2:126 & 22:27), "The Sacred House" (14:38), "The Sacred Mosque" (2:151), "The House" (2:128,159; 3:98; 8:36; 22:27), "The Ancient House" (22:30, 34), and "The Frequented House" (52:5). All these different appellations point to the eminence of the Ka‘bah as the greatest centre of worship for mankind.
1944
The words, keep My house clean, embodied both a commandment and a prophecy. The commandment was that the Ka‘bah was not to be polluted with idol-worship as it had been built for the worship of the One True God, and the prophecy lay in the fact that this commandment would be defied and the House of God would become a house of idols but would eventually be completely cleared of them.
1945
This verse serves as an introduction to the subject of Pilgrimage which is the central theme of this Surah. Circumambulation of the Sacred Mosque is the most important ceremony of the Pilgrimage, so a brief reference to the sanctity and importance of the Ka‘bah forms a befitting introduction to the subject of Hajj.
وَأَذِّن فِى ٱلنَّاسِ بِٱلْحَجِّ يَأْتُوكَ رِجَالًا وَعَلَىٰ كُلِّ ضَامِرٍ يَأْتِينَ مِن كُلِّ فَجٍّ عَمِيقٍ
2:198; 3:98.
The Pilgrimage as an institution began with the Patriarch Abraham as the words, And proclaim unto men the Pilgrimage, show. It was not an idolatrous institution incorporated into Islam by the Holy Prophet to conciliate the idol-worshipping Arabs as some Christian writers have been led to think. From the time of Abraham Pilgrimage has continued without break to this day. The gathering in Mecca every year of many hundreds of thousands of Muslims from very distant lands bears an irrefutable testimony to the fulfilment of this prophecy.
2:198; 3:98.
Important Words:
رجالا (on foot) is the plural of راجل, which means, one who walks on foot, a footman. رجل راجل means, a great walker (Lane). See also 2:240.
ضامر (lean camel) is active participle from ضمر which means, he or it was or became lean or slender and lean or lean and lank in the belly. ضامر means, lean and lank in the belly; a horse in a state of preparation for racing by its having been fed with food barely sufficient to sustain it after having become fat. خیل ضامرة means, horses in that state, i.e. lean and lank horses (Lane).
عمیق (distant) is derived from عمق which means, it was or became deep. عمیق when applied to a road means, remote or far-extending or long. بئر عمیقة means, a deep well (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The Pilgrimage as an institution began with Abraham as the words "and proclaim unto mankind the Pilgrimage" show. It was not an idolatrous institution incorporated into Islam by the Holy Prophet to conciliate the idol worshipping Arabs as some Christian writers have been led to think. From the time of Abraham, Pilgrimage has continued without a break to this day and will continue till the end of time. The Ka‘bah was once the centre of Pilgrimage for the Arabs alone, but now it is the centre of Pilgrimage for the whole Muslim world and is destined to become the spiritual centre for all mankind. It is when Islam will prevail in the world that the Ka‘bah will become a symbol of the Unity of God and of mankind. The time is not far off when there will be only One God, one Religion, one Prophet and one Book with the Ka‘bah as the one spiritual centre for the whole of mankind. That the Ka‘bah was destined one day to come into the possession of the Holy Prophet who was to set free captives "not for price nor reward" and at whose hands it was to become the spiritual centre for the whole of mankind was foretold several hundred years before the advent of the Holy Prophet by the Prophet Isaiah. Isaiah’s prophecy is as follows:
I have raised him up in righteousness; and I will direct his ways: He shall build my city, and he shall let go my captives, not for price nor reward, saith the Lord of hosts... the labour of Egypt, and merchandise of Ethiopia and of the Sabeans, men of stature, shall come over unto thee, and they shall be thine: They shall come after thee; in chains they shall come over, and they shall fall down unto thee, they shall make supplication unto thee, saying, surely God is in thee; and there is none else, there is no God (Isaiah 45: 13-14).
The prophecy is too clear to need any explanation. It evidently applies to the Holy Prophet.
The verse also constitutes a mighty prophecy. The proclamation that Ka‘bah would one day become a great centre to which people from distant lands would come to perform Hajj was made at Mecca at a time when the very fate of Islam was hanging in the balance. Life was not safe for the Holy Prophet and his followers. They were being driven away from their hearths and homes and did not know where to go. It was at that time that it was proclaimed to the world, as if with a beat of drum, that to the Ka‘bah would come people from all parts of the earth. The gathering in Mecca every year of many hundreds of thousands of Muslims from very distant lands bears an irrefutable testimony to the remarkable fulfilment of this prophecy.
a
2:198; 3:98.
860
正如经文所说: “要向整个人类宣布朝觐。” 按惯例朝觐从圣祖伊布拉欣开始。这并不是像某些基督教徒作家所认为这惯例是神圣的先知为了调解偶像崇拜的阿拉伯人而输入在伊斯兰教之中的。朝觐从伊布拉欣时代开始不间断地直至今日。年复一年, 成千上万的穆斯林从遥远的国土聚集到麦加来, 这无可辩驳地证明了这一预言的实现。
a
2:198; 3:98.
2458A
Important Words:
رجالا (on foot) is the plural of راجل, which means, one who walks on foot, a footman. رجل راجل means, a great walker (Lane). See also 2:240.
ضامر (lean camel) is active participle from ضمر which means, he or it was or became lean or slender and lean or lean and lank in the belly. ضامر means, lean and lank in the belly; a horse in a state of preparation for racing by its having been fed with food barely sufficient to sustain it after having become fat. خیل ضامرة means, horses in that state, i.e. lean and lank horses (Lane).
عمیق (distant) is derived from عمق which means, it was or became deep. عمیق when applied to a road means, remote or far-extending or long. بئر عمیقة means, a deep well (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The Pilgrimage as an institution began with Abraham as the words "and proclaim unto mankind the Pilgrimage" show. It was not an idolatrous institution incorporated into Islam by the Holy Prophet to conciliate the idol worshipping Arabs as some Christian writers have been led to think. From the time of Abraham, Pilgrimage has continued without a break to this day and will continue till the end of time. The Ka‘bah was once the centre of Pilgrimage for the Arabs alone, but now it is the centre of Pilgrimage for the whole Muslim world and is destined to become the spiritual centre for all mankind. It is when Islam will prevail in the world that the Ka‘bah will become a symbol of the Unity of God and of mankind. The time is not far off when there will be only One God, one Religion, one Prophet and one Book with the Ka‘bah as the one spiritual centre for the whole of mankind. That the Ka‘bah was destined one day to come into the possession of the Holy Prophet who was to set free captives "not for price nor reward" and at whose hands it was to become the spiritual centre for the whole of mankind was foretold several hundred years before the advent of the Holy Prophet by the Prophet Isaiah. Isaiah’s prophecy is as follows:
I have raised him up in righteousness; and I will direct his ways: He shall build my city, and he shall let go my captives, not for price nor reward, saith the Lord of hosts... the labour of Egypt, and merchandise of Ethiopia and of the Sabeans, men of stature, shall come over unto thee, and they shall be thine: They shall come after thee; in chains they shall come over, and they shall fall down unto thee, they shall make supplication unto thee, saying, surely God is in thee; and there is none else, there is no God (Isaiah 45: 13-14).
The prophecy is too clear to need any explanation. It evidently applies to the Holy Prophet.
The verse also constitutes a mighty prophecy. The proclamation that Ka‘bah would one day become a great centre to which people from distant lands would come to perform Hajj was made at Mecca at a time when the very fate of Islam was hanging in the balance. Life was not safe for the Holy Prophet and his followers. They were being driven away from their hearths and homes and did not know where to go. It was at that time that it was proclaimed to the world, as if with a beat of drum, that to the Ka‘bah would come people from all parts of the earth. The gathering in Mecca every year of many hundreds of thousands of Muslims from very distant lands bears an irrefutable testimony to the remarkable fulfilment of this prophecy.
a
2:198; 3:98.
1946
The Pilgrimage as an institution began with the Patriarch Abraham as the words, And proclaim unto men the Pilgrimage, show. It was not an idolatrous institution incorporated into Islam by the Holy Prophet to conciliate the idol-worshipping Arabs as some Christian writers have been led to think. From the time of Abraham Pilgrimage has continued without break to this day. The gathering in Mecca every year of many hundreds of thousands of Muslims from very distant lands bears an irrefutable testimony to the fulfilment of this prophecy.
لِّيَشْهَدُوا۟ مَنَٰفِعَ لَهُمْ وَيَذْكُرُوا۟ ٱسْمَ ٱللَّهِ فِىٓ أَيَّامٍ مَّعْلُومَٰتٍ عَلَىٰ مَا رَزَقَهُم مِّنۢ بَهِيمَةِ ٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ ۖ فَكُلُوا۟ مِنْهَا وَأَطْعِمُوا۟ ٱلْبَآئِسَ ٱلْفَقِيرَ
اس حصہ آیت میں مخاطب جمع کا صیغہ ہے لیکن چونکہ آیت کے ابتدا میں اور اس کے بعد غائب کے صیغے استعمال ہوئے ہیں اس لئے آیت کے سیاق و سباق کو مدنظر رکھتے ہوئے اردو میں اس کا صحیح مفہوم ادا کرنے کے لئے آیت کے اس حصہ کا ترجمہ غائب کے صیغوں میں کیا گیا ہے۔
2:199; 5:3.
2:204.
Apart from the spiritual good that the Pilgrimage does to a Muslim, it possesses great social and political significance. It also possesses great potentialities to weld Muslims of different nationalities into one strong international brotherhood of Islam. Muslims from all parts of the world who meet at Mecca once a year can exchange views on matter of international importance, renew old and establish new contacts. They have opportunities to acquaint themselves with problems that confront their brethren in Faith in other countries, to profit by one another’s experience and to cooperate with one another in many other ways. Mecca being God’s appointed Centre of Islam, the Pilgrimage can serve as a sort of a United Nations Organisation for the whole of the Muslim world.
2:199; 5:3.
2:204.
Commentary:
Apart from the spiritual good that the Pilgrimage does to a Muslim, it possesses great social and political significance. It has great potentialities for welding different Muslim countries into one strong international brotherhood of Islam. Muslims from all parts of the world, who meet at Mecca once a year can exchange views on all sorts of matters of international importance, renew old and establish new contacts. They have opportunities to acquaint themselves with the problems that confront their brethren in faith in other countries, to copy one another’s good points and profit by one another’s experience and also to cooperate with one another in many other ways. Mecca being God’s appointed centre of Islam, the Pilgrimage can serve as a sort of a United Nations Organization for the whole Muslim world. All other religions have failed to produce such a forum for the exchange of international ideas and programmes. But it is regretted that Muslims have not yet awakened to the realization of Mecca being an international capital for the whole Muslim world. These are some of the material benefits and advantages to which reference has been made in the words, "that they may witness its benefits;" and the words "and may mention the name of Allah," refer to the great spiritual benefits which Muslims can and should derive from the Pilgrimage to Mecca. See also 3:98.
b
2:199; 5:3.
c
2:204.
2
اس حصہ آیت میں مخاطب جمع کا صیغہ ہے لیکن چونکہ آیت کے ابتدا میں اور اس کے بعد غائب کے صیغے استعمال ہوئے ہیں اس لئے آیت کے سیاق و سباق کو مدنظر رکھتے ہوئے اردو میں اس کا صحیح مفہوم ادا کرنے کے لئے آیت کے اس حصہ کا ترجمہ غائب کے صیغوں میں کیا گیا ہے۔
a
2:199; 5:3.
b
2:204.
2459
Commentary:
Apart from the spiritual good that the Pilgrimage does to a Muslim, it possesses great social and political significance. It has great potentialities for welding different Muslim countries into one strong international brotherhood of Islam. Muslims from all parts of the world, who meet at Mecca once a year can exchange views on all sorts of matters of international importance, renew old and establish new contacts. They have opportunities to acquaint themselves with the problems that confront their brethren in faith in other countries, to copy one another’s good points and profit by one another’s experience and also to cooperate with one another in many other ways. Mecca being God’s appointed centre of Islam, the Pilgrimage can serve as a sort of a United Nations Organization for the whole Muslim world. All other religions have failed to produce such a forum for the exchange of international ideas and programmes. But it is regretted that Muslims have not yet awakened to the realization of Mecca being an international capital for the whole Muslim world. These are some of the material benefits and advantages to which reference has been made in the words, "that they may witness its benefits;" and the words "and may mention the name of Allah," refer to the great spiritual benefits which Muslims can and should derive from the Pilgrimage to Mecca. See also 3:98.
b
2:199; 5:3.
c
2:204.
1947
Apart from the spiritual good that the Pilgrimage does to a Muslim, it possesses great social and political significance. It also possesses great potentialities to weld Muslims of different nationalities into one strong international brotherhood of Islam. Muslims from all parts of the world who meet at Mecca once a year can exchange views on matter of international importance, renew old and establish new contacts. They have opportunities to acquaint themselves with problems that confront their brethren in Faith in other countries, to profit by one another’s experience and to cooperate with one another in many other ways. Mecca being God’s appointed Centre of Islam, the Pilgrimage can serve as a sort of a United Nations Organisation for the whole of the Muslim world.
ثُمَّ لْيَقْضُوا۟ تَفَثَهُمْ وَلْيُوفُوا۟ نُذُورَهُمْ وَلْيَطَّوَّفُوا۟ بِٱلْبَيْتِ ٱلْعَتِيقِ
Al-Baitul-‘Atiq means, free, excellent and very old House (Lane). The epithet 'free' implies a prophecy that no hostile power will ever be able to conquer it. It shall always remain free. The epithet, 'excellent' signifies that the Ka‘bah shall always occupy a position of honour in the world. The fact that the Ka‘bah is a very ancient house of worship in the world finds corroboration in another verse of the Qur’an (3:97). It was in existence long before Abraham brought his wife Hagar and his son Ishmael to settle in the barren, bleak and arid valley of Mecca (14:38). Noah is believed by some to have performed the circuit of the Ka‘bah (Tabari as quoted by Enc. of Islam). Historians of established repute and authority, including even some very hostile critics of Islam, have admitted that the Ka‘bah had been held sacred from time immemorial. Diodorus Siculus writing about the region now known as the Hijaz says: 'There is in this country a temple greatly revered by all the Arabs to which th
Important Words:
لیقضوا تفثھم (accomplish their needful acts of cleansing). تفث (tafathun) is infinitive noun from (tafatha) which means, he left off shaving his pubes and in consequence became dirty.
قضی تفثه means, he removed his uncleanliness. The Quranic expression لیقضوا تفثھم means, then let them accomplish their needful acts of shaving and cleansing (Lane & Aqrab).
العتیق (ancient) is derived from عتق. They say, عتق العبد i.e. the slave became free. عتیق الخمر means, the wine became old and good. عتیق means, free from slavery or emancipated; old; beautiful; excellent (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The words, "and go round the ancient House," refer to the last tawaf or circumambulation round the Ka‘bah.
The seven circuits round the Ka‘bah correspond to seven prayers of Abraham which he uttered when, with the assistance of his son Ishmael, he was building the Ka‘bah. The prayers are given in 2:129-130 and are as follows:
1. "Our Lord make us submissive to Thee;
2. "and make of our offspring a people submissive to thee;
3. "show us our ways of worship;
4. "turn to us with mercy;
5. "raise up among them a Messenger from among themselves;
6. "who may recite to them thy Signs, may teach them the Book and wisdom;
In view of the three meanings of the root word عتق, the expression البیت العتیق would mean, free, excellent and a very old House. The epithet 'free' implies a prophecy that no hostile power will ever be able to conquer it. It shall always remain free. The second epithet, i.e. excellent, signifies that the Ka‘bah shall always occupy a position of honour in the world. It has also been described as البیت الحرام (the Sacred House) in the Quran. The fact that the Ka‘bah is a very ancient House of worship in the world finds corroboration in another verse of the Quran (3:97) where it is said that it is the very first House founded for Divine worship. In 14:38 we find that the Ka‘bah was in existence long before Abraham brought his wife Hagar and his son Ishmael to settle in the barren, bleak and arid valley of Mecca. Noah is believed by some to have performed the circuit of the Ka‘bah (Tabari as quoted by Enc. of Islam). Historians of established repute and authority, including even some very hostile critics of Islam, have admitted that the Ka‘bah had been held sacred from time immemorial. Diodorus Siculus writing about the region now known as the Hijaz says that there is in this country a temple greatly revered by all the Arabs "to which the neighbouring peoples throng from all sides." "These words," says Sir William Muir, "must refer to the Holy House of Mecca for we know of no other which ever commanded the universal homage of Arabia… Tradition represents the Ka‘bah as from time immemorial the scene of pilgrimage from all quarters of Arabia so extensive an homage must have had its beginning in an extremely remote age" (Muir, p. ciii).
The fact seems to be that the Ka‘bah was first built by Adam and after that it was washed away by the great Deluge in the time of Noah and was later rebuilt by Abraham. See also 2:128-129.
2460
Important Words:
لیقضوا تفثھم (accomplish their needful acts of cleansing). تفث (tafathun) is infinitive noun from (tafatha) which means, he left off shaving his pubes and in consequence became dirty.
قضی تفثه means, he removed his uncleanliness. The Quranic expression لیقضوا تفثھم means, then let them accomplish their needful acts of shaving and cleansing (Lane & Aqrab).
العتیق (ancient) is derived from عتق. They say, عتق العبد i.e. the slave became free. عتیق الخمر means, the wine became old and good. عتیق means, free from slavery or emancipated; old; beautiful; excellent (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The words, "and go round the ancient House," refer to the last tawaf or circumambulation round the Ka‘bah.
The seven circuits round the Ka‘bah correspond to seven prayers of Abraham which he uttered when, with the assistance of his son Ishmael, he was building the Ka‘bah. The prayers are given in 2:129-130 and are as follows:
1. "Our Lord make us submissive to Thee;
2. "and make of our offspring a people submissive to thee;
3. "show us our ways of worship;
4. "turn to us with mercy;
5. "raise up among them a Messenger from among themselves;
6. "who may recite to them thy Signs, may teach them the Book and wisdom;
In view of the three meanings of the root word عتق, the expression البیت العتیق would mean, free, excellent and a very old House. The epithet 'free' implies a prophecy that no hostile power will ever be able to conquer it. It shall always remain free. The second epithet, i.e. excellent, signifies that the Ka‘bah shall always occupy a position of honour in the world. It has also been described as البیت الحرام (the Sacred House) in the Quran. The fact that the Ka‘bah is a very ancient House of worship in the world finds corroboration in another verse of the Quran (3:97) where it is said that it is the very first House founded for Divine worship. In 14:38 we find that the Ka‘bah was in existence long before Abraham brought his wife Hagar and his son Ishmael to settle in the barren, bleak and arid valley of Mecca. Noah is believed by some to have performed the circuit of the Ka‘bah (Tabari as quoted by Enc. of Islam). Historians of established repute and authority, including even some very hostile critics of Islam, have admitted that the Ka‘bah had been held sacred from time immemorial. Diodorus Siculus writing about the region now known as the Hijaz says that there is in this country a temple greatly revered by all the Arabs "to which the neighbouring peoples throng from all sides." "These words," says Sir William Muir, "must refer to the Holy House of Mecca for we know of no other which ever commanded the universal homage of Arabia… Tradition represents the Ka‘bah as from time immemorial the scene of pilgrimage from all quarters of Arabia so extensive an homage must have had its beginning in an extremely remote age" (Muir, p. ciii).
The fact seems to be that the Ka‘bah was first built by Adam and after that it was washed away by the great Deluge in the time of Noah and was later rebuilt by Abraham. See also 2:128-129.
1948
Al-Baitul-‘Atiq means, free, excellent and very old House (Lane). The epithet 'free' implies a prophecy that no hostile power will ever be able to conquer it. It shall always remain free. The epithet, 'excellent' signifies that the Ka‘bah shall always occupy a position of honour in the world. The fact that the Ka‘bah is a very ancient house of worship in the world finds corroboration in another verse of the Qur’an (3:97). It was in existence long before Abraham brought his wife Hagar and his son Ishmael to settle in the barren, bleak and arid valley of Mecca (14:38). Noah is believed by some to have performed the circuit of the Ka‘bah (Tabari as quoted by Enc. of Islam). Historians of established repute and authority, including even some very hostile critics of Islam, have admitted that the Ka‘bah had been held sacred from time immemorial. Diodorus Siculus writing about the region now known as the Hijaz says: 'There is in this country a temple greatly revered by all the Arabs to which th
ذَٰلِكَ وَمَن يُعَظِّمْ حُرُمَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ فَهُوَ خَيْرٌ لَّهُۥ عِندَ رَبِّهِۦ ۗ وَأُحِلَّتْ لَكُمُ ٱلْأَنْعَٰمُ إِلَّا مَا يُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْكُمْ ۖ فَٱجْتَنِبُوا۟ ٱلرِّجْسَ مِنَ ٱلْأَوْثَٰنِ وَٱجْتَنِبُوا۟ قَوْلَ ٱلزُّورِ
5:3.
5:2; 6:146.
5:3.
5:2; 6:146.
Commentary:
The words, "whoso honours the sacred things of Allah, it will be good for him with his Lord," signify that a Muslim should not treat lightly or with disrespect such things as God has sanctified or held sacred. The words cover all those things and persons that God has honoured.
In the last sentence of the verse lying and idol worship have been condemned as equally heinous. Of all abominations, falsehood, perhaps, plays the greatest part in the moral degradation of a man, second only to idol worship.
The verse also points to the great truth that without fully subscribing to the belief in Divine Unity it is impossible to get rid of mental confusion and bewilderment and to enjoy real peace of mind. An idolater falls an easy victim to unfounded superstitious fears.
d
5:3.
e
5:2; 6:146.
a
5:3.
b
5:2; 6:146.
2461
Commentary:
The words, "whoso honours the sacred things of Allah, it will be good for him with his Lord," signify that a Muslim should not treat lightly or with disrespect such things as God has sanctified or held sacred. The words cover all those things and persons that God has honoured.
In the last sentence of the verse lying and idol worship have been condemned as equally heinous. Of all abominations, falsehood, perhaps, plays the greatest part in the moral degradation of a man, second only to idol worship.
The verse also points to the great truth that without fully subscribing to the belief in Divine Unity it is impossible to get rid of mental confusion and bewilderment and to enjoy real peace of mind. An idolater falls an easy victim to unfounded superstitious fears.
a
5:3.
b
5:2; 6:146.
حُنَفَآءَ لِلَّهِ غَيْرَ مُشْرِكِينَ بِهِۦ ۚ وَمَن يُشْرِكْ بِٱللَّهِ فَكَأَنَّمَا خَرَّ مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ فَتَخْطَفُهُ ٱلطَّيْرُ أَوْ تَهْوِى بِهِ ٱلرِّيحُ فِى مَكَانٍ سَحِيقٍ
人是安拉的最高贵的创造物。整个宇宙--------日、月、星辰、大地、海洋、山脉等等都是为人服务的。人在道德上与精神上都能达到很高的境界。在人的身上可以反映出安拉的常德。因而, 如果人把自己降到很低的地位去崇拜无生命的物体时, 那他就像从天落下, 从精神的高峰跌落到道德的低谷, 智力也随之减退。
قرآن مجید میں کَاَ نَّھَا ہے مگر لغت میں لکھا ہے کہ ’’ک‘‘ زائد حرف کے طور پر یعنی صرف تاکید کے لئے بھی استعمال ہوتا ہے اس لئے ہم نے اس کے ترجمہ کو چھوڑ دیا ہے۔
آیت میں ’’اَوْ‘‘ کا لفظ ہے ہم نے اس کے معنے ’’اور‘‘کے کئے ہیں اور یہ عربی زبان کے لحاظ سے درست ہے۔
Man is the noblest creation of God. The whole universe—the sun, the moon, the stars, the earth, the oceans, the mountains, etc. have been made to serve him. He can rise morally and spiritually so high as to reflect in his person Divine attributes. So if he degrades himself so low as to worship lifeless objects, he falls, as it were, from the heights of spiritual eminence to the depths of moral and intellectual degradation.
Commentary:
Man is the noblest creation of God. The whole universe—the sun, the moon, the stars, the earth, the oceans, the mountains, etc., have been made to serve him. He can rise morally and spiritually so high as to reflect in his person the Divine attributes. So if man whom God has given the highest place in His whole creation degrades himself so low as to worship lifeless objects, he falls, as it were, from the heights of spiritual eminence to the depths of moral and intellectual degradation. This, in brief, is the purport of this verse.
A brief note on idolatry is here called for. Broadly speaking idolatry consists in the paying of Divine honours to idols, images or any created object; the ascription of Divine powers to natural agencies and the excessive admiration, veneration or love for any person or thing. Besides this, idolatry has several other subtler forms. Some of these are as follows:
1. To believe that there are more beings than one who possess equal and similar powers and attributes and who have equal share in the creation and control of the universe with God.
2. To show allegiance or veneration to beings or objects other than God in the form of acts and movements of the body which are expressive of the highest veneration for those beings or objects and which are prescribed by different religions to be offered only to the Supreme Being and which have been regarded as part of worship, such as prostration, etc.
3. To rely fully and completely upon material means for the fulfilment of one’s needs to the entire exclusion of trust in God.
4. To ascribe to human beings attributes which are God’s own exclusive prerogatives, such as His being Eternal and Everlasting and His attribute of creation or quickening the dead.
5. To think of a person that he has attained to such stage of nearness to God that God is bound to and does accept all his prayers. This amounts to ascribing Divine powers to him.
6. To entertain feelings of love, veneration for, or fear of, any human being greater or even equal to those which he has for God. All these different forms of idolatry have been expressed by the four words used by the Quran, viz. ند (like or equal); شریک (co-partner or sharer); اله(worthy of worship) and رب (sustainer).
861
人是安拉的最高贵的创造物。整个宇宙--------日、月、星辰、大地、海洋、山脉等等都是为人服务的。人在道德上与精神上都能达到很高的境界。在人的身上可以反映出安拉的常德。因而, 如果人把自己降到很低的地位去崇拜无生命的物体时, 那他就像从天落下, 从精神的高峰跌落到道德的低谷, 智力也随之减退。
2
قرآن مجید میں کَاَ نَّھَا ہے مگر لغت میں لکھا ہے کہ ’’ک‘‘ زائد حرف کے طور پر یعنی صرف تاکید کے لئے بھی استعمال ہوتا ہے اس لئے ہم نے اس کے ترجمہ کو چھوڑ دیا ہے۔
3
آیت میں ’’اَوْ‘‘ کا لفظ ہے ہم نے اس کے معنے ’’اور‘‘کے کئے ہیں اور یہ عربی زبان کے لحاظ سے درست ہے۔
2462
Commentary:
Man is the noblest creation of God. The whole universe—the sun, the moon, the stars, the earth, the oceans, the mountains, etc., have been made to serve him. He can rise morally and spiritually so high as to reflect in his person the Divine attributes. So if man whom God has given the highest place in His whole creation degrades himself so low as to worship lifeless objects, he falls, as it were, from the heights of spiritual eminence to the depths of moral and intellectual degradation. This, in brief, is the purport of this verse.
A brief note on idolatry is here called for. Broadly speaking idolatry consists in the paying of Divine honours to idols, images or any created object; the ascription of Divine powers to natural agencies and the excessive admiration, veneration or love for any person or thing. Besides this, idolatry has several other subtler forms. Some of these are as follows:
1. To believe that there are more beings than one who possess equal and similar powers and attributes and who have equal share in the creation and control of the universe with God.
2. To show allegiance or veneration to beings or objects other than God in the form of acts and movements of the body which are expressive of the highest veneration for those beings or objects and which are prescribed by different religions to be offered only to the Supreme Being and which have been regarded as part of worship, such as prostration, etc.
3. To rely fully and completely upon material means for the fulfilment of one’s needs to the entire exclusion of trust in God.
4. To ascribe to human beings attributes which are God’s own exclusive prerogatives, such as His being Eternal and Everlasting and His attribute of creation or quickening the dead.
5. To think of a person that he has attained to such stage of nearness to God that God is bound to and does accept all his prayers. This amounts to ascribing Divine powers to him.
6. To entertain feelings of love, veneration for, or fear of, any human being greater or even equal to those which he has for God. All these different forms of idolatry have been expressed by the four words used by the Quran, viz. ند (like or equal); شریک (co-partner or sharer); اله(worthy of worship) and رب (sustainer).
1949
Man is the noblest creation of God. The whole universe—the sun, the moon, the stars, the earth, the oceans, the mountains, etc. have been made to serve him. He can rise morally and spiritually so high as to reflect in his person Divine attributes. So if he degrades himself so low as to worship lifeless objects, he falls, as it were, from the heights of spiritual eminence to the depths of moral and intellectual degradation.
ذَٰلِكَ وَمَن يُعَظِّمْ شَعَٰٓئِرَ ٱللَّهِ فَإِنَّهَا مِن تَقْوَى ٱلْقُلُوبِ
2:159.
The verse implies that the object underlying all the commandments and ordinances of Islam is to inculcate righteousness and purity of heart. All Islamic rites and acts of worship are only means that lead to this supreme goal.
2:159.
Commentary:
For شعائر اللّٰه see 2:159 & 5:3. The verse implies that the object underlying all the commandments and ordinances of Islam is to inculcate righteousness and purity of heart. All Islamic rites and acts of worship are only means that lead to this supreme goal.
a
2:159.
862
这节经文说明, 伊斯兰教一切经律和命令的目的是反复灌输心灵的敬畏和纯洁。一切伊斯兰教的典礼朝拜活动都只是引到这一至高无上的目标的手段。
a
2:159.
2463
Commentary:
For شعائر اللّٰه see 2:159 & 5:3. The verse implies that the object underlying all the commandments and ordinances of Islam is to inculcate righteousness and purity of heart. All Islamic rites and acts of worship are only means that lead to this supreme goal.
a
2:159.
1950
The verse implies that the object underlying all the commandments and ordinances of Islam is to inculcate righteousness and purity of heart. All Islamic rites and acts of worship are only means that lead to this supreme goal.
لَكُمْ فِيهَا مَنَٰفِعُ إِلَىٰٓ أَجَلٍ مُّسَمًّى ثُمَّ مَحِلُّهَآ إِلَى ٱلْبَيْتِ ٱلْعَتِيقِ
2:197; 48:26.
2:197; 48:26.
The animals that are brought to Mecca for sacrifice may be used for riding and carrying burdens or their milk may be used before they are sacrificed. They can serve many other useful purposes.
2:197; 48:26.
Commentary:
The animals that are brought to Mecca for sacrifice may be used for riding, and carrying burdens or their milk may be used before they are sacrificed. They can serve other useful purposes.
b
2:197; 48:26.
b
2:197; 48:26.
2464
Commentary:
The animals that are brought to Mecca for sacrifice may be used for riding, and carrying burdens or their milk may be used before they are sacrificed. They can serve other useful purposes.
b
2:197; 48:26.
1951
The animals that are brought to Mecca for sacrifice may be used for riding and carrying burdens or their milk may be used before they are sacrificed. They can serve many other useful purposes.
وَلِكُلِّ أُمَّةٍ جَعَلْنَا مَنسَكًا لِّيَذْكُرُوا۟ ٱسْمَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَىٰ مَا رَزَقَهُم مِّنۢ بَهِيمَةِ ٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ ۗ فَإِلَٰهُكُمْ إِلَٰهٌ وَٰحِدٌ فَلَهُۥٓ أَسْلِمُوا۟ ۗ وَبَشِّرِ ٱلْمُخْبِتِينَ
5:5; 6:119.
5:74; 16:23; 37:5.
نَسَكَ لِلّٰه (Nasaka Lillahi) 意味着甘心情愿地牺牲和行善, 并自发地向安拉靠近。因此 مَنْسَك(Mansak) 意指宰牲仪式以及举行此种仪式的地点 (اَقْرَبْ, Aqrab)。从这节经文开始宣讲有关牺牲的题目。它是这章所涉及的三个主要题目之一。另外两个题目是朝觐与在主道上极力奋斗。这节经文说明有关牺牲的经律不只是伊斯兰教有, 其他宗教也有, 因为所有的宗教都出自同样神圣来源。这节经文还说明各种宗教的信奉者最初都是受命宰牲; 用人作为祭品的残酷行径是以后的新招。从根词 نَسَكَ (Nasaka) Lane有不同意义的观点看, 真正的牺牲具有三个特点: (1) 它必须是自愿的与自发的, (2) 牺牲必须出自最纯洁的动机, (3) 必须毫不考虑奉献的物质报酬。
这节经文有双重意义: (1) 牺牲仪式是各宗教共有的, 尽管各宗教的产生时间和起源地很不相同。这一事实说明, 最初他们都是出于同一个至高无上的源泉, 也说明了各民族的主宰是同一个安拉。(2) 牺牲的目的是为了安拉而牺牲我们的志向和抱负, 牺牲我们一切意念和理想乃至生命和荣誉来认识并宣告安拉的独一性, 按照伊斯兰教教义, 牺牲的概念不在于抚慰被触怒的神灵, 不在于赎免个人的罪孽, 而在于安拉的道上把个人的一切奉献给安拉。
5:5; 6:119.
5:74; 16:23; 37:5.
Nasaka Lillahi means, he sacrificed and did good deeds willingly and spontaneously to win nearness to God. Mansak, therefore, means, rites of sacrifice; a place where such rites are performed (Aqrab). With this verse begins the subject of Sacrifice, one of the three main themes with which this Surah deals, the other two being Hajj and Jihad. The verse further shows that the commandment relating to Sacrifice is not confined to Islam. It is common to all religions because they have proceeded from the same Divine Source. The verse also shows that it was the sacrifice of animals that was originally enjoined on the followers of all religions and that the cruel practice of offering human beings as sacrifice was a later innovation. In view of the different meanings of the root-word Nasaka (Lane), true sacrifice possesses three essential characteristics: (a) It should be voluntary and spontaneous. (b) It should be offered with the purest of motives. (c) It should not be of
The verse has twofold significance: (1) The fact that the rite of Sacrifice is common to all religions, although they are so widely separated from one another as regards the time and place of their origin, shows that originally they all emanated from the same Supreme Source and that the God of all nations is One God. (2) That the object underlying Sacrifice is to realise and proclaim the Oneness of God by sacrificing our ambitions and aspirations, all our ideas and ideals and even life and honour for His sake. The concept of Sacrifice according to Islam does not consist in appeasing an offended deity or in atoning for one’s sins but in sacrificing one’s all for the sake of God and in the way of God.
5:5; 6:119.
5:74; 16:23; 37:5.
Important Words:
منسکا (rites of sacrifice) is derived from نسك . They say نسك الذبیحة i.e. he slaughtered and sacrificed the animal. نسك الرجلmeans, the man led a life devoted to God; he practised virtue and piety. نسك للّٰه means, he sacrificed seeking to win the pleasure of God; he did good deeds willingly and spontaneously in order to win nearness to God. نسك الثوب means, he washed the cloth. منسك means, rites of sacrifice; place where those rites are performed; one’s native place. مناسك الحج means, the religious rites and ceremonies of the Pilgrimage.
For مخبتین see 11:24.
Commentary:
With this verse begins the subject of sacrifice, one of the three main themes with which this Surah deals, the other two being Hajj and jihad.
The words "And to every people We appointed rites of Sacrifice," show that the commandment relating to Sacrifice is not confined to Islam. Sacrifice is common to all religions because they have proceeded from the same Divine source. It also appears from this verse that it was the sacrifice of animals that was originally enjoined on the followers of all religions and that the cruel practice of offering human beings as sacrifice was a later innovation.
In view of the different meanings of the root word true sacrifice possesses three essential characteristics:-
(a) It should be fully voluntary and spontaneous;
(b) It should be offered with the purest of motives, i.e. only to win the pleasure of God;
(c) It should not be offered from ulterior motives and material considerations.
Thus the first commandment relating to sacrifice though apparently very simple is of great inward significance. It is that sacrifice should be offered only for the sake of Allah and that Allah’s name should be invoked while the animal is being slaughtered for food. This not only sanctifies and blesses the food but is also calculated to turn attention to the sublime object underlying the act of slaughtering the animal—to win the pleasure of God and to be prepared to sacrifice the dearest thing in His way and for His sake.
The words, "So your God is one God, therefore, submit ye all to Him," have twofold significance: (1) The fact that the rite of sacrifice is common to all religions, although they are so widely separated from one another as regards the time and place of their origin, shows that originally they all emanated from the same Supreme Source and that the God of all nations is One God. (2) That the object underlying sacrifice is to realize and proclaim the Oneness of God by sacrificing our ambitions and aspirations, all our ideas and ideals and even life and honour for His sake, and by completely submitting ourselves to His commandments. The concept of sacrifice according to Islam does not consist in appeasing an offended deity or in atoning for one’s sins but in sacrificing one’s all for the sake of God and in the way of God. Those who have full realization of this concept of sacrifice are called (humble) in the language of the Quran.
c
5:5; 6:119.
d
5:74; 16:23; 37:5.
863
نَسَكَ لِلّٰه (Nasaka Lillahi) 意味着甘心情愿地牺牲和行善, 并自发地向安拉靠近。因此 مَنْسَك(Mansak) 意指宰牲仪式以及举行此种仪式的地点 (اَقْرَبْ, Aqrab)。从这节经文开始宣讲有关牺牲的题目。它是这章所涉及的三个主要题目之一。另外两个题目是朝觐与在主道上极力奋斗。这节经文说明有关牺牲的经律不只是伊斯兰教有, 其他宗教也有, 因为所有的宗教都出自同样神圣来源。这节经文还说明各种宗教的信奉者最初都是受命宰牲; 用人作为祭品的残酷行径是以后的新招。从根词 نَسَكَ (Nasaka) Lane有不同意义的观点看, 真正的牺牲具有三个特点: (1) 它必须是自愿的与自发的, (2) 牺牲必须出自最纯洁的动机, (3) 必须毫不考虑奉献的物质报酬。
864
这节经文有双重意义: (1) 牺牲仪式是各宗教共有的, 尽管各宗教的产生时间和起源地很不相同。这一事实说明, 最初他们都是出于同一个至高无上的源泉, 也说明了各民族的主宰是同一个安拉。(2) 牺牲的目的是为了安拉而牺牲我们的志向和抱负, 牺牲我们一切意念和理想乃至生命和荣誉来认识并宣告安拉的独一性, 按照伊斯兰教教义, 牺牲的概念不在于抚慰被触怒的神灵, 不在于赎免个人的罪孽, 而在于安拉的道上把个人的一切奉献给安拉。
c
5:5; 6:119.
d
5:74; 16:23; 37:5.
2465
Important Words:
منسکا (rites of sacrifice) is derived from نسك . They say نسك الذبیحة i.e. he slaughtered and sacrificed the animal. نسك الرجلmeans, the man led a life devoted to God; he practised virtue and piety. نسك للّٰه means, he sacrificed seeking to win the pleasure of God; he did good deeds willingly and spontaneously in order to win nearness to God. نسك الثوب means, he washed the cloth. منسك means, rites of sacrifice; place where those rites are performed; one’s native place. مناسك الحج means, the religious rites and ceremonies of the Pilgrimage.
For مخبتین see 11:24.
Commentary:
With this verse begins the subject of sacrifice, one of the three main themes with which this Surah deals, the other two being Hajj and jihad.
The words "And to every people We appointed rites of Sacrifice," show that the commandment relating to Sacrifice is not confined to Islam. Sacrifice is common to all religions because they have proceeded from the same Divine source. It also appears from this verse that it was the sacrifice of animals that was originally enjoined on the followers of all religions and that the cruel practice of offering human beings as sacrifice was a later innovation.
In view of the different meanings of the root word true sacrifice possesses three essential characteristics:-
(a) It should be fully voluntary and spontaneous;
(b) It should be offered with the purest of motives, i.e. only to win the pleasure of God;
(c) It should not be offered from ulterior motives and material considerations.
Thus the first commandment relating to sacrifice though apparently very simple is of great inward significance. It is that sacrifice should be offered only for the sake of Allah and that Allah’s name should be invoked while the animal is being slaughtered for food. This not only sanctifies and blesses the food but is also calculated to turn attention to the sublime object underlying the act of slaughtering the animal—to win the pleasure of God and to be prepared to sacrifice the dearest thing in His way and for His sake.
The words, "So your God is one God, therefore, submit ye all to Him," have twofold significance: (1) The fact that the rite of sacrifice is common to all religions, although they are so widely separated from one another as regards the time and place of their origin, shows that originally they all emanated from the same Supreme Source and that the God of all nations is One God. (2) That the object underlying sacrifice is to realize and proclaim the Oneness of God by sacrificing our ambitions and aspirations, all our ideas and ideals and even life and honour for His sake, and by completely submitting ourselves to His commandments. The concept of sacrifice according to Islam does not consist in appeasing an offended deity or in atoning for one’s sins but in sacrificing one’s all for the sake of God and in the way of God. Those who have full realization of this concept of sacrifice are called (humble) in the language of the Quran.
a
5:5; 6:119.
b
5:74; 16:23; 37:5.
1952
Nasaka Lillahi means, he sacrificed and did good deeds willingly and spontaneously to win nearness to God. Mansak, therefore, means, rites of sacrifice; a place where such rites are performed (Aqrab). With this verse begins the subject of Sacrifice, one of the three main themes with which this Surah deals, the other two being Hajj and Jihad. The verse further shows that the commandment relating to Sacrifice is not confined to Islam. It is common to all religions because they have proceeded from the same Divine Source. The verse also shows that it was the sacrifice of animals that was originally enjoined on the followers of all religions and that the cruel practice of offering human beings as sacrifice was a later innovation. In view of the different meanings of the root-word Nasaka (Lane), true sacrifice possesses three essential characteristics: (a) It should be voluntary and spontaneous. (b) It should be offered with the purest of motives. (c) It should not be of
1953
The verse has twofold significance: (1) The fact that the rite of Sacrifice is common to all religions, although they are so widely separated from one another as regards the time and place of their origin, shows that originally they all emanated from the same Supreme Source and that the God of all nations is One God. (2) That the object underlying Sacrifice is to realise and proclaim the Oneness of God by sacrificing our ambitions and aspirations, all our ideas and ideals and even life and honour for His sake. The concept of Sacrifice according to Islam does not consist in appeasing an offended deity or in atoning for one’s sins but in sacrificing one’s all for the sake of God and in the way of God.
ٱلَّذِينَ إِذَا ذُكِرَ ٱللَّهُ وَجِلَتْ قُلُوبُهُمْ وَٱلصَّٰبِرِينَ عَلَىٰ مَآ أَصَابَهُمْ وَٱلْمُقِيمِى ٱلصَّلَوٰةِ وَمِمَّا رَزَقْنَٰهُمْ يُنفِقُونَ
23:61.
23:61.
23:61.
Commentary:
This verse gives the fourfold object of sacrifice or the four characteristics of المخبتین i.e. those who have realized the real significance of sacrifice. (1) Their hearts are filled with fear when Allah is mentioned; (2) they patiently bear all sorts of hardships and privations in the way of God; (3) they purify themselves by saying their prayers regularly and punctually and (4) they serve mankind with all that God has bestowed upon them—with all the means at their disposal.
a
23:61.
a
23:61.
2466
Commentary:
This verse gives the fourfold object of sacrifice or the four characteristics of المخبتین i.e. those who have realized the real significance of sacrifice. (1) Their hearts are filled with fear when Allah is mentioned; (2) they patiently bear all sorts of hardships and privations in the way of God; (3) they purify themselves by saying their prayers regularly and punctually and (4) they serve mankind with all that God has bestowed upon them—with all the means at their disposal.
c
23:61.
وَٱلْبُدْنَ جَعَلْنَٰهَا لَكُم مِّن شَعَٰٓئِرِ ٱللَّهِ لَكُمْ فِيهَا خَيْرٌ ۖ فَٱذْكُرُوا۟ ٱسْمَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهَا صَوَآفَّ ۖ فَإِذَا وَجَبَتْ جُنُوبُهَا فَكُلُوا۟ مِنْهَا وَأَطْعِمُوا۟ ٱلْقَانِعَ وَٱلْمُعْتَرَّ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ سَخَّرْنَٰهَا لَكُمْ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَشْكُرُونَ
为了牺牲而屠宰带到麦加的骆驼只是一种仪式, 象征了人们为其创造主与主宰准备献出自己的生命, 就像骆驼为自己的主人献出生命一样。这就是献牲的至高无上的宗旨与目的。这节经文所提到的其余宗旨是次要的。当朝觐者屠宰一头作为安拉的迹象的动物时, 都要被提醒记住牺牲的意义。这节经文指出屠宰后动物的肉应适当分配而不应浪费。
The slaughtering of camels which are brought to Mecca for sacrifice is but a symbol of man’s readiness to lay down his life for the sake of his Creator and Master just as camels lay down their lives for their own masters. This is the supreme object and purpose of Sacrifice, other objects mentioned in the verse being of secondary importance. The pilgrim is reminded of the significance of Sacrifice when he slaughters an animal which serves as a Sign of God. The verse also shows that the flesh of the slaughtered animal should be properly distributed and not wasted.
Important Words:
البدن (sacrificial camels) is the plural of بدنة which means, a she-camel or a male camel; a cow and a bull (preferably the first and the second) that is slaughtered at Mecca or brought there for sacrifice, so called because of its fatness, بدن (badana) as a verb meaning, he was or became big, bulky, big-bodied or corpulent or fat (Lane & Aqrab).
صواف (stand tied up in rows) is the plural of صافة which is derived from صوف. They say صوف القوم i.e. the people stood in rows. صواف means, standing in rows (Lane).
وجبت (they fall down). They say وجب الحائط i.e. the wall fell down. وجب الرجل means, the man fell down and died. وجب الشمس means, the sun set. فاذا وجبت جنوبھا means, when their sides fall upon the ground; when they die and fall down (Lane).
قانع (contented) is active participle from قنع (qania‘) which means, he was contented with his lot; and also from قنع(qana‘a) which means, he asked, he begged. قنع الجبل means, he ascended the mountain. القانع means, one who is contented with his lot; one who asks or begs; one of a people (Aqrab).
المعتر (one who supplicates) is derived from عر (‘arra). They say عرہ i.e. he vexed him; he did evil to him; he addressed or applied himself to obtain favour without asking; he came to him and sought his bounty. المعتر means, one who applies oneself to obtain favour without asking; one who comes to another to ask for a favour; a poor man (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse signifies that the slaughtering of camels which are brought to Mecca for sacrifice is but a symbol of man’s readiness to lay down his life for the sake of his Creator and Master just as camels lay down their lives for their own masters. This is the supreme object and purpose of sacrifice, other objects mentioned in the verse being of secondary importance. The pilgrim is reminded of the significance of sacrifice when he slaughters an animal and thus the animal serves as a sign of God.
865
为了牺牲而屠宰带到麦加的骆驼只是一种仪式, 象征了人们为其创造主与主宰准备献出自己的生命, 就像骆驼为自己的主人献出生命一样。这就是献牲的至高无上的宗旨与目的。这节经文所提到的其余宗旨是次要的。当朝觐者屠宰一头作为安拉的迹象的动物时, 都要被提醒记住牺牲的意义。这节经文指出屠宰后动物的肉应适当分配而不应浪费。
2467
Important Words:
البدن (sacrificial camels) is the plural of بدنة which means, a she-camel or a male camel; a cow and a bull (preferably the first and the second) that is slaughtered at Mecca or brought there for sacrifice, so called because of its fatness, بدن (badana) as a verb meaning, he was or became big, bulky, big-bodied or corpulent or fat (Lane & Aqrab).
صواف (stand tied up in rows) is the plural of صافة which is derived from صوف. They say صوف القوم i.e. the people stood in rows. صواف means, standing in rows (Lane).
وجبت (they fall down). They say وجب الحائط i.e. the wall fell down. وجب الرجل means, the man fell down and died. وجب الشمس means, the sun set. فاذا وجبت جنوبھا means, when their sides fall upon the ground; when they die and fall down (Lane).
قانع (contented) is active participle from قنع (qania‘) which means, he was contented with his lot; and also from قنع(qana‘a) which means, he asked, he begged. قنع الجبل means, he ascended the mountain. القانع means, one who is contented with his lot; one who asks or begs; one of a people (Aqrab).
المعتر (one who supplicates) is derived from عر (‘arra). They say عرہ i.e. he vexed him; he did evil to him; he addressed or applied himself to obtain favour without asking; he came to him and sought his bounty. المعتر means, one who applies oneself to obtain favour without asking; one who comes to another to ask for a favour; a poor man (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse signifies that the slaughtering of camels which are brought to Mecca for sacrifice is but a symbol of man’s readiness to lay down his life for the sake of his Creator and Master just as camels lay down their lives for their own masters. This is the supreme object and purpose of sacrifice, other objects mentioned in the verse being of secondary importance. The pilgrim is reminded of the significance of sacrifice when he slaughters an animal and thus the animal serves as a sign of God.
1954
The slaughtering of camels which are brought to Mecca for sacrifice is but a symbol of man’s readiness to lay down his life for the sake of his Creator and Master just as camels lay down their lives for their own masters. This is the supreme object and purpose of Sacrifice, other objects mentioned in the verse being of secondary importance. The pilgrim is reminded of the significance of Sacrifice when he slaughters an animal which serves as a Sign of God. The verse also shows that the flesh of the slaughtered animal should be properly distributed and not wasted.
لَن يَنَالَ ٱللَّهَ لُحُومُهَا وَلَا دِمَآؤُهَا وَلَٰكِن يَنَالُهُ ٱلتَّقْوَىٰ مِنكُمْ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ سَخَّرَهَا لَكُمْ لِتُكَبِّرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ عَلَىٰ مَا هَدَىٰكُمْ ۗ وَبَشِّرِ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ
这节经文有助于理解牺牲的实质、含意、真正的对象与目的。它给人们上了最大的一课。使安拉满意的, 并不是牺牲的外在行为, 而是牺牲行为所体现的精神与动机。那些被屠宰动物的血与肉不会到达安拉那里; 安拉所能接受的只是内心的真诚。安拉要求并接受完全的牺牲, 包括了我们亲密和珍贵的一切--------我们所拥用的物质财富, 我们崇高的理想, 我们的荣誉以至生命本身。事实上, 安拉并不希望也不要求我们献出动物的血和肉, 而是要求我们献出赤诚的心。然而也不应该错误地认为:既然真正重要的不是牺牲的外在行为, 而是行为所体现的动机, 那么, 外在行为就不重要了。确实, 牺牲的外在行为只是外壳, 行为所体现的精神才是核心与实质。然而事物的外壳或躯体, 如同其精神与核心一样也是极其重要的, 因为没有躯体就不可能有灵魂, 没有外壳也就无所谓核心。
The verse throws a flood of light on the essence, inwardness and real object and purpose of Sacrifice. It teaches the supreme lesson that it is not the outward act of sacrifice which pleases God but the spirit underlying it and the motive behind it. The flesh or blood of the slaughtered animal does not reach God; it is righteousness of the heart which is acceptable to Him. God demands and accepts total sacrifice of all that is near and dear to us—our material possessions, the ideals that are dear to us, our honour and life itself. In reality, God wants and demands no offering from us in the form of flesh and blood of animals but demands the offering of our hearts. It is, however, a mistake to think that because it is not the outward act of sacrifice but the motive behind it that really matters, the outward act is of no importance. True, the outward act of sacrifice is the shell, and the spirit underlying it is the kernel and essence, yet the shell or the body of a thing, like its spirit or kernel, is of
Commentary:
This verse throws a flood of light on the essence, inwardness and real object and purpose of sacrifice. It also teaches a supreme lesson, viz. that it is not the outward act of sacrifice which pleases God but the spirit underlying it and the motive behind it. The flesh or blood of the slaughtered animal does not reach God, it is righteousness of the heart which is acceptable to Him. God demands and accepts total sacrifice of all that is near and dear to us—our material possessions, the ideals that are so dear to us, our honour and life itself. In reality, God wants and demands no offering from us in the form of flesh and blood of animals but the offering of our hearts.
It should not, however, be understood to mean that because it is not the outward act of sacrifice but the motive behind it that really matters, the outward act is of no importance. True, the outward act of sacrifice is the shell and the spirit underlying it is the kernel and essence yet the shell or the body of a thing, like its soul, spirit or kernel, is also of very great importance because no soul could exist without a body and no kernel without a shell.
866
这节经文有助于理解牺牲的实质、含意、真正的对象与目的。它给人们上了最大的一课。使安拉满意的, 并不是牺牲的外在行为, 而是牺牲行为所体现的精神与动机。那些被屠宰动物的血与肉不会到达安拉那里; 安拉所能接受的只是内心的真诚。安拉要求并接受完全的牺牲, 包括了我们亲密和珍贵的一切--------我们所拥用的物质财富, 我们崇高的理想, 我们的荣誉以至生命本身。事实上, 安拉并不希望也不要求我们献出动物的血和肉, 而是要求我们献出赤诚的心。然而也不应该错误地认为:既然真正重要的不是牺牲的外在行为, 而是行为所体现的动机, 那么, 外在行为就不重要了。确实, 牺牲的外在行为只是外壳, 行为所体现的精神才是核心与实质。然而事物的外壳或躯体, 如同其精神与核心一样也是极其重要的, 因为没有躯体就不可能有灵魂, 没有外壳也就无所谓核心。
2468
Commentary:
This verse throws a flood of light on the essence, inwardness and real object and purpose of sacrifice. It also teaches a supreme lesson, viz. that it is not the outward act of sacrifice which pleases God but the spirit underlying it and the motive behind it. The flesh or blood of the slaughtered animal does not reach God, it is righteousness of the heart which is acceptable to Him. God demands and accepts total sacrifice of all that is near and dear to us—our material possessions, the ideals that are so dear to us, our honour and life itself. In reality, God wants and demands no offering from us in the form of flesh and blood of animals but the offering of our hearts.
It should not, however, be understood to mean that because it is not the outward act of sacrifice but the motive behind it that really matters, the outward act is of no importance. True, the outward act of sacrifice is the shell and the spirit underlying it is the kernel and essence yet the shell or the body of a thing, like its soul, spirit or kernel, is also of very great importance because no soul could exist without a body and no kernel without a shell.
1955
The verse throws a flood of light on the essence, inwardness and real object and purpose of Sacrifice. It teaches the supreme lesson that it is not the outward act of sacrifice which pleases God but the spirit underlying it and the motive behind it. The flesh or blood of the slaughtered animal does not reach God; it is righteousness of the heart which is acceptable to Him. God demands and accepts total sacrifice of all that is near and dear to us—our material possessions, the ideals that are dear to us, our honour and life itself. In reality, God wants and demands no offering from us in the form of flesh and blood of animals but demands the offering of our hearts. It is, however, a mistake to think that because it is not the outward act of sacrifice but the motive behind it that really matters, the outward act is of no importance. True, the outward act of sacrifice is the shell, and the spirit underlying it is the kernel and essence, yet the shell or the body of a thing, like its spirit or kernel, is of
۞ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُدَٰفِعُ عَنِ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُحِبُّ كُلَّ خَوَّانٍ كَفُورٍ
从这节经文开始要介绍穆斯林护教战争。有关牺牲的论述是这节重要题目的必不可少的序论。在穆斯林被允许为自卫而战之前, 他们都熟知牺牲的重要性。这节经文有助于理解伊斯兰教 جِهَاد (Jihad) 概念。جِهَاد (Jihad) 正如这节经文所说明的那样, 是捍卫真理的战争。然而, 鉴于伊斯兰教不能容忍侵略战争, 他认为捍卫自已的荣誉家园和信仰而进行的战争是最高美德的行为。人是安拉最杰出的创造物, 是安拉创造活动的顶点与目的。人是安拉在大地上的代理者, 是安拉的整个创造活动之冠 (2:31)。这就是人在宇宙中占有最高地位的伊斯兰观念。因此, 伊斯兰教把人类提高到如此高的地位, 对人的生命一定也看得非常重要和尊严, 这是很自然的事。根据 «古兰经», 在所有事物中人的生命是神圣的, 不可亵渎的, 夺取人的生命是亵渎, 只有 «古兰经» 中特别提到的极个别场合是例外 (5:33; 17:34)。伊斯兰教教义中良心的解脱是极为重要的。它是人类最可贵的品行, 也许比生命本身更贵重。«古兰经» 已经把最大的尊严赋予人的生命, 因此它承认并宣称人的这一最可贵的所有物--------生命是神圣的, 不可侵犯的。正是为了捍卫人们这一最可贵的所有物, 穆斯林才被允许拿起武器。
With this verse is introduced the subject of Jihad. The theme of Sacrifice has formed a befitting prelude to this all-important subject. Before the permission to fight in self-defence was given to Muslims, they were apprised of the importance of Sacrifice. The verse throws a flood of light on the Islamic conception of Jihad. Jihad, as the verse shows, is fighting in defence of Truth. But whereas Islam allows no aggressive war, it regards the waging of it to defend one’s honour, country or Faith as an act of the highest virtue. Man is God’s noblest handiwork. He is the acme of His creation, its aim and end. He is God’s vicegerent on earth and the king of His whole creation (2:31). This is the Islamic conception of man’s high place in the universe. It is, therefore, only natural that the religion which has raised man to such a high pedestal should also have attached very great importance and sanctity to human life. Of all things man’s life, according to the Qur’an, is the most sacred and inviolab
Commentary:
With this verse is introduced the subject of jihad. The theme of sacrifice has formed a befitting prelude to this all-important subject. Having explained the importance and significance of sacrifice, the Quran proceeds to tell Muslims that the time has arrived that they should be prepared to undergo all manner of sacrifice in the defence of their faith which the enemy is out to destroy. Before the permission to fight in self-defence was given to Muslims, they were apprised of the importance of sacrifice. The words, "Surely, Allah defends those who believe," throw a flood of light on the Islamic conception of jihad. Jihad, as these words show, is fighting in defence of truth. But whereas Islam allows no aggressive war, it regards the waging of it in self-defence as an act of the highest virtue. Because much misconception prevails regarding the Islamic teaching about jihad and because Islam has been much maligned and subjected to much wilful and deliberate mis-representation on this account a somewhat detailed note is called for on this subject.
Man is God’s noblest handiwork. He is the acme of His creation, its aim and end. He is God’s vicegerent on earth and the king of His whole creation (2:30). To him even angels in heaven make obeisance and for him all animate and inanimate things—the earth, the heaven, the sun, moon, stars, mountains, oceans, rivers, animals, and birds, have been created and to him they have been made subservient (14:33, 34; 35:14). This is the Islamic conception of man’s high place in the universe. It is therefore only natural that that religion which has raised man to such a high pedestal should have attached very great importance and sanctity to his life. Of all things man’s life, according to the Quran, is most sacred and inviolable. It is a sacrilege to take it except under very rare circumstances which the Quran has specifically mentioned. According to the Quran the killing of a person without a just cause is tantamount to the killing of the whole of mankind (17:34; 5:33); so sacred and sanctified is man’s life.
No less important, according to Islam, is freedom of conscience. It is man’s most precious heritage—perhaps more precious than life itself. The Quran, which has attached the greatest sanctity to man’s life, could not have failed to acknowledge and declare the sacredness and inviolability of this, his most precious possession. "Let there be no compulsion in religion," says the Quran (2:256). It abounds in verses of like import which shows that not only Islam does not encourage the use of force for the spread of its teaching but positively and in most emphatic terms forbids and condemns it and gives man unrestricted choice in the matter of his faith and belief. Here are some of them:
Say, 'O ye men, now has the truth come to you from your Lord. So whosoever follows the guidance, follows it only for the good of his own soul, and whosoever errs, errs only against it. And I am not a keeper over you (10:109).
And say, It is the truth from your Lord; therefore let him who will, believe, and let him who will, disbelieve (18:30).
We know best what they say; and thou hast not been appointed to compel them in any way. So admonish by means of the Quran him who fears My warning (50:46).
So remind. Thou art only one to remind. Thou art not a warden over them (88:22-23).
These verses, as it were, make an unequivocal declaration about the freedom of human conscience or the Magna Carta of the liberty of man’s beliefs and convictions. The injunctions embodied in these verses have not remained a dead letter. The Holy Prophet and his Companions lived up to them and strictly obeyed them even if acting upon them meant loss of prestige as it happened at the time of signing of the Treaty of Hudaibiya, or when the Jewish tribe of Banu Nadir, on their banishment from Medina, were allowed to take with them the scions of the Muslim families of Aus and Khazraj, much against the remonstrances of their Muslim relatives, because they (the scions) had chosen to go with the Jews (Abu Dawud Kitabul-Jihad, & Manthur). It is also on record that ‘Umar, the second Caliph, presented Islam on several occasions to a Christian slave of his, Asbaq by name, but every time he refused to accept it (Manthur). Instances of such tolerant behaviour on the part of the leaders of Islam during the ages can easily be multiplied. In the face of such magnanimous display of religious tolerance it seems unbelievable that Islam should have been accused of fanaticism and bigotry or of having been spread by force, but it is a sad fact of history that it has been so maligned and accused by its hostile critics.
867
从这节经文开始要介绍穆斯林护教战争。有关牺牲的论述是这节重要题目的必不可少的序论。在穆斯林被允许为自卫而战之前, 他们都熟知牺牲的重要性。这节经文有助于理解伊斯兰教 جِهَاد (Jihad) 概念。جِهَاد (Jihad) 正如这节经文所说明的那样, 是捍卫真理的战争。然而, 鉴于伊斯兰教不能容忍侵略战争, 他认为捍卫自已的荣誉家园和信仰而进行的战争是最高美德的行为。人是安拉最杰出的创造物, 是安拉创造活动的顶点与目的。人是安拉在大地上的代理者, 是安拉的整个创造活动之冠 (2:31)。这就是人在宇宙中占有最高地位的伊斯兰观念。因此, 伊斯兰教把人类提高到如此高的地位, 对人的生命一定也看得非常重要和尊严, 这是很自然的事。根据 «古兰经», 在所有事物中人的生命是神圣的, 不可亵渎的, 夺取人的生命是亵渎, 只有 «古兰经» 中特别提到的极个别场合是例外 (5:33; 17:34)。伊斯兰教教义中良心的解脱是极为重要的。它是人类最可贵的品行, 也许比生命本身更贵重。«古兰经» 已经把最大的尊严赋予人的生命, 因此它承认并宣称人的这一最可贵的所有物--------生命是神圣的, 不可侵犯的。正是为了捍卫人们这一最可贵的所有物, 穆斯林才被允许拿起武器。
2469
Commentary:
With this verse is introduced the subject of jihad. The theme of sacrifice has formed a befitting prelude to this all-important subject. Having explained the importance and significance of sacrifice, the Quran proceeds to tell Muslims that the time has arrived that they should be prepared to undergo all manner of sacrifice in the defence of their faith which the enemy is out to destroy. Before the permission to fight in self-defence was given to Muslims, they were apprised of the importance of sacrifice. The words, "Surely, Allah defends those who believe," throw a flood of light on the Islamic conception of jihad. Jihad, as these words show, is fighting in defence of truth. But whereas Islam allows no aggressive war, it regards the waging of it in self-defence as an act of the highest virtue. Because much misconception prevails regarding the Islamic teaching about jihad and because Islam has been much maligned and subjected to much wilful and deliberate mis-representation on this account a somewhat detailed note is called for on this subject.
Man is God’s noblest handiwork. He is the acme of His creation, its aim and end. He is God’s vicegerent on earth and the king of His whole creation (2:30). To him even angels in heaven make obeisance and for him all animate and inanimate things—the earth, the heaven, the sun, moon, stars, mountains, oceans, rivers, animals, and birds, have been created and to him they have been made subservient (14:33, 34; 35:14). This is the Islamic conception of man’s high place in the universe. It is therefore only natural that that religion which has raised man to such a high pedestal should have attached very great importance and sanctity to his life. Of all things man’s life, according to the Quran, is most sacred and inviolable. It is a sacrilege to take it except under very rare circumstances which the Quran has specifically mentioned. According to the Quran the killing of a person without a just cause is tantamount to the killing of the whole of mankind (17:34; 5:33); so sacred and sanctified is man’s life.
No less important, according to Islam, is freedom of conscience. It is man’s most precious heritage—perhaps more precious than life itself. The Quran, which has attached the greatest sanctity to man’s life, could not have failed to acknowledge and declare the sacredness and inviolability of this, his most precious possession. "Let there be no compulsion in religion," says the Quran (2:256). It abounds in verses of like import which shows that not only Islam does not encourage the use of force for the spread of its teaching but positively and in most emphatic terms forbids and condemns it and gives man unrestricted choice in the matter of his faith and belief. Here are some of them:
Say, 'O ye men, now has the truth come to you from your Lord. So whosoever follows the guidance, follows it only for the good of his own soul, and whosoever errs, errs only against it. And I am not a keeper over you (10:109).
And say, It is the truth from your Lord; therefore let him who will, believe, and let him who will, disbelieve (18:30).
We know best what they say; and thou hast not been appointed to compel them in any way. So admonish by means of the Quran him who fears My warning (50:46).
So remind. Thou art only one to remind. Thou art not a warden over them (88:22-23).
These verses, as it were, make an unequivocal declaration about the freedom of human conscience or the Magna Carta of the liberty of man’s beliefs and convictions. The injunctions embodied in these verses have not remained a dead letter. The Holy Prophet and his Companions lived up to them and strictly obeyed them even if acting upon them meant loss of prestige as it happened at the time of signing of the Treaty of Hudaibiya, or when the Jewish tribe of Banu Nadir, on their banishment from Medina, were allowed to take with them the scions of the Muslim families of Aus and Khazraj, much against the remonstrances of their Muslim relatives, because they (the scions) had chosen to go with the Jews (Abu Dawud Kitabul-Jihad, & Manthur). It is also on record that ‘Umar, the second Caliph, presented Islam on several occasions to a Christian slave of his, Asbaq by name, but every time he refused to accept it (Manthur). Instances of such tolerant behaviour on the part of the leaders of Islam during the ages can easily be multiplied. In the face of such magnanimous display of religious tolerance it seems unbelievable that Islam should have been accused of fanaticism and bigotry or of having been spread by force, but it is a sad fact of history that it has been so maligned and accused by its hostile critics.
1956
With this verse is introduced the subject of Jihad. The theme of Sacrifice has formed a befitting prelude to this all-important subject. Before the permission to fight in self-defence was given to Muslims, they were apprised of the importance of Sacrifice. The verse throws a flood of light on the Islamic conception of Jihad. Jihad, as the verse shows, is fighting in defence of Truth. But whereas Islam allows no aggressive war, it regards the waging of it to defend one’s honour, country or Faith as an act of the highest virtue. Man is God’s noblest handiwork. He is the acme of His creation, its aim and end. He is God’s vicegerent on earth and the king of His whole creation (2:31). This is the Islamic conception of man’s high place in the universe. It is, therefore, only natural that the religion which has raised man to such a high pedestal should also have attached very great importance and sanctity to human life. Of all things man’s life, according to the Qur’an, is the most sacred and inviolab
أُذِنَ لِلَّذِينَ يُقَٰتَلُونَ بِأَنَّهُمْ ظُلِمُوا۟ ۚ وَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلَىٰ نَصْرِهِمْ لَقَدِيرٌ
根据学者们的一致意见, 这是论述允许穆斯林拿起武器进行自卫的第一节经文。它提出了一套重要的原则, 据此穆斯林可以进行一场自卫战争。这节以 及以后几节经文还要说明为什么一部分穆斯林在麦加遭受到多年的无休止的迫害, 带着深仇大恨被追赶到麦地那مَدِيْنَة (Medina), 在那里继续遭受折磨和掠夺之后, 在没有武器与其他物质手段的情况下投入自卫战争的原因。这节经文所提供的第一个原因是他们受到了虐待。
According to consensus of scholarly opinion this is the first verse which gave Muslims the permission to take up arms in self-defence. It lays down principles according to which Muslims can wage a defensive war, and sets forth along with the following verses the reasons which led a handful of Muslims, without arms and other material means, to fight in self-defence after they had suffered at Mecca ceaseless persecution for years and had been pursued with relentless hatred to Medina and were harassed and harried there too. The first reason given in this verse is that they have been wronged.
Commentary:
According to consensus of scholarly opinion this is the first verse which gave Muslims permission to take up arms in self-defence. The verse was revealed very early in Medina. "It is much more reasonable," says Wherry, to suppose with Muir that this command emanated from Medina. Nöldeke also relegated this command to Medina" (Wherry’s Commentary).
The next verse also lends support to this inference. It states that the permission to fight was given after the Muslims had been driven out of their hearths and homes. If, as some commentators of the Quran hold, the verse was revealed at Mecca, it must have been revealed immediately before Hijrah when most of the Muslims had already migrated to Medina and the Holy Prophet with only a very few Muslims had remained behind in Mecca and their cup of hardships and privations had become full to the brim. But the former view seems to be more akin to fact and reality.
The verse lays down principles according to which Muslims can wage a defensive war, and clearly sets forth the reasons which led a handful of Muslims, without arms and other material means, to fight in self-defence after they had suffered at Mecca ceaseless persecution for years and had been pursued with relentless hatred to Medina and were harassed and harried there too. The first and foremost reason given is that "they had been wronged." The Muslims had suffered untold persecution and war was actually forced upon them. The verse incidentally shows that the Muslims were also very weak in numbers, means and material when the permission to fight in self-defence was granted to them as the comforting and encouraging words, "And Allah indeed has power to help them," indicate. These words also implied a prophecy that though the Muslims were weak and their enemy was proud and powerful, yet as they were fighting in the cause of truth God would help them and they would be victorious.
868
根据学者们的一致意见, 这是论述允许穆斯林拿起武器进行自卫的第一节经文。它提出了一套重要的原则, 据此穆斯林可以进行一场自卫战争。这节以 及以后几节经文还要说明为什么一部分穆斯林在麦加遭受到多年的无休止的迫害, 带着深仇大恨被追赶到麦地那مَدِيْنَة (Medina), 在那里继续遭受折磨和掠夺之后, 在没有武器与其他物质手段的情况下投入自卫战争的原因。这节经文所提供的第一个原因是他们受到了虐待。
2470
Commentary:
According to consensus of scholarly opinion this is the first verse which gave Muslims permission to take up arms in self-defence. The verse was revealed very early in Medina. "It is much more reasonable," says Wherry, to suppose with Muir that this command emanated from Medina. Nöldeke also relegated this command to Medina" (Wherry’s Commentary).
The next verse also lends support to this inference. It states that the permission to fight was given after the Muslims had been driven out of their hearths and homes. If, as some commentators of the Quran hold, the verse was revealed at Mecca, it must have been revealed immediately before Hijrah when most of the Muslims had already migrated to Medina and the Holy Prophet with only a very few Muslims had remained behind in Mecca and their cup of hardships and privations had become full to the brim. But the former view seems to be more akin to fact and reality.
The verse lays down principles according to which Muslims can wage a defensive war, and clearly sets forth the reasons which led a handful of Muslims, without arms and other material means, to fight in self-defence after they had suffered at Mecca ceaseless persecution for years and had been pursued with relentless hatred to Medina and were harassed and harried there too. The first and foremost reason given is that "they had been wronged." The Muslims had suffered untold persecution and war was actually forced upon them. The verse incidentally shows that the Muslims were also very weak in numbers, means and material when the permission to fight in self-defence was granted to them as the comforting and encouraging words, "And Allah indeed has power to help them," indicate. These words also implied a prophecy that though the Muslims were weak and their enemy was proud and powerful, yet as they were fighting in the cause of truth God would help them and they would be victorious.
1957
According to consensus of scholarly opinion this is the first verse which gave Muslims the permission to take up arms in self-defence. It lays down principles according to which Muslims can wage a defensive war, and sets forth along with the following verses the reasons which led a handful of Muslims, without arms and other material means, to fight in self-defence after they had suffered at Mecca ceaseless persecution for years and had been pursued with relentless hatred to Medina and were harassed and harried there too. The first reason given in this verse is that they have been wronged.
ٱلَّذِينَ أُخْرِجُوا۟ مِن دِيَٰرِهِم بِغَيْرِ حَقٍّ إِلَّآ أَن يَقُولُوا۟ رَبُّنَا ٱللَّهُ ۗ وَلَوْلَا دَفْعُ ٱللَّهِ ٱلنَّاسَ بَعْضَهُم بِبَعْضٍ لَّهُدِّمَتْ صَوَٰمِعُ وَبِيَعٌ وَصَلَوَٰتٌ وَمَسَٰجِدُ يُذْكَرُ فِيهَا ٱسْمُ ٱللَّهِ كَثِيرًا ۗ وَلَيَنصُرَنَّ ٱللَّهُ مَن يَنصُرُهُۥٓ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَقَوِىٌّ عَزِيزٌ
2:252.
47:8.
这节经文说出了第二个原因。没有任何正当和合法的理由穆斯林就被赶出了家园, 他们唯一的 “过错” 就是信奉独一的安拉。在麦加他们遭受了多年的迫害, 随后又被赶出麦加, 甚至他们被流放到麦地那时也得不到安宁。在麦地那周围穆斯林在各阿拉伯部落的联合进攻下遇到了被彻底清除的威胁。在这些阿拉伯部落中古莱西族的影响很大, 因为他们是天房的守护者。麦地那本身也由于他们的叛乱与背信弃义弄得百孔千疮。犹太人精明、固结, 他们反对神圣的先知; 先知的困难不是减少, 而是由于侨居而增多了。正是在这种极为不利的形势下, 穆斯林才不得不拿起武器从毁灭中拯救自己, 拯救自己的信仰与神圣的先知。如果说有过什么人是有合法理由进行战斗的话, 那就是先知穆罕默德与他的伙伴, 然而一些极不公正的对伊斯兰教批评的人还指控他进行侵略战争, 把自己的信仰强加于不情愿接受的人们。
在阐明了穆斯林被迫拿起武器自卫的原因之后, 这节经文还要说到伊斯兰护教战争的宗旨。它绝不容许夺取他人的住宅和财产; 不容许剥夺人身自由, 不容许迫使人们屈从外国的肆虐, 也不容许像西方列强那样开发新的市场和夺取新的殖民地。伊斯兰护教战争的宗旨是自卫、挽救穆斯林免于灭亡、承认良知的解脱和思想的解放, 也在于保卫其他宗教的朝拜圣地--------基督教堂、犹太会堂、寺庙和修道院等等 (2:194; 2:257; 8:40以及8:73)。可见伊斯兰教护教战争的第一个也是最重要的宗旨, 过去是今后也始终是为了确保信仰和朝拜的自由, 为了保卫家园、荣誉和自由而反对无端的侵犯。难道还有比这更充分的要为之而战的理由吗？
صَوَامِع اور بِیَع دونوں کے معنے گرجے ہیں۔ (اقرب الموارد)
2:252.
47:8 .
This verse gives the second reason. It is that Muslims were driven out from their hearths and homes without a just and legitimate cause; their only offence being that they believed in One God. For years the Muslims were persecuted at Mecca, then they were driven out from it and were not left in peace even in their exile at Medina. Islam was threatened with complete extirpation by a combined attack by the Arabian tribes around Medina, among whom the influence of the Quraish, on account of their being the custodians of the Ka‘bah, was very great. Medina itself was honeycombed with sedition and treachery. The Jews, compact and united, were opposed to the Holy Prophet whose difficulties instead of lessening had greatly increased by Emigration. It was under these highly unfavourable circumstances that Muslims had to take up arms to save themselves, their Faith and the Holy Prophet from extermination. If ever a people had a legitimate cause to fight, it were the Holy Prophet Muhammad and his Companions, and ye
After giving reasons why the Muslims were obliged to take up arms, the verse mentions the object and purpose of the wars of Islam. The object was never to deprive other people of their homes and possessions or to deprive them of national freedom and compel them to submit to foreign yoke, or to explore new markets and get new colonies as the Western Powers do. It was to fight in self-defence and to save Islam from extermination and to establish freedom of conscience and liberty of thought. It was also to defend places of worship belonging to other religions—the churches, the synagogues, the temples, the cloisters, etc. (2:194; 2:257; 8:40 & 8:73). Thus the first and foremost object of the wars of Islam was, and will always be, to establish freedom of belief and worship and to fight in defence of one's country, honour and freedom against an unprovoked attack. Could there be a better cause to fight for than this?
2:252.
47:8.
Important Words:
صوامع is the plural of صومعة which is derived from صومع. They say صومع الشیء i.e. he collected together the thing. صومع البناء means, he raised the building. صومعة means a mountain; a high place where a monk lives or a holy man worships seeking solitude; a cloister; the cell of a recluse (Aqrab & Lane).
بیع (churches) is the plural of بیعة which means, a church or, as some say, a Jewish place of worship (Aqrab & Lane).
صلوات Places of worship of the Jews (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse gives the second reason, which led the poor and weak Muslims to take up arms. It was that they were driven out from their hearths and homes without a just and legitimate cause, their only crime being that they believed in one God. For years the Muslims were persecuted at Mecca, then they were driven out from it and were not left in peace even in their exile at Medina. They continued to be harassed in that place also. Islam was threatened with complete extirpation by a combined attack from the Arabian tribes round Medina, among whom the influence of the Quraish, on account of their being the custodians of the Ka‘bah, was very great. Medina itself was honey-combed with sedition and treachery. The Jews, compact and united, were opposed to the Holy Prophet. ‘Abdullah bin Ubayy, whose designs to become the crowned king of Medina had been upset by the Holy Prophet’s arrival in that city, and the hypocrites were an additional source of great danger to Islam. The Quraish held out a threat to ‘Abdullah bin ‘Ubayy that if the people of Medinah gave shelter to the Holy Prophet and did not make common cause with them against Muslims they would attack Medina with all their powerful hosts and allies and would kill their men and carry their women to Mecca in captivity (Abu Dawud). Thus Islam had to defend itself against much more powerful enemies at Medina than at Mecca. The position of Muslims in the first few years of their life at Medina was decidedly much weaker than at Mecca and the Holy Prophet’s difficulties instead of lessening had greatly increased. It was under these highly unfavourable circumstances that Muslims had to take up arms to save themselves, their faith and their Holy Prophet from extermination. If ever a people had a legitimate cause to fight, it were the Holy Prophet Muhammad and his Companions, and yet the unconscionable critics of Islam have accused him of waging aggressive wars to impose his faith on an unwilling people. See also 9:13.
After having given reasons why the Muslims were obliged to take up arms, the verse proceeds to mention the object and purpose of the wars of Islam. The object was never to deprive anybody of his home and possessions or to deprive whole peoples of national freedom or compel them to submit to foreign yoke under the garb of making them civilized as Western nations do, or to explore new markets and get new colonies. It was to fight in self-defence and to save Islam from extermination and to establish freedom of conscience and liberty of thought. It was also to defend places of worship belonging to different religions against desecration or destruction. Having laid down the principle that all religions have their origin in Divine revelation and that the founders of all religions were Divine Messengers and should therefore be equally respected (35:25), the Quran in the present verse has enjoined upon the Muslims to defend, even with their lives, all the places of worship—the churches, the synagogues, the temples, the cloisters, etc. This subject also finds an echo in vv. 2:194; 2:257; 8:40; 8:73. Thus the first and foremost object of the wars of Islam was, and will always be, to establish freedom of belief and worship and to fight in defence of country, honour and freedom against an unprovoked attack. Could there be a better cause to fight for than this? The Islamic injunctions as embodied in the present verse did not remain merely pious principles. They were acted upon by Muslims in daily life. The Muslims in the heyday of their power and glory always allowed complete freedom of belief and worship to people who accepted their protection and guardianship. To show the broad-mindedness and catholicity of Islamic teaching in this respect, we give below only one of several charters of freedom which the Holy Prophet granted to the followers of other faiths:
This is the document which Muhammad, son of ‘Abdullah, God’s Prophet, Warner and Bearer of glad-tidings, has caused to be written so that there should remain no excuse for those coming after. I have caused this document to be written for Christians of the East and the West, for those who live near, and for those of the distant lands, for the Christians living at present and for those who will come after, for those Christians who are known to us and for those as well whom we do not know. Any Muslim violating and abusing what is therein ordered would be regarded as violator of God’s testament and would be the breaker of His promise and would make himself deserving of God’s curse, be he a king or a subject. I promise that any monk or wayfarer, etc. who will seek my help on the mountains, in forests, deserts or habitations, or in places of worship, I will repel his enemies with all my friends and helpers, with all my relatives and with all those who profess to follow me and will defend him, because they are my covenant. And I will defend the covenanted against the persecution, injury and embarrassment by their enemies in lieu of the poll-tax they have promised to pay. If they prefer themselves to defend their properties and persons, they will be allowed to do so and will not be put to any inconvenience on that account. No bishop will be expelled from his bishopric, no monk from his monastery, no priest from his place of worship, and no pilgrim will be detained in his pilgrimage. None of their churches and other places of worship will be desolated or destroyed or demolished. No material of their churches will be used for building mosques or houses for the Muslims, any Muslim so doing will be regarded as recalcitrant to God and His Prophet. Monks and bishops will be subject to no tax or indemnity whether they live in forests or on the rivers, or in the East or West, North or South. I give them my word of honour. They have my promise and covenant and will enjoy perfect immunity from all sorts of inconveniences. Every help shall be given them in the repair of their churches. They shall be absolved from wearing arms. They shall be protected by the Muslims. Let this document be not disobeyed till the Judgement Day (Baladhari).
Similar charters were granted to the followers of other faiths. True Muslims have always tried to follow faithfully the example of their Prophet.
The words, "And Allah will surely help one who helps Him," signify that Muslim armies will receive Divine help because they fight Allah’s own battles and promote the sacred cause which is very dear to Him.
a
2:252.
b
47:8.
869
这节经文说出了第二个原因。没有任何正当和合法的理由穆斯林就被赶出了家园, 他们唯一的 “过错” 就是信奉独一的安拉。在麦加他们遭受了多年的迫害, 随后又被赶出麦加, 甚至他们被流放到麦地那时也得不到安宁。在麦地那周围穆斯林在各阿拉伯部落的联合进攻下遇到了被彻底清除的威胁。在这些阿拉伯部落中古莱西族的影响很大, 因为他们是天房的守护者。麦地那本身也由于他们的叛乱与背信弃义弄得百孔千疮。犹太人精明、固结, 他们反对神圣的先知; 先知的困难不是减少, 而是由于侨居而增多了。正是在这种极为不利的形势下, 穆斯林才不得不拿起武器从毁灭中拯救自己, 拯救自己的信仰与神圣的先知。如果说有过什么人是有合法理由进行战斗的话, 那就是先知穆罕默德与他的伙伴, 然而一些极不公正的对伊斯兰教批评的人还指控他进行侵略战争, 把自己的信仰强加于不情愿接受的人们。
870
在阐明了穆斯林被迫拿起武器自卫的原因之后, 这节经文还要说到伊斯兰护教战争的宗旨。它绝不容许夺取他人的住宅和财产; 不容许剥夺人身自由, 不容许迫使人们屈从外国的肆虐, 也不容许像西方列强那样开发新的市场和夺取新的殖民地。伊斯兰护教战争的宗旨是自卫、挽救穆斯林免于灭亡、承认良知的解脱和思想的解放, 也在于保卫其他宗教的朝拜圣地--------基督教堂、犹太会堂、寺庙和修道院等等 (2:194; 2:257; 8:40以及8:73)。可见伊斯兰教护教战争的第一个也是最重要的宗旨, 过去是今后也始终是为了确保信仰和朝拜的自由, 为了保卫家园、荣誉和自由而反对无端的侵犯。难道还有比这更充分的要为之而战的理由吗？
1
صَوَامِع اور بِیَع دونوں کے معنے گرجے ہیں۔ (اقرب الموارد)
a
2:252.
b
47:8.
2471
Important Words:
صوامع is the plural of صومعة which is derived from صومع. They say صومع الشیء i.e. he collected together the thing. صومع البناء means, he raised the building. صومعة means a mountain; a high place where a monk lives or a holy man worships seeking solitude; a cloister; the cell of a recluse (Aqrab & Lane).
بیع (churches) is the plural of بیعة which means, a church or, as some say, a Jewish place of worship (Aqrab & Lane).
صلوات Places of worship of the Jews (Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse gives the second reason, which led the poor and weak Muslims to take up arms. It was that they were driven out from their hearths and homes without a just and legitimate cause, their only crime being that they believed in one God. For years the Muslims were persecuted at Mecca, then they were driven out from it and were not left in peace even in their exile at Medina. They continued to be harassed in that place also. Islam was threatened with complete extirpation by a combined attack from the Arabian tribes round Medina, among whom the influence of the Quraish, on account of their being the custodians of the Ka‘bah, was very great. Medina itself was honey-combed with sedition and treachery. The Jews, compact and united, were opposed to the Holy Prophet. ‘Abdullah bin Ubayy, whose designs to become the crowned king of Medina had been upset by the Holy Prophet’s arrival in that city, and the hypocrites were an additional source of great danger to Islam. The Quraish held out a threat to ‘Abdullah bin ‘Ubayy that if the people of Medinah gave shelter to the Holy Prophet and did not make common cause with them against Muslims they would attack Medina with all their powerful hosts and allies and would kill their men and carry their women to Mecca in captivity (Abu Dawud). Thus Islam had to defend itself against much more powerful enemies at Medina than at Mecca. The position of Muslims in the first few years of their life at Medina was decidedly much weaker than at Mecca and the Holy Prophet’s difficulties instead of lessening had greatly increased. It was under these highly unfavourable circumstances that Muslims had to take up arms to save themselves, their faith and their Holy Prophet from extermination. If ever a people had a legitimate cause to fight, it were the Holy Prophet Muhammad and his Companions, and yet the unconscionable critics of Islam have accused him of waging aggressive wars to impose his faith on an unwilling people. See also 9:13.
After having given reasons why the Muslims were obliged to take up arms, the verse proceeds to mention the object and purpose of the wars of Islam. The object was never to deprive anybody of his home and possessions or to deprive whole peoples of national freedom or compel them to submit to foreign yoke under the garb of making them civilized as Western nations do, or to explore new markets and get new colonies. It was to fight in self-defence and to save Islam from extermination and to establish freedom of conscience and liberty of thought. It was also to defend places of worship belonging to different religions against desecration or destruction. Having laid down the principle that all religions have their origin in Divine revelation and that the founders of all religions were Divine Messengers and should therefore be equally respected (35:25), the Quran in the present verse has enjoined upon the Muslims to defend, even with their lives, all the places of worship—the churches, the synagogues, the temples, the cloisters, etc. This subject also finds an echo in vv. 2:194; 2:257; 8:40; 8:73. Thus the first and foremost object of the wars of Islam was, and will always be, to establish freedom of belief and worship and to fight in defence of country, honour and freedom against an unprovoked attack. Could there be a better cause to fight for than this? The Islamic injunctions as embodied in the present verse did not remain merely pious principles. They were acted upon by Muslims in daily life. The Muslims in the heyday of their power and glory always allowed complete freedom of belief and worship to people who accepted their protection and guardianship. To show the broad-mindedness and catholicity of Islamic teaching in this respect, we give below only one of several charters of freedom which the Holy Prophet granted to the followers of other faiths:
This is the document which Muhammad, son of ‘Abdullah, God’s Prophet, Warner and Bearer of glad-tidings, has caused to be written so that there should remain no excuse for those coming after. I have caused this document to be written for Christians of the East and the West, for those who live near, and for those of the distant lands, for the Christians living at present and for those who will come after, for those Christians who are known to us and for those as well whom we do not know. Any Muslim violating and abusing what is therein ordered would be regarded as violator of God’s testament and would be the breaker of His promise and would make himself deserving of God’s curse, be he a king or a subject. I promise that any monk or wayfarer, etc. who will seek my help on the mountains, in forests, deserts or habitations, or in places of worship, I will repel his enemies with all my friends and helpers, with all my relatives and with all those who profess to follow me and will defend him, because they are my covenant. And I will defend the covenanted against the persecution, injury and embarrassment by their enemies in lieu of the poll-tax they have promised to pay. If they prefer themselves to defend their properties and persons, they will be allowed to do so and will not be put to any inconvenience on that account. No bishop will be expelled from his bishopric, no monk from his monastery, no priest from his place of worship, and no pilgrim will be detained in his pilgrimage. None of their churches and other places of worship will be desolated or destroyed or demolished. No material of their churches will be used for building mosques or houses for the Muslims, any Muslim so doing will be regarded as recalcitrant to God and His Prophet. Monks and bishops will be subject to no tax or indemnity whether they live in forests or on the rivers, or in the East or West, North or South. I give them my word of honour. They have my promise and covenant and will enjoy perfect immunity from all sorts of inconveniences. Every help shall be given them in the repair of their churches. They shall be absolved from wearing arms. They shall be protected by the Muslims. Let this document be not disobeyed till the Judgement Day (Baladhari).
Similar charters were granted to the followers of other faiths. True Muslims have always tried to follow faithfully the example of their Prophet.
The words, "And Allah will surely help one who helps Him," signify that Muslim armies will receive Divine help because they fight Allah’s own battles and promote the sacred cause which is very dear to Him.
a
2:252.
b
47:8 .
1958
This verse gives the second reason. It is that Muslims were driven out from their hearths and homes without a just and legitimate cause; their only offence being that they believed in One God. For years the Muslims were persecuted at Mecca, then they were driven out from it and were not left in peace even in their exile at Medina. Islam was threatened with complete extirpation by a combined attack by the Arabian tribes around Medina, among whom the influence of the Quraish, on account of their being the custodians of the Ka‘bah, was very great. Medina itself was honeycombed with sedition and treachery. The Jews, compact and united, were opposed to the Holy Prophet whose difficulties instead of lessening had greatly increased by Emigration. It was under these highly unfavourable circumstances that Muslims had to take up arms to save themselves, their Faith and the Holy Prophet from extermination. If ever a people had a legitimate cause to fight, it were the Holy Prophet Muhammad and his Companions, and ye
1959
After giving reasons why the Muslims were obliged to take up arms, the verse mentions the object and purpose of the wars of Islam. The object was never to deprive other people of their homes and possessions or to deprive them of national freedom and compel them to submit to foreign yoke, or to explore new markets and get new colonies as the Western Powers do. It was to fight in self-defence and to save Islam from extermination and to establish freedom of conscience and liberty of thought. It was also to defend places of worship belonging to other religions—the churches, the synagogues, the temples, the cloisters, etc. (2:194; 2:257; 8:40 & 8:73). Thus the first and foremost object of the wars of Islam was, and will always be, to establish freedom of belief and worship and to fight in defence of one's country, honour and freedom against an unprovoked attack. Could there be a better cause to fight for than this?
ٱلَّذِينَ إِن مَّكَّنَّٰهُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ أَقَامُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتَوُا۟ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَأَمَرُوا۟ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ وَنَهَوْا۟ عَنِ ٱلْمُنكَرِ ۗ وَلِلَّهِ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلْأُمُورِ
这节经文给穆斯林指出一条经律。当他们获得权力时, 他们不应该用权力去满足自己的私欲, 而应该用它来改善穷人和身受践踏的人们的处境。在他们管辖的疆界内确保和平与安全, 尊重与保护朝觐圣地。
The verse implies a commandment for the Muslims that when they get power, they should not use it for the furtherance of their own selfish ends but should employ it to ameliorate the lot of the poor and the down trodden people and to establish peace and security in their dominions, and that they should respect and protect places of worship.
Commentary:
The verse lays down some principles of universal application:
Firstly: Those true servants of God are entitled to receive God’s help, power and authority to use it for the good of humanity who do their duty to God and man, and are devout and God-fearing, who help their fellow beings with all the means at their disposal and not only themselves live righteous lives but exhort others to lead good and useful lives and abstain from evil.
Secondly: Any nation or people who seek to receive Divine help and rise to power and influence should act upon these principles.
Thirdly: a nation or people on whom God confers power and dominion continue to enjoy these blessings so long as they observe these principles. To this sublime principle another verse of the Quran also refers, viz. "Verily, Allah changes not the condition of a people until they change their own condition" (13:12).
The verse incidentally implies a commandment for the Muslims that when they get power, they should not use it for the furtherance of their own selfish ends but should employ it in ameliorating the lot of poor and downtrodden people and in establishing peace and tranquillity in their dominions and should particularly respect and protect places of worship. It also shows that the Companions of the Holy Prophet were granted power, dominion and wealth because they lived up to the principles enunciated in this verse and that when they attained power and wealth they used it in the service of humanity.
871
这节经文给穆斯林指出一条经律。当他们获得权力时, 他们不应该用权力去满足自己的私欲, 而应该用它来改善穷人和身受践踏的人们的处境。在他们管辖的疆界内确保和平与安全, 尊重与保护朝觐圣地。
2472
Commentary:
The verse lays down some principles of universal application:
Firstly: Those true servants of God are entitled to receive God’s help, power and authority to use it for the good of humanity who do their duty to God and man, and are devout and God-fearing, who help their fellow beings with all the means at their disposal and not only themselves live righteous lives but exhort others to lead good and useful lives and abstain from evil.
Secondly: Any nation or people who seek to receive Divine help and rise to power and influence should act upon these principles.
Thirdly: a nation or people on whom God confers power and dominion continue to enjoy these blessings so long as they observe these principles. To this sublime principle another verse of the Quran also refers, viz. "Verily, Allah changes not the condition of a people until they change their own condition" (13:12).
The verse incidentally implies a commandment for the Muslims that when they get power, they should not use it for the furtherance of their own selfish ends but should employ it in ameliorating the lot of poor and downtrodden people and in establishing peace and tranquillity in their dominions and should particularly respect and protect places of worship. It also shows that the Companions of the Holy Prophet were granted power, dominion and wealth because they lived up to the principles enunciated in this verse and that when they attained power and wealth they used it in the service of humanity.
1960
The verse implies a commandment for the Muslims that when they get power, they should not use it for the furtherance of their own selfish ends but should employ it to ameliorate the lot of the poor and the down trodden people and to establish peace and security in their dominions, and that they should respect and protect places of worship.
وَإِن يُكَذِّبُوكَ فَقَدْ كَذَّبَتْ قَبْلَهُمْ قَوْمُ نُوحٍ وَعَادٌ وَثَمُودُ
6:35; 35:26; 40:6; 54:10.
6:35; 35:26; 40:6; 54:10.
6:35; 35:26; 40:6; 54:10.
Commentary:
The verse means to say that those who reject God’s Prophets and do not observe the principles laid down in the preceding verses invite and incur Divine wrath. As an illustration the verse gives the instances of the people of Noah, and of the tribes of ‘Ad and Thamud. These peoples were visited with God’s punishment because they ignored and defied His commandments.
a
6:35; 35:26; 40:6; 54:10.
a
6:35; 35:26; 40:6; 54:10.
2473
Commentary:
The verse means to say that those who reject God’s Prophets and do not observe the principles laid down in the preceding verses invite and incur Divine wrath. As an illustration the verse gives the instances of the people of Noah, and of the tribes of ‘Ad and Thamud. These peoples were visited with God’s punishment because they ignored and defied His commandments.
b
6:35; 35:26; 40:6; 54:10.
وَقَوْمُ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ وَقَوْمُ لُوطٍ
Commentary:
This and the next verse give the instances of the people of Abraham and Lot and of the inhabitants of Midian and those who rejected Moses.All these peoples had their due share of Divine punishment for their evil deeds. They had been given sufficient time to mend their ways but they did not profit by the respite granted to them.
2474
Commentary:
This and the next verse give the instances of the people of Abraham and Lot and of the inhabitants of Midian and those who rejected Moses.All these peoples had their due share of Divine punishment for their evil deeds. They had been given sufficient time to mend their ways but they did not profit by the respite granted to them.
وَأَصْحَٰبُ مَدْيَنَ ۖ وَكُذِّبَ مُوسَىٰ فَأَمْلَيْتُ لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ ثُمَّ أَخَذْتُهُمْ ۖ فَكَيْفَ كَانَ نَكِيرِ
فَكَأَيِّن مِّن قَرْيَةٍ أَهْلَكْنَٰهَا وَهِىَ ظَالِمَةٌ فَهِىَ خَاوِيَةٌ عَلَىٰ عُرُوشِهَا وَبِئْرٍ مُّعَطَّلَةٍ وَقَصْرٍ مَّشِيدٍ
7:5; 21:12; 28:59; 65:9, 10.
7:5; 21:12; 28:59; 65:9, 10.
7:5; 21:12; 28:59; 65:9-10.
Important Words:
خاویة (fallen) is derived from خوی. They say خوی البیت i.e. (1) the house fell down in ruins; (2) it became empty and untenanted (Aqrab). See also 2:260.
معطلة (deserted) is derived from عطل. They say عطل الشیء (attala) i.e. he rendered the thing untended or neglected. عطل البئرmeans, he gave up going to the well to drink from it. عطل الابل means, the camels went away without a pastor to look after them (Aqrab). واذا العشار عطلت means, and when the she-camels ten-months pregnant are abandoned or are left without a pastor to look after them (81:5).
مشید (lofty) means, lofty, strongly or firmly built. See also 4:79.
b
7:5; 21:12; 28:59; 65:9, 10.
a
7:5; 21:12; 28:59; 65:9-10.
2475
Important Words:
خاویة (fallen) is derived from خوی. They say خوی البیت i.e. (1) the house fell down in ruins; (2) it became empty and untenanted (Aqrab). See also 2:260.
معطلة (deserted) is derived from عطل. They say عطل الشیء (attala) i.e. he rendered the thing untended or neglected. عطل البئرmeans, he gave up going to the well to drink from it. عطل الابل means, the camels went away without a pastor to look after them (Aqrab). واذا العشار عطلت means, and when the she-camels ten-months pregnant are abandoned or are left without a pastor to look after them (81:5).
مشید (lofty) means, lofty, strongly or firmly built. See also 4:79.
a
7:5; 21:12; 28:59; 65:9, 10.
أَفَلَمْ يَسِيرُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَتَكُونَ لَهُمْ قُلُوبٌ يَعْقِلُونَ بِهَآ أَوْ ءَاذَانٌ يَسْمَعُونَ بِهَا ۖ فَإِنَّهَا لَا تَعْمَى ٱلْأَبْصَٰرُ وَلَٰكِن تَعْمَى ٱلْقُلُوبُ ٱلَّتِى فِى ٱلصُّدُورِ
12:110; 30:10; 35:45; 40:22; 47:11.
12:110; 30:10; 35:45; 40:22; 47:11.
It is clear from this verse that the dead, the blind and the deaf spoken of here and elsewhere in the Qur’an are the spiritually dead, blind and deaf.
12:110; 30:10; 35:45; 40:22; 47:11.
Commentary:
The verse exhorts disbelievers to study the histories of and to learn a lesson from the fate of those people who rejected the former Prophets. It is also clear from this verse that the dead, the blind and the deaf spoken of here and elsewhere in the Quran are the spiritually blind, deaf and dead. See also 17:73.
c
12:110; 30:10; 35:45; 40:22; 47:11.
b
12:110; 30:10; 35:45; 40:22; 47:11.
2476
Commentary:
The verse exhorts disbelievers to study the histories of and to learn a lesson from the fate of those people who rejected the former Prophets. It is also clear from this verse that the dead, the blind and the deaf spoken of here and elsewhere in the Quran are the spiritually blind, deaf and dead. See also 17:73.
b
12:110; 30:10; 35:45; 40:22; 47:11.
1961
It is clear from this verse that the dead, the blind and the deaf spoken of here and elsewhere in the Qur’an are the spiritually dead, blind and deaf.
وَيَسْتَعْجِلُونَكَ بِٱلْعَذَابِ وَلَن يُخْلِفَ ٱللَّهُ وَعْدَهُۥ ۚ وَإِنَّ يَوْمًا عِندَ رَبِّكَ كَأَلْفِ سَنَةٍ مِّمَّا تَعُدُّونَ
26:205; 27:72; 29:54, 55; 37:177; 51:15.
据说神圣的先知曾说过, 伊斯兰的最初三百年是它的最兴旺时期, 后来由于谬误出现了一个长达一千多年的黑暗时期 (تِرْمِذِی, Tirmidhi)。这一千年的时间就像是一天 (32:6)。在这一时期内一个蓝眼睛的民族崛起, 并散居在全世界 (20:103, 104)。即是这些具有蓝眼睛的, 由于拥有巨富及政治势力而自夸自大, 被形容是向穆圣挑战以加速其惩罚日子到来的人。穆圣说, 那惩罚将会在指定与受约的日子里突然袭击他们。
26:205; 27:72; 29:54, 55; 37:177; 51:15.
The Holy Prophet is reported to have said that the first three centuries of Islam would be its best period after which falsehood would spread and a period of darkness would set in which would extend to over a thousand years (Tirmidhi). This period of a thousand years is likened to one day (32:6). In this period a people, having blue eyes would arise and spread all over the earth (20:103, 104). It is these people having blue eyes who in their conceit and arrogance, born of their material glory and political power, are depicted as challenging the Holy Prophet to hasten on the punishment which, he said, would overtake them at the appointed and promised time.
26:205; 27:72; 29:54-55;37:177; 51:15.
Commentary:
The reference in this verse is to a mighty event in the history of Islam. The Holy Prophet is reported to have said that the first three centuries of Islam would be its best period after which falsehood would spread and a period of darkness would come and this period of darkness would extend to over a thousand years (Tirmidhi). This period is likened to one day in the present verse and in 32:6. In this period of moral and spiritual decadence of Muslims a people having blue eyes were to arise who were to spread all over the earth and at whose hands Islam was destined to receive a serious setback (20:103-104). This period of political decadence of Islam and moral degeneration of Muslims in which they faced defeat and discomfiture at the hands of western Christian nations having blue eyes, began after the expiry of the third century of Hijrah and lasted up to the dawn of the 14th century when the Promised Messiah made his appearance. It is to these western people that the reference has been made in the words "And they ask thee to hasten on the punishment." In their conceit and arrogance born of material glory and political power, the western peoples came to labour under the misconception that their progress and glory would last forever. So they are depicted in the verse under comment as challenging the Holy Prophet to hasten on the punishment which he said would overtake them. To their implied taunt and gibe, the verse makes a reply that God had already made a promise that these western nations would be granted respite for one thousand years after which a terrible tribulation would overtake them and all their greatness and glory would become a thing of the past. Divine punishment would descend on their houses and the very soil on which they would be living would be rendered bleak and barren. They are warned that the punishment would be so severe, overwhelming and enveloping that one day of it would appear to them as a thousand years. See also 18:9 & 32:6.
a
26:205; 27:72; 29:54, 55; 37:177; 51:15.
872
据说神圣的先知曾说过, 伊斯兰的最初三百年是它的最兴旺时期, 后来由于谬误出现了一个长达一千多年的黑暗时期 (تِرْمِذِی, Tirmidhi)。这一千年的时间就像是一天 (32:6)。在这一时期内一个蓝眼睛的民族崛起, 并散居在全世界 (20:103, 104)。即是这些具有蓝眼睛的, 由于拥有巨富及政治势力而自夸自大, 被形容是向穆圣挑战以加速其惩罚日子到来的人。穆圣说, 那惩罚将会在指定与受约的日子里突然袭击他们。
c
26:205; 27:72; 29:54-55;37:177; 51:15.
2477
Commentary:
The reference in this verse is to a mighty event in the history of Islam. The Holy Prophet is reported to have said that the first three centuries of Islam would be its best period after which falsehood would spread and a period of darkness would come and this period of darkness would extend to over a thousand years (Tirmidhi). This period is likened to one day in the present verse and in 32:6. In this period of moral and spiritual decadence of Muslims a people having blue eyes were to arise who were to spread all over the earth and at whose hands Islam was destined to receive a serious setback (20:103-104). This period of political decadence of Islam and moral degeneration of Muslims in which they faced defeat and discomfiture at the hands of western Christian nations having blue eyes, began after the expiry of the third century of Hijrah and lasted up to the dawn of the 14th century when the Promised Messiah made his appearance. It is to these western people that the reference has been made in the words "And they ask thee to hasten on the punishment." In their conceit and arrogance born of material glory and political power, the western peoples came to labour under the misconception that their progress and glory would last forever. So they are depicted in the verse under comment as challenging the Holy Prophet to hasten on the punishment which he said would overtake them. To their implied taunt and gibe, the verse makes a reply that God had already made a promise that these western nations would be granted respite for one thousand years after which a terrible tribulation would overtake them and all their greatness and glory would become a thing of the past. Divine punishment would descend on their houses and the very soil on which they would be living would be rendered bleak and barren. They are warned that the punishment would be so severe, overwhelming and enveloping that one day of it would appear to them as a thousand years. See also 18:9 & 32:6.
c
26:205; 27:72; 29:54, 55; 37:177; 51:15.
1961A
The Holy Prophet is reported to have said that the first three centuries of Islam would be its best period after which falsehood would spread and a period of darkness would set in which would extend to over a thousand years (Tirmidhi). This period of a thousand years is likened to one day (32:6). In this period a people, having blue eyes would arise and spread all over the earth (20:103, 104). It is these people having blue eyes who in their conceit and arrogance, born of their material glory and political power, are depicted as challenging the Holy Prophet to hasten on the punishment which, he said, would overtake them at the appointed and promised time.
وَكَأَيِّن مِّن قَرْيَةٍ أَمْلَيْتُ لَهَا وَهِىَ ظَالِمَةٌ ثُمَّ أَخَذْتُهَا وَإِلَىَّ ٱلْمَصِيرُ
Commentary:
The verse is of general application but it specially alludes to the punishment in store for the peoples mentioned in the preceding verses.
2478
Commentary:
The verse is of general application but it specially alludes to the punishment in store for the peoples mentioned in the preceding verses.
قُلْ يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ إِنَّمَآ أَنَا۠ لَكُمْ نَذِيرٌ مُّبِينٌ
26:116; 29:51; 51:51; 67:27.
26:116; 29:51; 51:51; 67:27.
b
26:116; 29:51; 51:51; 67:27.
a
26:116; 29:51; 51:51; 67:27.
2479
Commentary:
The verse refers to the universality of the Message of Islam. The Holy Prophet was sent for the whole of mankind and the Quran is humanity’s infallible guide till the end of time.
a
26:116; 29:51; 51:51; 67:27.
فَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ لَهُم مَّغْفِرَةٌ وَرِزْقٌ كَرِيمٌ
8:75; 24:27; 34:5.
8:75; 24:27; 34:5.
8:75; 24:27; 34:5.
Important Words:
کریم (excellent) is derived from کرم which means, it was or became highly esteemed or prized or valued, excellent, precious or rare. کرمت ارضه means, his land became productive or fertile. کرائم المال are such as are held in high estimation; precious or excellent of cattle or other possessions; the choicest or best thereof. کریم which is contrary of لئیم, means, generous; liberal; honourable; noble, high-born (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The words "honourable provision," cover both physical and spiritual sustenance.
c
8:75; 24:27; 34:5.
b
8:75; 24:27; 34:5.
2480
Important Words:
کریم (excellent) is derived from کرم which means, it was or became highly esteemed or prized or valued, excellent, precious or rare. کرمت ارضه means, his land became productive or fertile. کرائم المال are such as are held in high estimation; precious or excellent of cattle or other possessions; the choicest or best thereof. کریم which is contrary of لئیم, means, generous; liberal; honourable; noble, high-born (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The words "honourable provision," cover both physical and spiritual sustenance.
b
8:75; 24:27; 34:5.
وَٱلَّذِينَ سَعَوْا۟ فِىٓ ءَايَٰتِنَا مُعَٰجِزِينَ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلْجَحِيمِ
34:6, 39.
34:6, 39.
34:6, 39.
Commentary:
It is writ large on the pages of the history of all religions that in spite of all the ups and downs through which truth has to pass, it triumphs in the long run. The enemies of truth have never been able to impede its onward march. They cannot frustrate the Divine plan that truth must prevail.
d
34:6, 39.
c
34:6, 39.
2481
Commentary:
It is writ large on the pages of the history of all religions that in spite of all the ups and downs through which truth has to pass, it triumphs in the long run. The enemies of truth have never been able to impede its onward march. They cannot frustrate the Divine plan that truth must prevail.
c
34:6, 39.
وَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَا مِن قَبْلِكَ مِن رَّسُولٍ وَلَا نَبِىٍّ إِلَّآ إِذَا تَمَنَّىٰٓ أَلْقَى ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ فِىٓ أُمْنِيَّتِهِۦ فَيَنسَخُ ٱللَّهُ مَا يُلْقِى ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ ثُمَّ يُحْكِمُ ٱللَّهُ ءَايَٰتِهِۦ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌ حَكِيمٌ
مفسرین نے لکھا ہے کہ جب کبھی کوئی نبی تلاوت کرتا ہے۔ شیطان اس میں کچھ ملا دیتا ہے۔ سوائے مسیحؑ کے جس کو شیطان نے نہیں چھؤا۔ یہ نبیوں کی صریح ہتک ہے۔ خصوصیت سے نبی کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کی جو سب نبیوں سے افضل تھے۔ اس آیت میں صرف یہ بیان ہے کہ نبی ارادے کرتے ہیں اور شیطان ان کو مٹانا چاہتا ہے مگر خداتعالیٰ نبیوں کے ارادوں کو پورا کرتا ہے۔ اور شیطان ناکام رہتا ہے۔ یہ بات سچی ہے اور ہر نبی سے ہوئی ہے اور سب سے زیادہ ہمارے نبی کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم سے۔
اُمْنِیَّۃٌ کا لفظ جو یہاں استعمال ہوا ہے اس کے معنے خواہش یا ارادہ کے بھی لغت میں لکھے ہیں (تاج) مطلب یہ ہے کہ ہر نبی دنیا کی اصلاح کا ارادہ کرتا ہے مگر شیطان ہر نبی کے راستہ میں یا اس کی خواہشات کے پورا ہونے کے راستہ میں روکیں ڈالتا ہے۔
This verse has been deliberately misinterpreted and its meaning purposely distorted by prejudiced Christian writers. They say that one day at Mecca when the Holy Prophet recited the 20th and 21st verses of Surah An- Najm: Now tell me about Lat and ‘Uzza, and Manat, the third one, another goddess, Satan put in his mouth the words Tilkal-Gharaniqul-‘Ula, wa Inna Shafa‘atahunna Laturtaja, i.e. these are exalted goddesses and their intercession is hoped for. They call it the 'Lapse of Muhammad' or his 'Compromise with idolatry.' The Holy Prophet never made any compromise with idolatry nor was there any lapse on his part. The charge is a case of wish being father to the thought. These critics are always on the lookout to discover a lapse in the Holy Prophet and when they can find none, they invent one and impute it to him. They say that the verse refers to the above incident. We shall deal at length with the whole episode when we come to the relevant verses (53:20, 21). Suffice
Important Words:
تمنی (he sought or desired to obtain). تمنی الشیء means, he desired the thing. تمنی الرجل means, the man lied. تمنی الکتاب means, he read or recited the book. أمنیة (أمانی plural) means, what is desired; a lie; an object of wish (Aqrab).
Commentary:
This verse has been subjected to much conjecture and speculation by some ignorant and careless commentators and has been deliberately misinterpreted and its meaning purposely distorted by prejudiced Christian writers. It is said that one day at Mecca when the Holy Prophet recited the Quranic verse, أفرأیتم اللات والعزی و مناة الثالثة الاخری i.e. "now tell me about Lat and ‘Uzza, and Manat, the third one, another goddess" (53:21), Satan put in his mouth the words تلک الغرانیق العلی وان شفا عتھن لترتجی i.e. these are exalted goddesses and their intercession is hoped for. They call it the 'lapse of Muhammad' or his 'compromise with idolatry'. In fact the Holy Prophet never made any compromise with idolatry nor was there any lapse on his part. The lapse, if any, occurred in the minds of these hostile critics of Islam. It is a case of wish being father to the thought. These people are always on the lookout to discover a lapse in the Holy Prophet and when they find none, they invent one and impute it to him.
They say that the verse under comment refers to the above incident. We shall deal at length with the whole episode when we come to the relevant verse i.e. 53:21. Suffice it here to say that the whole story is belied by the fact that 53rdchapter was, according to consensus of scholarly opinion, revealed in the 5th year of the Call at Mecca while the present Surah was revealed at Medina or on the eve of his departure from Mecca. It is inconceivable that God should have waited for eight long years to refer in this verse to that incident. Moreover, the story has been rejected as totally unfounded by all learned commentators of the Quran, Ibn Kathir, being one of them. It appears to have been based on some reports narrated by Waqidi, whom all competent authorities regard as quite untrustworthy. It seems strange that the utterance of this blasphemy should have been attributed to that great and uncompromising iconoclast i.e. the Holy Prophet, whose whole life was spent in denouncing and condemning idolatry and idol worship. Besides this the whole context of 53:21 belies this story. The verses preceding and succeeding 53:21 contain an unsparing denunciation of idolatry. In fact the whole Surah (53) is a condemnation of شرک (idol worship).
Moreover, there is nothing in the words of the verse itself to warrant the forging of such a blatant lie. The meaning of the verse is quite clear. It purports to say that whenever a Prophet desires to attain his object, i.e. whenever he preaches the message of truth and desires that Divine Unity may be established on earth, Satan places all sorts of obstacles and impediments in his way, i.e. wicked people seek to retard the progress of truth by putting all sorts of obstacles in the way of the Prophet. They wish to see his mission fail. But they cannot frustrate the Divine plan and God removes all those impediments and makes the cause of truth prevail and triumph. This meaning of the verse is quite simple and clear and is in perfect harmony with the text. The words "But Allah removes the obstacles placed by Satan," lend powerful support to this meaning. The verse is of general import. What it refers to happens in the case of every prophet. There is no warrant for suggesting that the verse applies exclusively to the Holy Prophet. History too supports the view that the verse is of general application. In their impatience to find fault with the Holy Prophet, however, hostile Christian writers have singled him out, and, misinterpreting the verse, have attributed a supposed lapse to him.
Moreover, it is wrong to suggest, as some commentators have done, that it is possible for Satan to interfere with the purity of the Quranic revelation. God has taken upon Himself to protect and safeguard it against all interference and interpolation. See also 15:10 & 72:27-29.
1
مفسرین نے لکھا ہے کہ جب کبھی کوئی نبی تلاوت کرتا ہے۔ شیطان اس میں کچھ ملا دیتا ہے۔ سوائے مسیحؑ کے جس کو شیطان نے نہیں چھؤا۔ یہ نبیوں کی صریح ہتک ہے۔ خصوصیت سے نبی کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم کی جو سب نبیوں سے افضل تھے۔ اس آیت میں صرف یہ بیان ہے کہ نبی ارادے کرتے ہیں اور شیطان ان کو مٹانا چاہتا ہے مگر خداتعالیٰ نبیوں کے ارادوں کو پورا کرتا ہے۔ اور شیطان ناکام رہتا ہے۔ یہ بات سچی ہے اور ہر نبی سے ہوئی ہے اور سب سے زیادہ ہمارے نبی کریم صلی اللہ علیہ وسلم سے۔
2
اُمْنِیَّۃٌ کا لفظ جو یہاں استعمال ہوا ہے اس کے معنے خواہش یا ارادہ کے بھی لغت میں لکھے ہیں (تاج) مطلب یہ ہے کہ ہر نبی دنیا کی اصلاح کا ارادہ کرتا ہے مگر شیطان ہر نبی کے راستہ میں یا اس کی خواہشات کے پورا ہونے کے راستہ میں روکیں ڈالتا ہے۔
2482
Important Words:
تمنی (he sought or desired to obtain). تمنی الشیء means, he desired the thing. تمنی الرجل means, the man lied. تمنی الکتاب means, he read or recited the book. أمنیة (أمانی plural) means, what is desired; a lie; an object of wish (Aqrab).
Commentary:
This verse has been subjected to much conjecture and speculation by some ignorant and careless commentators and has been deliberately misinterpreted and its meaning purposely distorted by prejudiced Christian writers. It is said that one day at Mecca when the Holy Prophet recited the Quranic verse, أفرأیتم اللات والعزی و مناة الثالثة الاخری i.e. "now tell me about Lat and ‘Uzza, and Manat, the third one, another goddess" (53:21), Satan put in his mouth the words تلک الغرانیق العلی وان شفا عتھن لترتجی i.e. these are exalted goddesses and their intercession is hoped for. They call it the 'lapse of Muhammad' or his 'compromise with idolatry'. In fact the Holy Prophet never made any compromise with idolatry nor was there any lapse on his part. The lapse, if any, occurred in the minds of these hostile critics of Islam. It is a case of wish being father to the thought. These people are always on the lookout to discover a lapse in the Holy Prophet and when they find none, they invent one and impute it to him.
They say that the verse under comment refers to the above incident. We shall deal at length with the whole episode when we come to the relevant verse i.e. 53:21. Suffice it here to say that the whole story is belied by the fact that 53rdchapter was, according to consensus of scholarly opinion, revealed in the 5th year of the Call at Mecca while the present Surah was revealed at Medina or on the eve of his departure from Mecca. It is inconceivable that God should have waited for eight long years to refer in this verse to that incident. Moreover, the story has been rejected as totally unfounded by all learned commentators of the Quran, Ibn Kathir, being one of them. It appears to have been based on some reports narrated by Waqidi, whom all competent authorities regard as quite untrustworthy. It seems strange that the utterance of this blasphemy should have been attributed to that great and uncompromising iconoclast i.e. the Holy Prophet, whose whole life was spent in denouncing and condemning idolatry and idol worship. Besides this the whole context of 53:21 belies this story. The verses preceding and succeeding 53:21 contain an unsparing denunciation of idolatry. In fact the whole Surah (53) is a condemnation of شرک (idol worship).
Moreover, there is nothing in the words of the verse itself to warrant the forging of such a blatant lie. The meaning of the verse is quite clear. It purports to say that whenever a Prophet desires to attain his object, i.e. whenever he preaches the message of truth and desires that Divine Unity may be established on earth, Satan places all sorts of obstacles and impediments in his way, i.e. wicked people seek to retard the progress of truth by putting all sorts of obstacles in the way of the Prophet. They wish to see his mission fail. But they cannot frustrate the Divine plan and God removes all those impediments and makes the cause of truth prevail and triumph. This meaning of the verse is quite simple and clear and is in perfect harmony with the text. The words "But Allah removes the obstacles placed by Satan," lend powerful support to this meaning. The verse is of general import. What it refers to happens in the case of every prophet. There is no warrant for suggesting that the verse applies exclusively to the Holy Prophet. History too supports the view that the verse is of general application. In their impatience to find fault with the Holy Prophet, however, hostile Christian writers have singled him out, and, misinterpreting the verse, have attributed a supposed lapse to him.
Moreover, it is wrong to suggest, as some commentators have done, that it is possible for Satan to interfere with the purity of the Quranic revelation. God has taken upon Himself to protect and safeguard it against all interference and interpolation. See also 15:10 & 72:27-29.
1962
This verse has been deliberately misinterpreted and its meaning purposely distorted by prejudiced Christian writers. They say that one day at Mecca when the Holy Prophet recited the 20th and 21st verses of Surah An- Najm: Now tell me about Lat and ‘Uzza, and Manat, the third one, another goddess, Satan put in his mouth the words Tilkal-Gharaniqul-‘Ula, wa Inna Shafa‘atahunna Laturtaja, i.e. these are exalted goddesses and their intercession is hoped for. They call it the 'Lapse of Muhammad' or his 'Compromise with idolatry.' The Holy Prophet never made any compromise with idolatry nor was there any lapse on his part. The charge is a case of wish being father to the thought. These critics are always on the lookout to discover a lapse in the Holy Prophet and when they can find none, they invent one and impute it to him. They say that the verse refers to the above incident. We shall deal at length with the whole episode when we come to the relevant verses (53:20, 21). Suffice
لِّيَجْعَلَ مَا يُلْقِى ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ فِتْنَةً لِّلَّذِينَ فِى قُلُوبِهِم مَّرَضٌ وَٱلْقَاسِيَةِ قُلُوبُهُمْ ۗ وَإِنَّ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ لَفِى شِقَاقٍۭ بَعِيدٍ
This verse also supports the interpretation we have placed on the preceding verse. There is no warrant for the baseless story which some ignorant Commentators have taken into their heads to forge in connection with that verse. The verse purports to say that satanic people seek to place all sorts of obstacles in the way of the propagation of the mission of a Prophet in order that its progress may be retarded and 'those in whose hearts is a disease' may be misled. But God removes all such obstacles and after initial and temporary setbacks Truth marches on its course of uniform progress.
Commentary:
This verse also supports the interpretation we have placed on the preceding verse. There is absolutely no warrant for such a baseless story as some ignorant commentators have taken into their heads to forge in connection with it, i.e. the preceding verse. The verse under comment means to say that satanic people seek to place all sorts of obstacles in the way of the mission of a Prophet, so that the progress of the faith may be retarded and "those in whose hearts is a disease" may be misled. But God removes all such obstacles and after initial and temporary setbacks truth marches on its course of uniform progress. Thus the Prophets of God are faced with trials and tribulations so that sincere believers may be differentiated and separated from insincere hypocrites.
The words, "in whose hearts is a disease," refer to the hypocrites, who always stand on an edge, as it were, between truth and falsehood (22:12). They are always on the lookout to join the party whose cause they see triumphing. The words, "those whose hearts are hardened," refer to those inveterate disbelievers whose hearts become hardened on account of persistent denial of truth.
2483
Commentary:
This verse also supports the interpretation we have placed on the preceding verse. There is absolutely no warrant for such a baseless story as some ignorant commentators have taken into their heads to forge in connection with it, i.e. the preceding verse. The verse under comment means to say that satanic people seek to place all sorts of obstacles in the way of the mission of a Prophet, so that the progress of the faith may be retarded and "those in whose hearts is a disease" may be misled. But God removes all such obstacles and after initial and temporary setbacks truth marches on its course of uniform progress. Thus the Prophets of God are faced with trials and tribulations so that sincere believers may be differentiated and separated from insincere hypocrites.
The words, "in whose hearts is a disease," refer to the hypocrites, who always stand on an edge, as it were, between truth and falsehood (22:12). They are always on the lookout to join the party whose cause they see triumphing. The words, "those whose hearts are hardened," refer to those inveterate disbelievers whose hearts become hardened on account of persistent denial of truth.
1963
This verse also supports the interpretation we have placed on the preceding verse. There is no warrant for the baseless story which some ignorant Commentators have taken into their heads to forge in connection with that verse. The verse purports to say that satanic people seek to place all sorts of obstacles in the way of the propagation of the mission of a Prophet in order that its progress may be retarded and 'those in whose hearts is a disease' may be misled. But God removes all such obstacles and after initial and temporary setbacks Truth marches on its course of uniform progress.
وَلِيَعْلَمَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْعِلْمَ أَنَّهُ ٱلْحَقُّ مِن رَّبِّكَ فَيُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِهِۦ فَتُخْبِتَ لَهُۥ قُلُوبُهُمْ ۗ وَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَهَادِ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ
13:20; 34:7; 35:32; 47:3; 56:96.
13:20; 34:7; 35:32; 47:3; 56:96.
13:20; 34:7; 35:32; 47:3; 56:96.
Commentary:
This verse also supports our interpretation of v. 53 above. It means to say that Satan puts obstacles in the way of a Prophet so that Allah may make it "a trial for those in whose hearts is a disease and those whose hearts are hardened," and "that those to whom knowledge has been given may know that it is the truth from the Lord, so that they believe therein." These are the two objects which the satanic activities of the enemies of truth become the means of serving.
a
13:20; 34:7; 35:32; 47:3; 56:96.
a
13:20; 34:7; 35:32; 47:3; 56:96.
2484
Commentary:
This verse also supports our interpretation of v. 53 above. It means to say that Satan puts obstacles in the way of a Prophet so that Allah may make it "a trial for those in whose hearts is a disease and those whose hearts are hardened," and "that those to whom knowledge has been given may know that it is the truth from the Lord, so that they believe therein." These are the two objects which the satanic activities of the enemies of truth become the means of serving.
a
13:20; 34:7; 35:32; 47:3; 56:96.
وَلَا يَزَالُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ فِى مِرْيَةٍ مِّنْهُ حَتَّىٰ تَأْتِيَهُمُ ٱلسَّاعَةُ بَغْتَةً أَوْ يَأْتِيَهُمْ عَذَابُ يَوْمٍ عَقِيمٍ
11:18.
“灭亡的时刻” 是指伊斯兰教的最后胜利。这一单词也用来指麦加的攻克。不信的古莱西 (قُرَيْش, Quraish) 政权最终被彻底粉碎。麦加的攻克相当突然。直到穆斯林武装抵达麦加大门口时, 古莱西族对有关穆斯林武装的活动情况才略有所知。
أمْرَأةٌ عَقِيْمٌ (’Imra’atun ‘Aqimun) 指无子女的妇女; يَوْمٌ عَقِيْمٌ (Yaumun ‘Aqimun) 指毁灭的日子, 恶战的日子之所以这样说, 是因为在恶战中很多妇女失去了自己的子女, 成了 عَقِيْمٌ (‘Aqim) (Lane)。
11:18.
"The Hour" signifies the final triumph of Islam. It may also refer to the Fall of Mecca, when the power of the disbelieving Quraish was finally and completely crushed. The Fall took place quite suddenly. The Quraish did not have the least inkling about the Muslim army till it had reached the very gates of Mecca.
Imra’atun ‘Aqimun means, a barren woman. Yaumun ‘Aqimun means, a destructive day, a day of hard fighting, so called because many women having lost their sons in the fighting become ‘Aqim (Lane).
11:18.
Important Words:
عقیم (destructive) is derived from عقم. They say عقمت المرأة i.e. the woman was or became barren. امرأة عقیم means, a barren woman, a woman that does not conceive or give birth to a child. یوم عقیم means, a severe fighting. یوم عقیم means, a day having no day after it; a destructive day, a day of hard fighting, so called because many women having lost their sons in the fighting become عقیم (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
"Hour" in the verse signifies the final triumph of Islam. It may also refer to the Fall of Mecca, when the power of the disbelieving Quraish was finally broken. The fall took place quite suddenly. The Quraish had not had the least inkling of the approach of Muslim army till it reached the very gates of Mecca.
The words, "the punishment of a destructive day," may refer to any form of punishment, preferably to the day of the Battle of Badr.
This and the following two verses imply a prophecy about the ultimate triumph of Islam, and the defeat and discomfiture of disbelievers.
b
11:18.
873
“灭亡的时刻” 是指伊斯兰教的最后胜利。这一单词也用来指麦加的攻克。不信的古莱西 (قُرَيْش, Quraish) 政权最终被彻底粉碎。麦加的攻克相当突然。直到穆斯林武装抵达麦加大门口时, 古莱西族对有关穆斯林武装的活动情况才略有所知。
874
أمْرَأةٌ عَقِيْمٌ (’Imra’atun ‘Aqimun) 指无子女的妇女; يَوْمٌ عَقِيْمٌ (Yaumun ‘Aqimun) 指毁灭的日子, 恶战的日子之所以这样说, 是因为在恶战中很多妇女失去了自己的子女, 成了 عَقِيْمٌ (‘Aqim) (Lane)。
b
11:18.
2485
Important Words:
عقیم (destructive) is derived from عقم. They say عقمت المرأة i.e. the woman was or became barren. امرأة عقیم means, a barren woman, a woman that does not conceive or give birth to a child. یوم عقیم means, a severe fighting. یوم عقیم means, a day having no day after it; a destructive day, a day of hard fighting, so called because many women having lost their sons in the fighting become عقیم (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
"Hour" in the verse signifies the final triumph of Islam. It may also refer to the Fall of Mecca, when the power of the disbelieving Quraish was finally broken. The fall took place quite suddenly. The Quraish had not had the least inkling of the approach of Muslim army till it reached the very gates of Mecca.
The words, "the punishment of a destructive day," may refer to any form of punishment, preferably to the day of the Battle of Badr.
This and the following two verses imply a prophecy about the ultimate triumph of Islam, and the defeat and discomfiture of disbelievers.
b
11:18.
1964
"The Hour" signifies the final triumph of Islam. It may also refer to the Fall of Mecca, when the power of the disbelieving Quraish was finally and completely crushed. The Fall took place quite suddenly. The Quraish did not have the least inkling about the Muslim army till it had reached the very gates of Mecca.
1965
Imra’atun ‘Aqimun means, a barren woman. Yaumun ‘Aqimun means, a destructive day, a day of hard fighting, so called because many women having lost their sons in the fighting become ‘Aqim (Lane).
ٱلْمُلْكُ يَوْمَئِذٍ لِّلَّهِ يَحْكُمُ بَيْنَهُمْ ۚ فَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ فِى جَنَّٰتِ ٱلنَّعِيمِ
13:30; 14:24; 18:31; 30:16; 68:35; 78:32-37.
25:27.
Besides being of general application the verse may particularly refer to the Fall of Mecca. On that day the Kingdom of God was established in Arabia and idolatry departed from its stronghold never to return, and Divine Judgment was pronounced in the following words, 'Truth has come and falsehood has vanished away. Falsehood does indeed vanish away fast' (17:82).
6:74; 25:27.
13:30; 14:24; 18:31; 30:16; 68:35; 78:32-37.
Commentary:
Besides being of general application the verse may particularly refer to the Fall of Mecca. On that day the Kingdom of God became established in Arabia and idolatry departed from its stronghold never to return, and Divine judgement was pronounced in the words, "Truth has come and falsehood has vanished away. Falsehood does indeed vanish away fast" (17:82).
The words, "Gardens of Bliss" may refer to the fertile lands of Iraq, Syria and Egypt which after the conquest of Arabia fell to the victorious arms of the Muslims.
Here as also in 25:27 it is said that "The Kingdom on that day will be Allah’s." In 1:4 it is stated, "Allah is the Master of the Day of Judgement" and in 3:27, "He is the Lord of Sovereignty." So God as represented by Islam is not only ملک (Malik) meaning King, but He is also مالک (Malik) i.e. Master and even مالک الملک, which signifies that He is such a King that He has complete possession, and undisputed and undivided ownership of all those things of which He is the Master.
c
25:27.
d
13:30; 14:24; 18:31; 30:16; 68:35; 78:32-37.
875
除了一般意思外, 这节经文特指麦加的攻克。那天, 安拉的王国在阿拉伯建立, 从此偶像的崇拜一去不复返了。安拉的判决已经宣布: “现在真理来了, 虚伪消灭了。虚伪是必然要消灭的。”(17:82)。
a
6:74; 25:27.
b
13:30; 14:24; 18:31; 30:16; 68:35; 78:32-37.
2486
Commentary:
Besides being of general application the verse may particularly refer to the Fall of Mecca. On that day the Kingdom of God became established in Arabia and idolatry departed from its stronghold never to return, and Divine judgement was pronounced in the words, "Truth has come and falsehood has vanished away. Falsehood does indeed vanish away fast" (17:82).
The words, "Gardens of Bliss" may refer to the fertile lands of Iraq, Syria and Egypt which after the conquest of Arabia fell to the victorious arms of the Muslims.
Here as also in 25:27 it is said that "The Kingdom on that day will be Allah’s." In 1:4 it is stated, "Allah is the Master of the Day of Judgement" and in 3:27, "He is the Lord of Sovereignty." So God as represented by Islam is not only ملک (Malik) meaning King, but He is also مالک (Malik) i.e. Master and even مالک الملک, which signifies that He is such a King that He has complete possession, and undisputed and undivided ownership of all those things of which He is the Master.
a
13:30; 14:24; 18:31; 30:16; 68:35; 78:32-37.
c
25:27.
1966
Besides being of general application the verse may particularly refer to the Fall of Mecca. On that day the Kingdom of God was established in Arabia and idolatry departed from its stronghold never to return, and Divine Judgment was pronounced in the following words, 'Truth has come and falsehood has vanished away. Falsehood does indeed vanish away fast' (17:82).
وَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَكَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ لَهُمْ عَذَابٌ مُّهِينٌ
2:40; 7:37; 30:17; 57:20; 64:11; 78:22-27.
2:40; 7:37; 30:17; 57:20; 64:11; 78:22-27.
2:40; 7:37; 30:17; 57:20; 64:11;78:22-27.
Commentary:
There could have been no greater and more humiliating and ignominious punishment for the enemies of the Holy Prophet than the fall of their capital which placed the whole of Arabia at the feet of him whom they had turned out from his native town, putting a price on his head. Eventual defeat and destruction is the inevitable lot of falsehood and its votaries.
a
2:40; 7:37; 30:17; 57:20; 64:11; 78:22-27.
c
2:40; 7:37; 30:17; 57:20; 64:11;78:22-27.
2487
Commentary:
There could have been no greater and more humiliating and ignominious punishment for the enemies of the Holy Prophet than the fall of their capital which placed the whole of Arabia at the feet of him whom they had turned out from his native town, putting a price on his head. Eventual defeat and destruction is the inevitable lot of falsehood and its votaries.
b
2:40; 7:37; 30:17; 57:20; 64:11; 78:22-27.
وَٱلَّذِينَ هَاجَرُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ثُمَّ قُتِلُوٓا۟ أَوْ مَاتُوا۟ لَيَرْزُقَنَّهُمُ ٱللَّهُ رِزْقًا حَسَنًا ۚ وَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَهُوَ خَيْرُ ٱلرَّٰزِقِينَ
3:196; 8:75; 9:20-22; 16:42.
3:196; 8:75; 9:20-22; 16:42.
Those, who leave their hearths and homes and all that is dear to them for the sake of God and spend their lives in serving His cause and then die in harness, deserve to be classed with those who are actually slain fighting in the cause of God, for their sacrifice is as great as that of the actual martyrs, only God in His infallible wisdom spares their lives. This is the significance of the words, 'or die.'
3:196; 8:75; 9:20-22; 16:42.
Commentary:
In v. 57 above God had referred to the reward of believers in general. In this and the next verse the Quran particularly mentions the reward of those believers who left their hearths and homes, their belongings and their dear and near ones for the sake of God. To these "living" martyrs, the verse holds out a promise that they will be specially rewarded for their sacrifices. In fact those who leave their homes and all that is dear to them for the sake of God and spend their lives in serving His cause and then die in harness deserve to be classed with "the martyrs", for their sacrifice is as great as that of the actual martyrs, only, God in His infallible wisdom, spares their lives. This is the significance of the words, "or die". In fact there are two categories of martyrs—"the dead martyrs" and "the living martyrs". The "dead" martyrs are actually slain in the cause of God while the "living" martyrs live a life of perpetual sacrifice for His sake and then die a natural death. The verse under comment places both these classes of "martyrs" in the same category. Those who are slain, or those who die a natural death, serving the cause of God, will have the same reward—a goodly provision and a place with which they will be well-pleased.
Incidentally, the verse shows that it was revealed after the Hijrah, because it was after the Hijrah that fighting in self-defence was permitted and some of the Muslims were killed in the fighting. In fact, some parts of the Surah were revealed at Mecca and others at Medina. The Surah may thus be said to have been revealed both at Mecca and Medina.
b
3:196; 8:75; 9:20-22; 16:42.
d
3:196; 8:75; 9:20-22; 16:42.
2488
Commentary:
In v. 57 above God had referred to the reward of believers in general. In this and the next verse the Quran particularly mentions the reward of those believers who left their hearths and homes, their belongings and their dear and near ones for the sake of God. To these "living" martyrs, the verse holds out a promise that they will be specially rewarded for their sacrifices. In fact those who leave their homes and all that is dear to them for the sake of God and spend their lives in serving His cause and then die in harness deserve to be classed with "the martyrs", for their sacrifice is as great as that of the actual martyrs, only, God in His infallible wisdom, spares their lives. This is the significance of the words, "or die". In fact there are two categories of martyrs—"the dead martyrs" and "the living martyrs". The "dead" martyrs are actually slain in the cause of God while the "living" martyrs live a life of perpetual sacrifice for His sake and then die a natural death. The verse under comment places both these classes of "martyrs" in the same category. Those who are slain, or those who die a natural death, serving the cause of God, will have the same reward—a goodly provision and a place with which they will be well-pleased.
Incidentally, the verse shows that it was revealed after the Hijrah, because it was after the Hijrah that fighting in self-defence was permitted and some of the Muslims were killed in the fighting. In fact, some parts of the Surah were revealed at Mecca and others at Medina. The Surah may thus be said to have been revealed both at Mecca and Medina.
c
3:196; 8:75; 9:20-22; 16:42.
1967
Those, who leave their hearths and homes and all that is dear to them for the sake of God and spend their lives in serving His cause and then die in harness, deserve to be classed with those who are actually slain fighting in the cause of God, for their sacrifice is as great as that of the actual martyrs, only God in His infallible wisdom spares their lives. This is the significance of the words, 'or die.'
لَيُدْخِلَنَّهُم مُّدْخَلًا يَرْضَوْنَهُۥ ۗ وَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَعَلِيمٌ حَلِيمٌ
Important Words:
مدخل is pass. part. noun from أدخل. They say أدخله i.e. he made him enter. It is used as syn. with إدخال (to make one enter) and also as a noun of place and time (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse means to say that those who left their homes for the sake of God will be made to live in a place which they will like and the manner of their entering the place will also be so honourable that they will be highly pleased with it.
The words, "And Allah is indeed All-Knowing, Forbearing," signify that Allah knows full well the sincerity with which they serve the cause of truth, so while rewarding them He will overlook their shortcomings and faults.
2489
Important Words:
مدخل is pass. part. noun from أدخل. They say أدخله i.e. he made him enter. It is used as syn. with إدخال (to make one enter) and also as a noun of place and time (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse means to say that those who left their homes for the sake of God will be made to live in a place which they will like and the manner of their entering the place will also be so honourable that they will be highly pleased with it.
The words, "And Allah is indeed All-Knowing, Forbearing," signify that Allah knows full well the sincerity with which they serve the cause of truth, so while rewarding them He will overlook their shortcomings and faults.
۞ ذَٰلِكَ وَمَنْ عَاقَبَ بِمِثْلِ مَا عُوقِبَ بِهِۦ ثُمَّ بُغِىَ عَلَيْهِ لَيَنصُرَنَّهُ ٱللَّهُ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَعَفُوٌّ غَفُورٌ
The verse has twofold significance. It holds out a promise of help to Muslims and also implies a prophecy about their eventual success. In the former sense it purports to say that the Muslims have been oppressed and transgressed against. They may retaliate but their retaliation should not exceed legitimate bounds. The injury they should inflict on the enemy should be proportionate to the injury they receive. According to the second meaning Muslims are told that they are going to have their enemies in their power and that they will be perfectly justified in inflicting as much injury on them as they had received from them, but it would be far better if in the hour of victory and success, by copying the Divine attributes of mercy and forgiveness, they pardoned and forgave them.
Commentary:
The verse has twofold significance. It holds out a promise of help to Muslims and also implies a prophecy about their eventual success. In the former sense it purports to say that the Muslims have been oppressed and transgressed against. They may retaliate but their retaliation should not exceed legitimate bounds. The injury they should inflict on the enemy should not be greater than the injury they have received.
But the fear that the enemy being more powerful would inflict greater injury on them if they retaliated, should not deter them from retaliating. In that event they would be entitled to help and protection from God and would receive it in ample measure.
According to the second meaning Muslims are told that they are going to have their enemies in their power and they will be perfectly justified in inflicting as much injury on them as they had received from them but it would be far better if in the hour of victory and success they pardoned and forgave them, imitating the Divine attributes of mercy and forgiveness.
Incidentally, four very sound principles are deducible from this verse: (a) Muslims can and should fight in self-defence if they are attacked; but in no case should they take the initiative in attacking. (b) If they retaliate, their retaliation should be proportionate to the wrong done to them; they are not allowed to inflict a greater injury. (c) If they inflicted greater injury than the injury they had received, then they would be condemned as transgressors and would forfeit God’s help and protection. (d) If the party on whom punishment has been inflicted for the wrong it had done seeks again to attack the retaliators, it shall be regarded as guilty of further aggression.
It should be noted that the verse does not speak of individual retaliation. It is retaliation on national or government basis. Individuals are not allowed to take the law into their own hands for the redress of any wrong. They should have recourse to the properly constituted authorities.
The verse should be read in conjunction with vv. 39, 40 above which deal with the basic and principal subject of the Surah i.e. jihad.
2490
Commentary:
The verse has twofold significance. It holds out a promise of help to Muslims and also implies a prophecy about their eventual success. In the former sense it purports to say that the Muslims have been oppressed and transgressed against. They may retaliate but their retaliation should not exceed legitimate bounds. The injury they should inflict on the enemy should not be greater than the injury they have received.
But the fear that the enemy being more powerful would inflict greater injury on them if they retaliated, should not deter them from retaliating. In that event they would be entitled to help and protection from God and would receive it in ample measure.
According to the second meaning Muslims are told that they are going to have their enemies in their power and they will be perfectly justified in inflicting as much injury on them as they had received from them but it would be far better if in the hour of victory and success they pardoned and forgave them, imitating the Divine attributes of mercy and forgiveness.
Incidentally, four very sound principles are deducible from this verse: (a) Muslims can and should fight in self-defence if they are attacked; but in no case should they take the initiative in attacking. (b) If they retaliate, their retaliation should be proportionate to the wrong done to them; they are not allowed to inflict a greater injury. (c) If they inflicted greater injury than the injury they had received, then they would be condemned as transgressors and would forfeit God’s help and protection. (d) If the party on whom punishment has been inflicted for the wrong it had done seeks again to attack the retaliators, it shall be regarded as guilty of further aggression.
It should be noted that the verse does not speak of individual retaliation. It is retaliation on national or government basis. Individuals are not allowed to take the law into their own hands for the redress of any wrong. They should have recourse to the properly constituted authorities.
The verse should be read in conjunction with vv. 39, 40 above which deal with the basic and principal subject of the Surah i.e. jihad.
1968
The verse has twofold significance. It holds out a promise of help to Muslims and also implies a prophecy about their eventual success. In the former sense it purports to say that the Muslims have been oppressed and transgressed against. They may retaliate but their retaliation should not exceed legitimate bounds. The injury they should inflict on the enemy should be proportionate to the injury they receive. According to the second meaning Muslims are told that they are going to have their enemies in their power and that they will be perfectly justified in inflicting as much injury on them as they had received from them, but it would be far better if in the hour of victory and success, by copying the Divine attributes of mercy and forgiveness, they pardoned and forgave them.
ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُولِجُ ٱلَّيْلَ فِى ٱلنَّهَارِ وَيُولِجُ ٱلنَّهَارَ فِى ٱلَّيْلِ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ سَمِيعٌۢ بَصِيرٌ
3:28; 31:30; 35:14; 57:7.
3:28; 31:30; 35:14; 57:7.
Nahar (day) in the verse represents power and prosperity and Lail (night) signifies the loss of power combined with national decline and decadence. The verse uses this metaphor to point to the fact hinted at in the preceding verse that the night of misery and oppression to which Muslims were subjected for so long was about to pass away and the day of their glory and might was about to dawn.
31:30; 35:14; 57:7.
Commentary:
The word النھار (day) in the verse represents power and prosperity and اللیل (night) signifies the loss of power combined with decline and decadence. The verse uses this metaphor to point to the fact hinted at in the preceding verse that the night of misery and oppression to which Muslims were subjected for so long was about to pass away and the day of their glory and might was about to dawn. The verse further consoles and comforts the oppressed Muslims that God is not oblivious of their troubles.
From Him nothing is hidden and He hears their prayers.
c
3:28; 31:30; 35:14; 57:7.
a
31:30; 35:14; 57:7.
2491
Commentary:
The word النھار (day) in the verse represents power and prosperity and اللیل (night) signifies the loss of power combined with decline and decadence. The verse uses this metaphor to point to the fact hinted at in the preceding verse that the night of misery and oppression to which Muslims were subjected for so long was about to pass away and the day of their glory and might was about to dawn. The verse further consoles and comforts the oppressed Muslims that God is not oblivious of their troubles.
From Him nothing is hidden and He hears their prayers.
a
3:28; 31:30; 35:14; 57:7.
1969
Nahar (day) in the verse represents power and prosperity and Lail (night) signifies the loss of power combined with national decline and decadence. The verse uses this metaphor to point to the fact hinted at in the preceding verse that the night of misery and oppression to which Muslims were subjected for so long was about to pass away and the day of their glory and might was about to dawn.
ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ هُوَ ٱلْحَقُّ وَأَنَّ مَا يَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِهِۦ هُوَ ٱلْبَٰطِلُ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ هُوَ ٱلْعَلِىُّ ٱلْكَبِيرُ
20:115; 23:117; 24:26.
20:115; 23:117; 24:26.
20:115; 23:117; 24:26.
Commentary:
The metaphor of the last verse is continued in the present verse. It purports to say that Muslims will grow and prosper because God is Truth. He has revealed the truth which the Muslims follow and practise. Islam has come to stay because it is truth and truth is invincible while falsehood is perishable.
The words "Allah is the High, the Great" signify that it is impossible that a dispensation established by God should fail, as this would constitute a serious reflection on His Greatness and Glory.
d
20:115; 23:117; 24:26.
b
20:115; 23:117; 24:26.
2492
Commentary:
The metaphor of the last verse is continued in the present verse. It purports to say that Muslims will grow and prosper because God is Truth. He has revealed the truth which the Muslims follow and practise. Islam has come to stay because it is truth and truth is invincible while falsehood is perishable.
The words "Allah is the High, the Great" signify that it is impossible that a dispensation established by God should fail, as this would constitute a serious reflection on His Greatness and Glory.
b
20:115; 23:117; 24:26.
أَلَمْ تَرَ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ أَنزَلَ مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مَآءً فَتُصْبِحُ ٱلْأَرْضُ مُخْضَرَّةً ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَطِيفٌ خَبِيرٌ
22:6; 30:51; 35:28; 39:22; 45:6.
22:6; 30:51; 35:28; 39:22; 45:6.
The verse draws the attention of disbelievers to the natural phenomenon that is unfolding itself before their very eyes. Do they not see, it purports to say, that Divine rain has fallen on the bleak, barren and spiritually dead land of Arabia and that it has begun to vibrate with new life and there is verdure and greenness all over, i.e. there is spiritual awakening all over the country and Islam has taken deep roots?
22:6; 30:51; 35:28; 39:22; 45:6.
Commentary:
The verse draws the attention of disbelievers to the natural phenomenon that is unfolding itself before their very eyes. Do they not see, it purports to say, that divine rain has fallen on the bleak, barren and dead land of Arabia and that it has begun to vibrate with new life and there is verdure and greenness all over it i.e. there is spiritual awakening all over the country and Islam has taken deep roots? It will now grow and expand and prevail over all false faiths.
e
22:6; 30:51; 35:28; 39:22; 45:6.
c
22:6; 30:51; 35:28; 39:22; 45:6.
2493
Commentary:
The verse draws the attention of disbelievers to the natural phenomenon that is unfolding itself before their very eyes. Do they not see, it purports to say, that divine rain has fallen on the bleak, barren and dead land of Arabia and that it has begun to vibrate with new life and there is verdure and greenness all over it i.e. there is spiritual awakening all over the country and Islam has taken deep roots? It will now grow and expand and prevail over all false faiths.
c
22:6; 30:51; 35:28; 39:22; 45:6.
1970
The verse draws the attention of disbelievers to the natural phenomenon that is unfolding itself before their very eyes. Do they not see, it purports to say, that Divine rain has fallen on the bleak, barren and spiritually dead land of Arabia and that it has begun to vibrate with new life and there is verdure and greenness all over, i.e. there is spiritual awakening all over the country and Islam has taken deep roots?
لَّهُۥ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۗ وَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَهُوَ ٱلْغَنِىُّ ٱلْحَمِيدُ
2:256; 10:56; 31:27.
2:256; 10:56; 31:27.
2:256; 10:56; 31:27.
Commentary:
The theme of the previous verse is continued in this verse, viz. Islam will prosper and make vast conquests because God Who is the Lord of the heavens and the earth has sent it and He is at its back. God has willed that His kingdom shall be established in the earth and His worship shall take the place of the worship of false deities. He has decreed that His glory shall be extolled and His praises sung in the world because He is worthy of all praise.
a
2:256; 10:56; 31:27.
a
2:256; 10:56; 31:27.
2494
Commentary:
The theme of the previous verse is continued in this verse, viz. Islam will prosper and make vast conquests because God Who is the Lord of the heavens and the earth has sent it and He is at its back. God has willed that His kingdom shall be established in the earth and His worship shall take the place of the worship of false deities. He has decreed that His glory shall be extolled and His praises sung in the world because He is worthy of all praise.
a
2:256; 10:56; 31:27.
أَلَمْ تَرَ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ سَخَّرَ لَكُم مَّا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَٱلْفُلْكَ تَجْرِى فِى ٱلْبَحْرِ بِأَمْرِهِۦ وَيُمْسِكُ ٱلسَّمَآءَ أَن تَقَعَ عَلَى ٱلْأَرْضِ إِلَّا بِإِذْنِهِۦٓ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ بِٱلنَّاسِ لَرَءُوفٌ رَّحِيمٌ
16:15.
یعنی عذاب کے لئے قیدیں لگا دی ہیں کہ اس کے خاص حکم کے بغیر دنیا پر عذاب نہ آئے۔
16:15.
16:15; 35:13.
Commentary:
The verse constitutes a beautiful commentary on the futility of idol-worship and gives two very strong arguments against it. First, God is the Creator of the heavens and the earth. He has subjected all that is in the earth, in the sea and even in the air to the service of man. It is this Lord of all life Who is entitled to our worship and not the idols of wood and stone or those of man’s own fancy. Secondly, when God has pressed the whole universe into the service of man and has made him the lord of the whole creation and His own chief handiwork, it is foolish on his part to degrade himself so low as to worship anything besides God.
The verse possesses another significance. The realization that all things are created for the service of man draws our attention to the uses and properties of different objects and urges us to study them and then turn them to our benefit. It is this study of natural objects that led to new discoveries and inventions and consequently to the great material progress which the early Muslims made in the heyday of their intellectual glory.
b
16:15.
1
یعنی عذاب کے لئے قیدیں لگا دی ہیں کہ اس کے خاص حکم کے بغیر دنیا پر عذاب نہ آئے۔
b
16:15; 35:13.
2495
Commentary:
The verse constitutes a beautiful commentary on the futility of idol-worship and gives two very strong arguments against it. First, God is the Creator of the heavens and the earth. He has subjected all that is in the earth, in the sea and even in the air to the service of man. It is this Lord of all life Who is entitled to our worship and not the idols of wood and stone or those of man’s own fancy. Secondly, when God has pressed the whole universe into the service of man and has made him the lord of the whole creation and His own chief handiwork, it is foolish on his part to degrade himself so low as to worship anything besides God.
The verse possesses another significance. The realization that all things are created for the service of man draws our attention to the uses and properties of different objects and urges us to study them and then turn them to our benefit. It is this study of natural objects that led to new discoveries and inventions and consequently to the great material progress which the early Muslims made in the heyday of their intellectual glory.
b
16:15.
وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَحْيَاكُمْ ثُمَّ يُمِيتُكُمْ ثُمَّ يُحْيِيكُمْ ۗ إِنَّ ٱلْإِنسَٰنَ لَكَفُورٌ
2:29; 16:71; 30:41, 40:69.
2:29; 16:71; 30:41, 40:69.
The phenomenon of life and death operates simultaneously. Every death is followed by, and brings the hope of, a new life. A few Muslims killed on the battlefields of Badr, Uhud, etc. brought about the spiritual resurrection of the whole of Arabia.
2:29; 16:71; 30:41; 40:69.
Commentary:
The verse speaks of another Divine favour. God gave us life, then He will cause us to die and then will He give us a new life again. Death has been mentioned here as a Divine boon because it is the door through which man passes to a fuller life, which is eternal and is of growing and unending progress. That life which knows no end is described here by the words ثم یحییکم i.e. then will He give you life again. In yet another sense death is a great Divine blessing. If there had been no death, human life would have become intolerable and there would have been disorder, confusion and chaos on earth.
The words, "then He will cause you to die; then will He give you life," further signify that the process of life and death continues simultaneously. Every death is followed by and brings the message of a new life. A few Muslims killed at the battlefields of Badr, Uhud, etc., brought about the spiritual resurrection of the whole of Arabia.
c
2:29; 16:71; 30:41, 40:69.
a
2:29; 16:71; 30:41; 40:69.
2496
Commentary:
The verse speaks of another Divine favour. God gave us life, then He will cause us to die and then will He give us a new life again. Death has been mentioned here as a Divine boon because it is the door through which man passes to a fuller life, which is eternal and is of growing and unending progress. That life which knows no end is described here by the words ثم یحییکم i.e. then will He give you life again. In yet another sense death is a great Divine blessing. If there had been no death, human life would have become intolerable and there would have been disorder, confusion and chaos on earth.
The words, "then He will cause you to die; then will He give you life," further signify that the process of life and death continues simultaneously. Every death is followed by and brings the message of a new life. A few Muslims killed at the battlefields of Badr, Uhud, etc., brought about the spiritual resurrection of the whole of Arabia.
c
2:29; 16:71; 30:41, 40:69.
1971
The phenomenon of life and death operates simultaneously. Every death is followed by, and brings the hope of, a new life. A few Muslims killed on the battlefields of Badr, Uhud, etc. brought about the spiritual resurrection of the whole of Arabia.
لِّكُلِّ أُمَّةٍ جَعَلْنَا مَنسَكًا هُمْ نَاسِكُوهُ ۖ فَلَا يُنَٰزِعُنَّكَ فِى ٱلْأَمْرِ ۚ وَٱدْعُ إِلَىٰ رَبِّكَ ۖ إِنَّكَ لَعَلَىٰ هُدًى مُّسْتَقِيمٍ
在不同的国家和民族中崇拜安拉有不同的形式。这一事实证明了一个真理, 即在所有的宗教中伊斯兰教第一个宣告: 安拉的使者来到各民族中, 并教给他们不同的崇拜形式和方法。
اُمَّۃٌ کا لفظ مؤنث ہے لیکن اس کے بعد ھُمْ نَاسِکُوْہُ کے الفاظ ہیں جو مذکر اور جمع کے لئے ہیں اس کی وجہ یہ ہے کہ عربی زبان میں بعض دفعہ جماعت کے افراد کی طرف ضمیر پھیری جاتی ہے اور اس کے مجموعہ کو ضمیر میں ادا کر دیا جاتا ہے۔ پس ھُمْ جو یہاں آیا ہے اسی وجہ سے آیا ہے۔
Divine worship is found in one form or another among all nations and peoples. This fact leads to the great truth which Islam, among all religions, was the first to proclaim that Divine Messengers appeared among all peoples to teach them the different forms and ways of worship.
Important Words:
منسک (ways of worship) means, rites of sacrifice; religious rites and ceremonies of the Pilgrimage; animals of sacrifice; ways of worship; acts of devotion. See also 6:163 & 22:35.
Commentary:
Taking منسک in the sense of animals of sacrifice or the rites of sacrifice the verse signifies (a) that the ritual of sacrifice in one form or another is common to all religions; and (b) that it was the sacrifice of animals that was at first enjoined by God and not human sacrifice which was invented afterwards.
Taking the word منسک in the sense of 'ways of worship,' the verse means that Divine worship is found in one form or another among all nations and peoples. This fact leads to another great truth which Islam, among all religions, was the first to proclaim, viz. that Divine Messengers appeared at different times among all nations and peoples to teach them the different forms and ways of worship.
The words فی الامر (in the matter) mean, 'in the matter of Islam' or 'in the matter of the Quran.' In this sense of the words the verse purports to say that when it has been made clear that Prophets were raised among all peoples, the disbelievers have no right or justification to say that the Holy Prophet has brought a novel teaching. He has done no new thing and has introduced no innovation. See 46:10.
876
在不同的国家和民族中崇拜安拉有不同的形式。这一事实证明了一个真理, 即在所有的宗教中伊斯兰教第一个宣告: 安拉的使者来到各民族中, 并教给他们不同的崇拜形式和方法。
2
اُمَّۃٌ کا لفظ مؤنث ہے لیکن اس کے بعد ھُمْ نَاسِکُوْہُ کے الفاظ ہیں جو مذکر اور جمع کے لئے ہیں اس کی وجہ یہ ہے کہ عربی زبان میں بعض دفعہ جماعت کے افراد کی طرف ضمیر پھیری جاتی ہے اور اس کے مجموعہ کو ضمیر میں ادا کر دیا جاتا ہے۔ پس ھُمْ جو یہاں آیا ہے اسی وجہ سے آیا ہے۔
2497
Important Words:
منسک (ways of worship) means, rites of sacrifice; religious rites and ceremonies of the Pilgrimage; animals of sacrifice; ways of worship; acts of devotion. See also 6:163 & 22:35.
Commentary:
Taking منسک in the sense of animals of sacrifice or the rites of sacrifice the verse signifies (a) that the ritual of sacrifice in one form or another is common to all religions; and (b) that it was the sacrifice of animals that was at first enjoined by God and not human sacrifice which was invented afterwards.
Taking the word منسک in the sense of 'ways of worship,' the verse means that Divine worship is found in one form or another among all nations and peoples. This fact leads to another great truth which Islam, among all religions, was the first to proclaim, viz. that Divine Messengers appeared at different times among all nations and peoples to teach them the different forms and ways of worship.
The words فی الامر (in the matter) mean, 'in the matter of Islam' or 'in the matter of the Quran.' In this sense of the words the verse purports to say that when it has been made clear that Prophets were raised among all peoples, the disbelievers have no right or justification to say that the Holy Prophet has brought a novel teaching. He has done no new thing and has introduced no innovation. See 46:10.
1972
Divine worship is found in one form or another among all nations and peoples. This fact leads to the great truth which Islam, among all religions, was the first to proclaim that Divine Messengers appeared among all peoples to teach them the different forms and ways of worship.
وَإِن جَٰدَلُوكَ فَقُلِ ٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that if in spite of the fact that Divine Prophets appeared among all nations and the advent of the Holy Prophet was not an innovation and in spite of the irrefutable arguments and innumerable signs that God had shown in his favour, the disbelievers prefer to doubt and dispute the truth of his mission, then let them wait and see what the future has in store for them and what evil consequences their rejection of the truth will lead to.
2498
Commentary:
The verse purports to say that if in spite of the fact that Divine Prophets appeared among all nations and the advent of the Holy Prophet was not an innovation and in spite of the irrefutable arguments and innumerable signs that God had shown in his favour, the disbelievers prefer to doubt and dispute the truth of his mission, then let them wait and see what the future has in store for them and what evil consequences their rejection of the truth will lead to.
ٱللَّهُ يَحْكُمُ بَيْنَكُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ فِيمَا كُنتُمْ فِيهِ تَخْتَلِفُونَ
2:114; 4:142.
2:114; 4:142.
2:114; 4:142.
Commentary:
The argument commenced in the preceding verse is continued here. If the disbelievers, the verse purports to say, persist in their rejection of truth, God will judge between them on the Day of Resurrection i.e. the day of the triumph of Islam and of the discomfiture and destruction of disbelief.
d
2:114; 4:142.
a
2:114; 4:142.
2499
Commentary:
The argument commenced in the preceding verse is continued here. If the disbelievers, the verse purports to say, persist in their rejection of truth, God will judge between them on the Day of Resurrection i.e. the day of the triumph of Islam and of the discomfiture and destruction of disbelief.
a
2:114; 4:142.
أَلَمْ تَعْلَمْ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَعْلَمُ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۗ إِنَّ ذَٰلِكَ فِى كِتَٰبٍ ۚ إِنَّ ذَٰلِكَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ يَسِيرٌ
20:8; 27:66; 49:17.
20:8; 27:66; 49:17.
20:8; 27:66; 49:17.
e
20:8; 27:66; 49:17.
a
20:8; 27:66; 49:17.
b
20:8; 27:66; 49:17.
وَيَعْبُدُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مَا لَمْ يُنَزِّلْ بِهِۦ سُلْطَٰنًا وَمَا لَيْسَ لَهُم بِهِۦ عِلْمٌ ۗ وَمَا لِلظَّٰلِمِينَ مِن نَّصِيرٍ
7:72; 12:41; 53:24.
Three arguments have been given in this verse against idolatry: (a) There is found no authority in any revealed Book for idol-worship; (b) human reason and conscience are against it and idolaters can give no sound argument based on their personal experience and observation in support of it; and (c) during the ages in the struggle between idolaters and believers, the latter have invariably come off triumphant. Thus Divine revelation, human reason and the verdict of history are all against idolatry.
7:72; 12:41; 53:24.
Commentary:
Three arguments have been given in this verse in support of belief in the Unity of God and against idolatry: (a) There is to be found no authority in any revealed book for idol worship; (b) human reason and conscience are against it and idolaters can give no sound argument based on their personal experience and observation in support of it and (c) in the struggle during the ages between idolaters and believers, the latter have invariably come off triumphant. Thus Divine revelation, human reason and the verdict of history are all against idolatry. This is a truth writ large on the history of all religions.
a
7:72; 12:41; 53:24.
877
这一节经文提到了三条反对偶像崇拜的理由: 1.在任何偶像崇拜的经书中都找不到权威的依据。2.人的理智和良心都反对偶像崇拜, 偶像崇拜者也提不出任何确实的亲身体验和可靠的理由来证实自己的观点。3.当时在偶像崇拜者与 (伊斯兰) 信者的斗争中, 总是后者获胜。因此, 安拉的启示、人们的理智与历史的判断都是反对偶像崇拜的。
b
7:72; 12:41; 53:24.
2500
Commentary:
Three arguments have been given in this verse in support of belief in the Unity of God and against idolatry: (a) There is to be found no authority in any revealed book for idol worship; (b) human reason and conscience are against it and idolaters can give no sound argument based on their personal experience and observation in support of it and (c) in the struggle during the ages between idolaters and believers, the latter have invariably come off triumphant. Thus Divine revelation, human reason and the verdict of history are all against idolatry. This is a truth writ large on the history of all religions.
c
7:72; 12:41; 53:24.
1973
Three arguments have been given in this verse against idolatry: (a) There is found no authority in any revealed Book for idol-worship; (b) human reason and conscience are against it and idolaters can give no sound argument based on their personal experience and observation in support of it; and (c) during the ages in the struggle between idolaters and believers, the latter have invariably come off triumphant. Thus Divine revelation, human reason and the verdict of history are all against idolatry.
وَإِذَا تُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْهِمْ ءَايَٰتُنَا بَيِّنَٰتٍ تَعْرِفُ فِى وُجُوهِ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ ٱلْمُنكَرَ ۖ يَكَادُونَ يَسْطُونَ بِٱلَّذِينَ يَتْلُونَ عَلَيْهِمْ ءَايَٰتِنَا ۗ قُلْ أَفَأُنَبِّئُكُم بِشَرٍّ مِّن ذَٰلِكُمُ ۗ ٱلنَّارُ وَعَدَهَا ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ ۖ وَبِئْسَ ٱلْمَصِيرُ
5:61.
17:47: 23:67, 68; 39:46.
17:47; 23:67-68; 39:46.
5:61.
Important Words:
یسطون (would attack) is formed from سطا. They say سطا به او علیه i.e. he sprang or rushed upon him and overpowered him; he made an assault or attack upon him. سطا الفرس means, the horse went at random or in a headlong manner, not obeying guidance; he went with wide step or raised his tail in running. سطا الماء means, the water was or became abundant (Lane & Aqrab).
b
17:47: 23:67, 68; 39:46.
c
5:61.
c
17:47; 23:67-68; 39:46.
d
5:61.
2501
Important Words:
یسطون (would attack) is formed from سطا. They say سطا به او علیه i.e. he sprang or rushed upon him and overpowered him; he made an assault or attack upon him. سطا الفرس means, the horse went at random or in a headlong manner, not obeying guidance; he went with wide step or raised his tail in running. سطا الماء means, the water was or became abundant (Lane & Aqrab).
a
5:61.
d
17:47: 23:67, 68; 39:46.
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ ضُرِبَ مَثَلٌ فَٱسْتَمِعُوا۟ لَهُۥٓ ۚ إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ تَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ لَن يَخْلُقُوا۟ ذُبَابًا وَلَوِ ٱجْتَمَعُوا۟ لَهُۥ ۖ وَإِن يَسْلُبْهُمُ ٱلذُّبَابُ شَيْـًٔا لَّا يَسْتَنقِذُوهُ مِنْهُ ۚ ضَعُفَ ٱلطَّالِبُ وَٱلْمَطْلُوبُ
16:21.
16:21.
The verse brings home to disbelievers the utter powerlessness and helplessness of their gods and their own folly in worshipping them.
6:72; 16:21.
Commentary:
The verse brings home to disbelievers the utter powerlessness and helplessness of their gods and their own folly in worshipping them. Their gods, it says, have no control over creation. They cannot create anything, not even a fly. Let alone creating anything—a worm, a fly, they do not possess even the power to recover from a fly anything which it snatches away from them, so weak are these gods and such hopeless idiots are their votaries!
d
16:21.
a
6:72; 16:21.
2502
Commentary:
The verse brings home to disbelievers the utter powerlessness and helplessness of their gods and their own folly in worshipping them. Their gods, it says, have no control over creation. They cannot create anything, not even a fly. Let alone creating anything—a worm, a fly, they do not possess even the power to recover from a fly anything which it snatches away from them, so weak are these gods and such hopeless idiots are their votaries!
b
16:21.
1974
The verse brings home to disbelievers the utter powerlessness and helplessness of their gods and their own folly in worshipping them.
مَا قَدَرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ حَقَّ قَدْرِهِۦٓ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَقَوِىٌّ عَزِيزٌ
6:92; 39:68.
6:92; 39:68.
The fact that idolaters degrade themselves so low as to worship idols— gods made of wood and stone, shows that they have a very poor concept of the powers and attributes of the Almighty God, the Great Creator. In fact, all polytheistic beliefs and idolatrous ideas spring from this poor concept that God’s powers and attributes are limited and defective like those of man.
6:92; 39:68.
Commentary:
The fact that idolaters degrade themselves so low as to worship idols shows that they have a very poor conception of the powers and attributes of God the Almighty, the Great Creator. In fact all polytheistic beliefs and idolatrous ideas spring from this poor conception of God’s powers and attributes being limited and defective like those of man. The essential characteristics of a Being Who demands and is entitled to our worship are (a) that He should be قوی i.e. He should have the power to create; and (b) that He should be عزیز i.e. He should have complete control over the whole creation. Both these attributes the idols of the polytheists utterly lack.
e
6:92; 39:68.
b
6:92; 39:68.
2503
Commentary:
The fact that idolaters degrade themselves so low as to worship idols shows that they have a very poor conception of the powers and attributes of God the Almighty, the Great Creator. In fact all polytheistic beliefs and idolatrous ideas spring from this poor conception of God’s powers and attributes being limited and defective like those of man. The essential characteristics of a Being Who demands and is entitled to our worship are (a) that He should be قوی i.e. He should have the power to create; and (b) that He should be عزیز i.e. He should have complete control over the whole creation. Both these attributes the idols of the polytheists utterly lack.
c
6:92; 39:68.
1975
The fact that idolaters degrade themselves so low as to worship idols— gods made of wood and stone, shows that they have a very poor concept of the powers and attributes of the Almighty God, the Great Creator. In fact, all polytheistic beliefs and idolatrous ideas spring from this poor concept that God’s powers and attributes are limited and defective like those of man.
ٱللَّهُ يَصْطَفِى مِنَ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةِ رُسُلًا وَمِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ ۚ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ سَمِيعٌۢ بَصِيرٌ
Commentary:
The verse gives another argument to bring home to idolaters the stupidity and uselessness of idol-worship. The idolaters, it says, take angels and men for gods, while the angels themselves are only the bearers of Divine Messages, and the highest spiritual status to which man can rise is only that of Messengership. It is foolish therefore, to worship beings who are no more than mere instruments of conveying Divine will to mankind.
2504
Commentary:
The verse gives another argument to bring home to idolaters the stupidity and uselessness of idol-worship. The idolaters, it says, take angels and men for gods, while the angels themselves are only the bearers of Divine Messages, and the highest spiritual status to which man can rise is only that of Messengership. It is foolish therefore, to worship beings who are no more than mere instruments of conveying Divine will to mankind.
يَعْلَمُ مَا بَيْنَ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَمَا خَلْفَهُمْ ۗ وَإِلَى ٱللَّهِ تُرْجَعُ ٱلْأُمُورُ
2:256; 27:66; 49:17.
2:256; 27:66; 49:17.
2:256; 27:66; 49:17.
Commentary:
The verse implies that the great boon of prophethood is bestowed only on those who are fitted to receive it and discharge its great responsibilities. The words, "what is before them and what is behind them," may signify the attributes and qualities they already possess and those which they later on develop.
a
2:256; 27:66; 49:17.
a
2:256; 27:66; 49:17.
2505
Commentary:
The verse implies that the great boon of prophethood is bestowed only on those who are fitted to receive it and discharge its great responsibilities. The words, "what is before them and what is behind them," may signify the attributes and qualities they already possess and those which they later on develop.
a
2:256; 27:66; 49:17.
يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱرْكَعُوا۟ وَٱسْجُدُوا۟ وَٱعْبُدُوا۟ رَبَّكُمْ وَٱفْعَلُوا۟ ٱلْخَيْرَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ ۩
3:44; 41:38; 96:20.
3:44; 41:38; 96:20.
3:44; 41:38; 96:20.
Important Words:
ارکعوا (bow down) is derived from رکع which means, he bowed down, his condition became lowered or abased. رکعت النخلةmeans, the palm-tree inclined. رکع الی اللّٰه means he completely turned towards God and leaned upon Him, he humbled himself to Him, and found peace of mind in Him. The word راکع as used by the Arabs meant, one who worshipped God alone to the exclusion of all sorts of idols and images (Asas). The famous pre-Islamic poet Nabighah says:
سیبلغ عذراً اونجاحاً من امرئ
الی ربه رب البریة راکع
i.e. he who turns to God alone, the Creator of the world, will have a sound argument in his favour and will obtain salvation ( Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse points to the following four means which it is very essential to adopt for attaining spiritual eminence and success and prosperity in life: (a) To possess firm, sincere and unadulterated faith in God. This is the meaning of the word آمنوا. (b) To have full and complete reliance and dependence on God and to renounce all unfair and doubtful means for the attainment of one’s object. This is the significance of ارکعوا. (c) To give unquestioning obedience to God’s commandments and unqualified submission to His will, and to develop in oneself Divine attributes so as to become God’s own manifestation. This is the import and purport of the expression واسجدوا واعبدوا (d) To do righteous deeds and serve mankind (وافعلواالخیر). Thus this brief verse covers the entire extent and scope of the ways and means that lead to material and moral progress.
b
3:44; 41:38; 96:20.
b
3:44; 41:38; 96:20.
2506
Important Words:
ارکعوا (bow down) is derived from رکع which means, he bowed down, his condition became lowered or abased. رکعت النخلةmeans, the palm-tree inclined. رکع الی اللّٰه means he completely turned towards God and leaned upon Him, he humbled himself to Him, and found peace of mind in Him. The word راکع as used by the Arabs meant, one who worshipped God alone to the exclusion of all sorts of idols and images (Asas). The famous pre-Islamic poet Nabighah says:
سیبلغ عذراً اونجاحاً من امرئ
الی ربه رب البریة راکع
i.e. he who turns to God alone, the Creator of the world, will have a sound argument in his favour and will obtain salvation ( Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The verse points to the following four means which it is very essential to adopt for attaining spiritual eminence and success and prosperity in life: (a) To possess firm, sincere and unadulterated faith in God. This is the meaning of the word آمنوا. (b) To have full and complete reliance and dependence on God and to renounce all unfair and doubtful means for the attainment of one’s object. This is the significance of ارکعوا. (c) To give unquestioning obedience to God’s commandments and unqualified submission to His will, and to develop in oneself Divine attributes so as to become God’s own manifestation. This is the import and purport of the expression واسجدوا واعبدوا (d) To do righteous deeds and serve mankind (وافعلواالخیر). Thus this brief verse covers the entire extent and scope of the ways and means that lead to material and moral progress.
b
3:44; 41:38; 96:20.
وَجَٰهِدُوا۟ فِى ٱللَّهِ حَقَّ جِهَادِهِۦ ۚ هُوَ ٱجْتَبَىٰكُمْ وَمَا جَعَلَ عَلَيْكُمْ فِى ٱلدِّينِ مِنْ حَرَجٍ ۚ مِّلَّةَ أَبِيكُمْ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ ۚ هُوَ سَمَّىٰكُمُ ٱلْمُسْلِمِينَ مِن قَبْلُ وَفِى هَٰذَا لِيَكُونَ ٱلرَّسُولُ شَهِيدًا عَلَيْكُمْ وَتَكُونُوا۟ شُهَدَآءَ عَلَى ٱلنَّاسِ ۚ فَأَقِيمُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَءَاتُوا۟ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَٱعْتَصِمُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ هُوَ مَوْلَىٰكُمْ ۖ فَنِعْمَ ٱلْمَوْلَىٰ وَنِعْمَ ٱلنَّصِيرُ
9:41.
2:136; 16:124.
2:144; 16:90.
جِهَاد (Jihad, 圣战) 两种: 1.反对人们邪恶欲望和奢求的圣战; 2.反对真理的敌人的圣战, 包括为自卫而战。前一种圣战可称之为安拉而圣战; 后一种圣战可称之为在安拉道上的圣战。神圣的先知已经把前一种圣战定名为较大的圣战, 而后一种则定名为较小的圣战。
ضمیر کی بجائے ترجمہ میں ظاہر اسم استعمال کیا گیا ہے۔
9:41.
2:136; 16:124.
2:144; 16:90.
Jihad is of two kinds: (a) Jihad against one’s evil desires and propensities; and (b) Jihad against the enemies of truth which includes fighting in self-defence. The first kind of Jihad may be termed 'Jihad in Allah' and the latter kind of Jihad, 'Jihad in the way of Allah.' The Holy Prophet has termed the first kind of Jihad as the greater Jihad and the latter kind of Jihad as the smaller Jihad.
The words, 'He has named you Muslims both before, and in this Book,' refer to Isaiah’s prophecy: 'And thou shalt be called by a new name which the mouth of the Lord shall name… (Isa. 62:2 & 65: 15).
The allusion in the words 'and in this Book' is to Abraham’s prayer quoted in the Qur’an, viz. 'Our Lord make us "Muslims" to Thee and make our offspring a people submissive to Thee' (2:129).
9:41.
2:136; 16:124.
2:144; 16:90.
Important Words:
جاھدوا (strive) is derived from جھد. They say جھد فی الامر i.e. he did his utmost, took extraordinary pains, he employed himself vigorously in prosecuting the affair. جھد دابته means, he fatigued the beast or burdened the beast beyond its power. جاھد means, he exerted his utmost power in contending with an object of his disapprobation. جاھد العدو means, he fought with the enemy imposing upon himself distress or exerting his utmost power or ability to repel him. جھاد orمجاھدة are infinitives from جاھد (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The word جھاد has been used in two senses in the Quran with a slight change, viz. جھاد فی سبیل اللّٰه i.e. striving hard in the cause of Allah, used in several verses of the Quran and جھاد فی اللّٰه, literally meaning striving hard in Allah, as used in the present verse and in 29:70. As it appears from the latter two verses جھاد فی اللّٰه signifies striving hard to win the pleasure and nearness of God while جھاد فی سبیل اللّٰه signifies the waging of war against the enemies of truth. Thus جھاد فی اللّٰه seems to possess a higher spiritual significance than جھاد فی سبیل اللّٰه.
Jihad is of three kinds: (a) jihad against one’s baser self, i.e. against one’s evil desires and propensities or jihad against Satan and (b) jihad against the enemies of truth which includes fighting in self-defence. These two kinds of jihad may be termed as جھاد فی اللّٰه and the third kind of jihad may be called جھاد فی سبیل اللّٰه. The Holy Prophet has termed the first two kinds of jihad as جھاد اکبر (the greater jihad) and the third kind of jihad as جھاد اصغر (the smaller jihad). Once when he was returning from fighting he is reported to have said: رجعتم من الجھاد الاصغر الی الجھاد الاکبر i.e. you have returned from the smaller jihad (fighting against the enemies of Islam) to the greater jihad (waging war against one’s baser self) (Khatib). According to Imam Raghib, the words جاھدوا فی اللّٰه حق جھادہ include all the three forms of jihad. The words جاھدوا فی اللّٰه may also include the propagation of Islam, as the words, "and He has laid no hardship upon you in religion," indicate. See also 2:219.
The words, "He has chosen you and has laid no hardship upon you in religion," show that while on the one hand it has been laid down as a sacred duty upon Muslims to preach their religion, on the other they signify that Islam is a simple, practical and practicable religion and there is nothing in its commandments which it is not easily possible for man to carry out. To this practicality and practicability of the Islamic ordinances pointed references have also been made in vv. 2:287 & 54:18. The words also show that the Law or Shari‘ah has not been revealed to impose a burden upon man as the Christians say but, on the contrary, to lighten his burdens and to break the chains and fetters with which he has shackled himself and to uplift him morally and spiritually.
The words, "He named you Muslims before," refer to the following prophecy of the Bible:
And the Gentiles shall see thy righteousness, and all kings thy glory: and thou shalt be called by a new name which the mouth of the Lord shall name… And ye shall leave your name for a curse unto my chosen, and the Lord God shall slay thee; and He shall call His servants by another name (Isaiah 62:2 & 65:15).
The allusion in the words "And in this Book" is to Abraham’s prayer quoted in the Quran, viz. "Our Lord make us Muslims (submissive) to Thee and make our offspring a people submissive to Thee" (2:129). It is very significant that though in its essence the religion of all the Prophets of God was Islam, it was reserved for the religion of the Holy Prophet Muhammad to receive this proper name from God. As the religions preached and practised by the former prophets were only an undeveloped and imperfect form of Islam they did not receive a proper name and were known after their own names.
But as Islam, the eternal faith, received its fullest development and completest consummation at the hands of the Holy Prophet, his religion was given this proper name. This is one of the many superiorities which the Holy Prophetpossesses over other Prophets of God.
The words "He named you Muslims" possess another significance. The word 'Muslim' being from the root 'Islam' which means 'peace'; a true Muslim is one who is at peace with God and man and is also at peace with himself. The Holy Prophet has given an apt definition of a Muslim in the following well-known hadith
المسلم من سلم المسلمون من یدہ و لسانه
i.e. a true Muslim is one from whose hands and tongue other Muslims are safe (Bukhari). It is indeed strange that a religion, whose very name means 'peace' and whose followers are enjoined to preach and practise peace, should have been stigmatized by hostile and ignorant critics as having brought fire and sword into the world, and should have been maligned as being indebted for its expansion and propagation to the swords and spears of its votaries! Nothing could be farther from truth.
c
9:41.
d
2:136; 16:124.
e
2:144; 16:90.
878
جِهَاد (Jihad, 圣战) 两种: 1.反对人们邪恶欲望和奢求的圣战; 2.反对真理的敌人的圣战, 包括为自卫而战。前一种圣战可称之为安拉而圣战; 后一种圣战可称之为在安拉道上的圣战。神圣的先知已经把前一种圣战定名为较大的圣战, 而后一种则定名为较小的圣战。
1
ضمیر کی بجائے ترجمہ میں ظاہر اسم استعمال کیا گیا ہے۔
a
9:41.
b
2:136; 16:124.
c
2:144; 16:90.
2507
Important Words:
جاھدوا (strive) is derived from جھد. They say جھد فی الامر i.e. he did his utmost, took extraordinary pains, he employed himself vigorously in prosecuting the affair. جھد دابته means, he fatigued the beast or burdened the beast beyond its power. جاھد means, he exerted his utmost power in contending with an object of his disapprobation. جاھد العدو means, he fought with the enemy imposing upon himself distress or exerting his utmost power or ability to repel him. جھاد orمجاھدة are infinitives from جاھد (Lane & Aqrab).
Commentary:
The word جھاد has been used in two senses in the Quran with a slight change, viz. جھاد فی سبیل اللّٰه i.e. striving hard in the cause of Allah, used in several verses of the Quran and جھاد فی اللّٰه, literally meaning striving hard in Allah, as used in the present verse and in 29:70. As it appears from the latter two verses جھاد فی اللّٰه signifies striving hard to win the pleasure and nearness of God while جھاد فی سبیل اللّٰه signifies the waging of war against the enemies of truth. Thus جھاد فی اللّٰه seems to possess a higher spiritual significance than جھاد فی سبیل اللّٰه.
Jihad is of three kinds: (a) jihad against one’s baser self, i.e. against one’s evil desires and propensities or jihad against Satan and (b) jihad against the enemies of truth which includes fighting in self-defence. These two kinds of jihad may be termed as جھاد فی اللّٰه and the third kind of jihad may be called جھاد فی سبیل اللّٰه. The Holy Prophet has termed the first two kinds of jihad as جھاد اکبر (the greater jihad) and the third kind of jihad as جھاد اصغر (the smaller jihad). Once when he was returning from fighting he is reported to have said: رجعتم من الجھاد الاصغر الی الجھاد الاکبر i.e. you have returned from the smaller jihad (fighting against the enemies of Islam) to the greater jihad (waging war against one’s baser self) (Khatib). According to Imam Raghib, the words جاھدوا فی اللّٰه حق جھادہ include all the three forms of jihad. The words جاھدوا فی اللّٰه may also include the propagation of Islam, as the words, "and He has laid no hardship upon you in religion," indicate. See also 2:219.
The words, "He has chosen you and has laid no hardship upon you in religion," show that while on the one hand it has been laid down as a sacred duty upon Muslims to preach their religion, on the other they signify that Islam is a simple, practical and practicable religion and there is nothing in its commandments which it is not easily possible for man to carry out. To this practicality and practicability of the Islamic ordinances pointed references have also been made in vv. 2:287 & 54:18. The words also show that the Law or Shari‘ah has not been revealed to impose a burden upon man as the Christians say but, on the contrary, to lighten his burdens and to break the chains and fetters with which he has shackled himself and to uplift him morally and spiritually.
The words, "He named you Muslims before," refer to the following prophecy of the Bible:
And the Gentiles shall see thy righteousness, and all kings thy glory: and thou shalt be called by a new name which the mouth of the Lord shall name… And ye shall leave your name for a curse unto my chosen, and the Lord God shall slay thee; and He shall call His servants by another name (Isaiah 62:2 & 65:15).
The allusion in the words "And in this Book" is to Abraham’s prayer quoted in the Quran, viz. "Our Lord make us Muslims (submissive) to Thee and make our offspring a people submissive to Thee" (2:129). It is very significant that though in its essence the religion of all the Prophets of God was Islam, it was reserved for the religion of the Holy Prophet Muhammad to receive this proper name from God. As the religions preached and practised by the former prophets were only an undeveloped and imperfect form of Islam they did not receive a proper name and were known after their own names.
But as Islam, the eternal faith, received its fullest development and completest consummation at the hands of the Holy Prophet, his religion was given this proper name. This is one of the many superiorities which the Holy Prophetpossesses over other Prophets of God.
The words "He named you Muslims" possess another significance. The word 'Muslim' being from the root 'Islam' which means 'peace'; a true Muslim is one who is at peace with God and man and is also at peace with himself. The Holy Prophet has given an apt definition of a Muslim in the following well-known hadith
المسلم من سلم المسلمون من یدہ و لسانه
i.e. a true Muslim is one from whose hands and tongue other Muslims are safe (Bukhari). It is indeed strange that a religion, whose very name means 'peace' and whose followers are enjoined to preach and practise peace, should have been stigmatized by hostile and ignorant critics as having brought fire and sword into the world, and should have been maligned as being indebted for its expansion and propagation to the swords and spears of its votaries! Nothing could be farther from truth.
c
9:41.
d
2:136; 16:124.
e
2:144; 16:90.
1976
Jihad is of two kinds: (a) Jihad against one’s evil desires and propensities; and (b) Jihad against the enemies of truth which includes fighting in self-defence. The first kind of Jihad may be termed 'Jihad in Allah' and the latter kind of Jihad, 'Jihad in the way of Allah.' The Holy Prophet has termed the first kind of Jihad as the greater Jihad and the latter kind of Jihad as the smaller Jihad.
1977
The words, 'He has named you Muslims both before, and in this Book,' refer to Isaiah’s prophecy: 'And thou shalt be called by a new name which the mouth of the Lord shall name… (Isa. 62:2 & 65: 15).
1977A
The allusion in the words 'and in this Book' is to Abraham’s prayer quoted in the Qur’an, viz. 'Our Lord make us "Muslims" to Thee and make our offspring a people submissive to Thee' (2:129).